FCTP

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 1
A380 (FCTP)
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Issue 05 FEB 2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 - GENERAL INFORMATION
02 - TYPE RATING COURSES
• Standard Transition Course .....................................................L F2S

• Cross Crew Qualification :
- A330 / A340 to A380 course ................................................L FQF/G
- A320 to A380 course ............................................................L FQE
• Skill Test
• Base Training
04 - RECURRENT TRAINING ..........................................................L FC4
11 - AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE (INITIAL)..................L F11
12 - AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE (TRANSITION)........L F12
13 - CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION .................................L F13
18 - LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS.................................................L F18
23 - REFRESHER COURSE...............................................................L F23
35 - HUD TRAINING ...........................................................................L F35
00-TOCgeneral.fm
A380 (FCTP)
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Issue 04 MAY 2008
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
00-TOCgeneral.fm
A380 (FCTP)
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM REASON FOR CHANGE Issue 05 FEB 2009
Issue Reason for

Identification Page Issue out
in change
Table of contents p.1 04 05 HUD course
added
GENERAL INFORMATION
Organzation of the 00-01 p 2, 3, 4 04 05
manual
List of Normal 00-02 p.1 04
Revision
STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)

LF2S 02-00 p. 1 03 05 - Insertion of EA
02-01 p. 3, 4, 5, 7, 13 04 GP 7272 take off
02.02 p. 1, 2 04 data
02.03 p. 1, 2B to 2F 04 - Insertion of
p. 3, 4 03 HUD option (see
p. 5, 6D / 6 03 / 04 introduction,
p. 7, 8D / 8C, 8E 04 / 03 training footprint
p. 9, 10B, 10C 03 and LF2S
p. 11, 12, 12B 04 syllabus from
p. 14B, 14C 03 FFS 2 to FFS 7)
p. 15, 16, 6D / 16E,16F 04 / New - MFTD 4: Active
p. 17, 18, 18A, 18B, 18D 03 Fuel & Load
/ 18C / 04 figures changed
p. 19, 20, 20D / 20A 04 / 03 + session guide
p.21, 22 / 22B 03 / 04 item 2 : new
02.04 p. 1, 2, 2A / 2C, 2D 03 / 04 scenario of
2E, 2F New Loadsheet LMC
p. 3, 4A, 4D / 4 03 / 04 - FFS 2 trainee 2:
p. 5, 6, 6D / 6A 04 / 03 high energy go
p. 7, 8, 8D / 8A 03 / 04 around exercice
p. 9, 10, 10A, 10C 03 - FFS 6 session
p. 11, 12, 12D, 12E / 04 / guide, item
12A,12B, 2C 03 9:APU start at FL
p. 13, 14A / 14, 14D 03 / 04 200 iso 250
+ minor
corrections and
improvement
Filing.fm
A380 (FCTP)
Issue Reason for

in change
CCQ (LFQF/G & LFQE)

A330 / 340 to A380 02.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA
LFQF/G 02.02 p. 1 / 2 04 / 01 GP 7272 take off
02.03 p. 1, 2B, 2C, 2D 04 data
p. 3, 4 , 4C / 4D / 4E, 4F 04 / 03 / new - MFTD A is now
p. 5, 6 / 6 C, 6D, 6E, 6F 04 / new the same as for
p. 7, 8, 8C / 8D 04 / 03 LF2S and timing
02.04 p. 1, 2, 2C 04 changed from
p. 3, 4, 4B 04 1:30 to 2:00
p. 5, 6, 6B 04 - MFTD 1 :
session guide
item 16 : new
scenario of
Loadsheet LMC
- MFTD 2 session
guide item 9:
demonstration for
ECAM philo /
management
modified
+ minor
corrections and
improvement
A320 to A380 02.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA

LFQE 02.02 p. 1, 2 04 / 01 GP 7272 take off
02.03 p. 1, 2B, 2C, 2D 04 data
p. 3, 4 , 4C / 4D / 4E, 4F 04/01/New - MFTD A is now
p. 5, 6 / 6 C, 6D, 6E, 6F 04 / new the same as for
p. 7, 8, 8C / 8D 04/03 LF2S and timing
02.04 p. 1, 2, 2C 04 changed from
p. 3, 4, 4B 04 1:30 to 2:00
p. 5, 6 / 6B 04 / 03 - MFTD 1 :
p. 7, 8, 8B 04 session guide
item 16 : new
scenario of
Loadsheet LMC
- MFTD 2 session
guide item 9:
demonstration for
ECAM philo /
management
modified
+ minor
corrections and
improvement
Filing.fm
A380 (FCTP)
Issue Reason for

in change
Skill Test
02.07.01 p. 1, 2, 3, 4 03 05 In the
introduction :
addition of
paragraph
C. Conducting
the session
APIC (LF11 & LF12)

Initial LF11 11.01 p. 4 04 05 - Insertion of EA
11.04 p. 7 GP 7272 take off
p. 9 data
p. 11 - FFS 6 test
p. 13 session tutor
p. 15 only: insertion of
p. 16A, 16B explanations to
p. 18E, 18F, 18G, 18H the students
regarding the role
play
+ minor
corrections and
improvement
Transition LF12 12.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA

12.04 p. 3, 4, 5 GP 7272 take off
p. 7 data
p. 9, 10B, 10C - FFS 4 test
p. 11, 12A, 12D session tutor
p. 14E, 14F, 14G, 14H only: insertion of
explanations to
the students
regarding the role
play
+ minor
corrections and
improvement
REFRESHER COURSE (LF23)

LF23 23.02 p. 1 04 05 - Insertion of EA
23.03 p. 5-6 GP 7272 take off
p. 7-8 data
p. 9-10
HUD COURSE (LF35)

LF35 ALL 05 New FCTP issue
Filing.fm
A380 (FCTP)
Filing.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.00 Page 1

A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.00
00.01 - ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
00.02 - LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS
00.03 - LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
00-00.fm
A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00.00
00-00.fm
A380
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
00.01ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
01 - FOREWORD
The Flight Crew Training Program (FCTP) is the support documentation for Flight Crew
instructors ONLY.
The FCTP is sent to each Customer Airline's Flight Operation Department and is updated via
a "Revision Service".
The extract of FCTP dedicated to trainees is called “trainee’s booklet” : it includes the training
session preparation and syllabi, with the relevant support documents (Airbus Training Airport
Jeppesen charts and cockpit panels).
02 - CONTENTS
The FCTP includes all the Flight Crew courses offered by the Airbus Training Centres.
Within each course the sessions are presented using the same format with :
- The takeoff data and session syllabus based on Airbus Airport
- The session preparation
- The session guide
03 - NORMAL REVISIONS
They are issued periodically to cover changes and / or to add new data.
One document added to each revision facilitates its incorporation :
• The "Reason for change" sheet : it lists the pages to be removed or inserted.
Normal revisions are recorded in the "List of Normal Revisions" section.
04 - TEMPORARY REVISIONS
They are printed on yellow paper and are issued when justifying urgent action between
normal revisions.
Temporary revisions are recorded in the "List of Temporary Revisions" section.
00-01.fm
A380
00.01
05 - PAGINATION
02.00 Page #
LANGUAGE ADAPTED COURSE
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
Issue 01 JUL 2006
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM
Chapter title
Section title
Chapter number - Section number - Page number

Aircraft code (i.e. E) - Course type number (i.e F2A)
1. Aircraft codes
B = A310 E = A320 F = A340-300 G = A330
D = A300-600 H = A321 C = A340-600 L = A380
J = A319
2. Course type number (refer to your FCTP’s TABLE OF CONTENTS)

NOTE : “F” means “Flight Crew courses” (while “M” means “Maintenance courses”)
Chapter number and course type number are the same.

Examples : - Chapter 02 is dedicated to the Transition course)
Revision number
Revision date
A revision bar in front of a line indicates that the line has been revised
A revision bar in front of the page number indicates that the whole page has been revised.
00-01.fm
A380
00.01
06 - COMMENTS - QUESTIONS - SUGGESTIONS
All m anual holders and users are encouraged to forward their questions
and suggestions regarding the Flight C rew T raining Program using the following
C O M M EN TS - Q U ESTIO N S - SU G G ESTIO N S sheet.
By postm ail : A IR B U S TR A IN IN G C EN TR E
Training and Flight O perations Support and Services
5 rue G abriel C lerc
31707 BLAG N AC C ED EX - FR AN C E
AT T N . : FC T P Supervisor
By fax : 33.(0)5.62.11.07.40
AT T N . : FC T P Supervisor
By e.m ail : flightcrew.training-policy@ airbus.com
C ustom er ID :
N am e : First nam e :
D ate : Airline :
Aircraft type :
FC TP reference :
C hapter / C ourse : Section :
Page : R evision num ber :
Q uestions / Suggestions :
00-01.fm
A380
00.01
00-01.fm
A380
LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS
00.02LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS
ENTRY INTO SERVICE

N° ISSUE DATE
DATE
Issue 00 JUN 2007 08 JUN 2007
Issue 01 JUL 2007 02 JUL 2007
Issue 02 AUG 2007 28 AUG 2007
Issue 03 NOV 2007 29 NOV 2007
07 JUL 2008
Issue 04 MAY 2008
LF12 N° 89334 (UAE)
Issue 05 FEB 2009 23 MAR 2009
00-02.fm
A380
LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS
00.02
00-02.fm
A380
LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
00.03LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
ENTRY INTO
TR ISSUE DATE IN LOCATION
SERVICE DATE
00-03.fm
A380
LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
00.03
00-03.fm
FLIGHT CREW STANDARDADAPTEDFIRST TYPE RATING ON
MULTI-PILOT AIRPLANE TRANSITION COURSE
FLIGHT CREW TRANSITION COURSE 02.00 Page 1

A380 L F2S
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.00
02.01 - INTRODUCTION
02.02 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT
02.03 - GROUND PHASE

MFTD A (COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION) ..........1
MFTD B (FMS)..........................................................................3
MFTD C (FMS) .........................................................................5
MFTD D (SYSTEMS REVIEW).................................................7
MFTD 1 (SOP) ..........................................................................9
MFTD 2 (SOP) ..........................................................................11
MFTD 3 (SOP) ..........................................................................13
MFTD 4 (SOP) ..........................................................................15
MFTD 5 (Failures) ....................................................................17
MFTD 6 (Failures).....................................................................19
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) ........................................................21
02.04 - HANDLING PHASE

FFS 1 ........................................................................................1
FFS HUD FAMILIARIZATION (HUD OPTION) .........................See LF35
FFS 2 ........................................................................................3
FFS 3 ........................................................................................5
FFS 4 ........................................................................................7
FFS 5 ........................................................................................9
FFS 6 ........................................................................................11
FFS 7 ........................................................................................13
02.05 - ALOFT (AIRBUS LINE ORIENTED FLIGHT TRAINING)
02-00.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRANSITION COURSE 02.00 Page 2
A380 L F2S
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.00
02-00.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 1
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
02.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
A. PHILOSOPHY OF THE COURSES

The Flight Crew Transition Courses are based on the following three principles :
• Systematic approach to instruction,

• Learning by doing,
• Training to proficiency.
a. Systematic approach to instruction :

The task of training must be considered as a whole and an instruction system must be
defined to achieve the training objectives. These objectives are determined by a task
analysis. Methods and means necessary to implement the instruction system are cho-
sen for their qualities and adaptability to the objectives.
b. Learning by doing :
Practical systems training is progressively introduced with the implementation of the
Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s), crew concept and task sharing in a close to
real environment using the MFTD (Maintenance and Flight Training Device)
functionality.
c. Training to proficiency :
At the end of the training program, the crew must be able of carrying out their tasks
safely and efficiently, in accordance with the training objectives. Therefore, it is not pos-
sible to permit a trainee to move up from one phase to the next until he has acquired the
skills necessary to complete the objectives.
NOTE : CRM (Crew Resource Management) is fully integrated in the Type Rating courses.
B. PREREQUISITES
(Defined by clause 16 in aircraft purchase contract.)
In order to ensure consistent proficiency at the end of the course, minimum experience is
required for entry. The prerequisites listed below are the minimum requirements specified
for Airbus Training.
The entry level prerequisites for the Type Rating courses are mandatory. If pilots do not
meet these prerequisites, Airbus Training may provide ELT (Entry Level Training approved
by Airbus Training) at Customer's request.
If the appropriate regulatory agency and/or specific airline policy demands greater or
additional requirements, they will also apply as prerequisites.
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
a. Captain Prerequisites
Previously qualified on JAR / FAR 25 turbojet aircraft equipped with glass cockpit tech-
nology including FMS and commercial operations.
• Valid and current ATPL,
• Previous command experience,
• Jet experience,
• Fluent in English 1,
• Flight time :
- 1 500 hours as pilot,
- 1 000 hours on JAR / FAR 25 aircraft,
- 200 hours experience as airline, corporate or military transport pilot.
If prerequisites are not fulfilled, the trainee’s file will be studied on a case by case
basis, and a training proposal will be given by Airbus Training.
b. First Officer Prerequisites :

Previously qualified on JAR / FAR 25 turbojet aircraft equipped with glass cockpit tech-
nology including FMS and commercial operations.
• Valid and current CPL with IR

• Jet experience
• Fluent in English1,
• Flight time :
- 500 hours as pilot
- 300 hours on JAR/FAR 25 aircraft
- 200 hours experience as airline, corporate or military transport pilot.
If prerequisites are not fulfilled, the trainee’s file will be studied on a case by case
basis, and a training proposal will be given by Airbus Training.
Note: According to AMC FCL 1.261(c)
For multi-pilot aeroplanes where the student pilot (captain and first officer) has more
than 500 hours MPA experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance, Base
Training should include at least 4 landings of which at least one should be a full stop
landing.
In all other cases the student should complete at least 6 landings.
C. REGULATION REFERENCES
The course and skill test have been designed taking into account the following regulation
references.
- ICAO - Annex 1 Personnel licensing
- French DGAC - Arrêté du 29 mars 1999 (FCL 1) modifié relatif aux licences et
qualifications de membre d’équipage de conduite avion
- JAR-FCL1
- FAR 121
- FAR 142
1. When the Trainee does not speak English or is not fluent enough to follow our Standard course he
will follow the Language Adapted course (specific language adaptation).
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
02 - TRANSITION COURSES AND FAMILIARIZATION COURSE DESCRIPTION
A. TRANSITION COURSES
• The Standard transition course is the basic transition course
The HUD OPTION includes CBT that must be completed prior to the HUD
Familiarization FFS session (after FFS 1 of standard transition course).
FFS 2 to FFS 7, LVO and Skill Test are then conducted with the HUD deployed.
• The Language Adapted course is designed from the Standard course and consists of :
- Projected CBT with an instructor,
- Extra MFTD (Maintenance & Flight Training Device) and simulator sessions
(spare sessions). TBD
NOTE : Transition courses are performed on the base aircraft.
B. FAMILIARIZATION COURSE
Same Type Rating permits the carry-over of total credit for crew qualifying from one variant
of aircraft type to another, based on common cockpit and flight characteristics.
It allows pilots to get a single type rating to fly all the variants of a same aircraft family,
provided they performed the relevant Familiarization Course :
A380-800 RR to EA Familiarization Briefing 1:00 of CBT (ATA 70)

A380-800 EA to RR Familiarization Briefing 1:00 of CBT (ATA 70)
Familiarization course is self-study training.

This self-study training shall be completed before base training (if applicable).
The level of knowledge will be assessed during the briefing.
03 - COURSE ORGANISATION
A. DESCRIPTION
The instruction concept applied by Airbus uses a program divided into phases.
Airbus Airport is used for most of the sessions.
a. Ground phase
• Welcome briefing (day 0) : general introduction presenting :
- Airbus Training Center
- Course description
- Airbus electronic documentation
• Airbus Procedure Pilots Interactions (APPI) module :
This presentation is given on day 6 and explains that a safe and efficient flight can be
achieved by a good interaction between aircraft cockpit, procedures and pilots.
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
The content is :
I. Airbus cockpit philosophy
II. Airbus procedures
III. Pilots : identifiy and understand some human behaviours (individual and collective)
that are likely to induce risk in operational situation.
IV. Aircrat cockpit, Procedures, Pilots Interactions : illustrate how
- Airbus cockpit
- Airbus procedure
- Pilots
Interact in real life through operational scenario.
1. CBT (Computer Based Training)

• The aircraft systems study is progressively introduced until day 8 and is carried out in a
classroom. From day 8 onwards, the trainee will continue to study the aircraft systems
using the MFTD, the FCOM and if necessary CBT.
The aim is to review and reinforce systems knowledge, in order to pass the systems
Test on day 15.
2. MFTD (Maintenance and Flight Training Device)

• The training is fully integrated which means that all the systems knowledge acquired in
the CBT is reinforced and evaluated in the MFTD using the Airbus Standard Operating
Procedures : this training device (equipped with tutorial modes) allows to learn the
normal and abnormal operations using task sharing and crew coordination which save
precious FFS time.
• The MFTD is used:

• to study and reinforce systems knowledge (MFTD A, B, C, D)
• to introduce and to be proficient in SOP, systems knowledge and systems handling
(MFTD 1-7).
Sessions 1 to 7 are scheduled for 4 hours.
Trainee’s session preparation :
The session is prepared using:
- Tutorials available in the Procedure Data Package (PDP: DVD 1)
- The OIS OPS LIBRARY (FCOM and FCTM) and PERF APPLICATIONS on the
laptop
PDP is the support used during MFTD sessions.
Conducting the session :

Each session of 4 hours includes 30 minutes of questions and answers.
For each new exercise, the instructor uses a slot of this allocated time to
- describe the objectives and the key points
- explain how the exercise will be conducted (learning by doing)
Consequently, a session will be a succession of short briefing followed by an exercise
practice.
As the trainee has reviewed the tutorials before the session, the instructor conducts
his session by displaying the master slide of each tutorial. This will be indicated by a
"T" in the syllabus in front of the exercise.
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
This master slide should be enough to conduct the exercise, but if necessary, trainees
or instructor can access to any level of tutorial information for knowledge reinforce-
ment.
The briefings (also referred to as Q&A : Questions & Answers), and debriefings are
fully integrated in each MFTD session.
A debriefing will be carried out at MFTD 7 (Progress Check), according to trainee per-
formance
GSI may run MFTD A, B, C and D. SFI may run all MFTD sessions.
3. OIS (On board Information System) and PERFORMANCE COURSE

• One day is dedicated to performance training, and Onboard Information System (OIS)
presentation.
4. CABIN
• Doors and slides operations are presented in the CBT by means of videos and in a
cabin training device.
5. SYSTEMS KNOWLEDGE AND PERFORMANCE TESTS

• At the end of the Ground phase the Trainee will be evaluated on :
- Systems knowledge using an "electronic" test based on randomised questionnaire,
- Aircraft performance using a "paper" test.
b. Handling phase
This phase using FFS (Full Flight Simulator) is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in
Normal and Abnormal operations. All exercises are completed in a realistic environment
and allows the crew to practice Standard Operating Procedures previously learnt in the
MFTD.
Briefing guides (DVD 1) are used to brief FFS sessions.
SFI may run all sessions.
c. ALOFT phase
A ALOFT (Airbus Line Oriented Flight Training) session is defined to summarize all the
exercises learnt throughout the course and to give the trainee experience in operating
the aircraft in real time scenarii.
ALOFT are conducted by TRI / E
d. Skill Test phase

According to the JAR - FCL recommendations, the Skill Test syllabi have been designed
in a commercial air transport environment.
They consist of :
• 1st part : a real time sector with some specific events.
• 2nd part : additional part to deal with the remaining items to be performed by the
trainee in order to fully satisfy the JAR - FCL requirements.
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
e. Base training phase

Two options are provided to the Custormer according to regulation requirements and
airline request:
- Aircraft Base Training (Flight = 0:45 / pilot)
OR
- Zero Flight Time Training (FFS ZFTT = 4:00 / crew)
Note: Before the base training, if applicable, the trainees must review the walkaround
3D located in the hard disk of the trainee’s laptop.
B. INSTRUCTOR BRIEFING
The instructor will make a briefing whose duration is stated in the table below within a
reasonnable time frame before FFS session :
Briefing / debriefing duration per session :

BRIEFING DEBRIEFING
- Handling FFS 1:30
- ALOFT FFS 1:00
At instructor's
- Skill test FFS 1:00
discretion1
- Low Visibility Operations 1:00
- Base Training / ZFTT 1:00
1. According to Trainee’s performance
C. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION
- DOCUMENTATION USER GUIDE
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
DOCUMENTATION USER GUIDE A380

The following documentation (trainee’s booklet) is given to you on the day of your arrival dur-
ing the welcome briefing and will be used throughout the course.
Training documentation is not updated therefore FCOM remains the reference
LAPTOP / DVD CONTENT
-FOA (Flight Ops Applications): FOCT (Flight Ops Con-

LAPTOP sultation Tool) and Performance Applications
(HARD DISK) -WALK AROUND 3D
-AIRBUS TRAINING AIRPORT JEPPESEN CHARTS
-STANDARD TRANSITION COURSE (Footprint)

-CCQs TO A380
-FAM BRIEF A380 RR TO A380 EA
-FAM BRIEF A380 EA TO A380 RR
-COMPUTER BASED TRAINING (CBT)
-QUIZZ
-PROCEDURE DATA PACKAGE (PDP)
DVD1
-BRIEFING GUIDES (BG)
Per Aircraft / Engine / Unit
-OIS AND PERFORMANCE COURSE
(To be given)
-CEET (CABIN EMERGENCY EXIT TRAINING)
-PRE-FANS
-FANS A
-TCAS II COURSE
-AIRBUS REFERENCE LANGUAGE (ARL)
-AIRBUS OPERATIONAL EXPERTISE
-FLIGHT OPERATIONS BRIEFING NOTES
-CFIT
DVD2
-REJECTED TAKE OFF
VIDEO BRIEFINGS
-UPSET RECOVERY
(To be given)
-COCKPIT DOORS
PAPER CONTENT
-RELEVANT CREW COURSE
TRAINEE’S BOOKLET -BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
(extract of FCTP: -AIRBUS TRAINING AIRPORT JEPPESEN CHARTS
Flight Crew Training Program) (For Airbus Training Centres ONLY)
-Set of 4 coloured cockpit panels
-Extracts from FCOM SOP’s and FCTM

TASK SHARING AND CALLOUTS
STANDARD CALLOUTS
ACTION FLOWS -"PF and PNF action flows" from PDP/FCTM
-Airbus Training Airport, Lyon Airport, Paris Orly Airport

A380 JEPPESEN LEAFLET
charts
Extract of QRH
-SMOKE and EVACUATION procedures
(Quick Reference Handbook)
02-01.fm
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
02.01
04 - CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY
a. Evaluation during CBT Phase :

On completion of this phase, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is determined by the Airline, but
is never below 80%.
b. Unsatisfactory Examination :
Additional training using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination
with Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake an additional CBT exami-
nation.
D. MFTD AND FFS NOTATIONS

NOTE : this chapter is applicable to all Airbus Type Rating courses. The following sample
is from a “Standard course”, but the way to fill a Trainee’s Record remains the same
whatever is the Type Rating Course being followed.
Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s Record”
file (see page 10 / page 11)
They are quoted “Satisfactory”, “May need extra training” or “Unsatisfactory”
• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked :

----> no specific comments are needed : “None” written indication is required.
Nevertheless, comments may be made at instructor’s discretion.
• When both “Satisfactory” and “May need extra training” boxes are ticked
----> comments are required, and the following session must be assessed as :
- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements :

OR
- “Unsatisfactory”
• When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked :

----> use the specific Progress Incident Report (PIR) (see Page 15) to list and comment
the trainee’s difficulties as well as the number of additional training sessions
requested .
It must be reported without delay to Airbus Director of Training.
Additional training sessions (see page 16) have to be commented and use the same
identification as the session involved.
02-01.fm
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
GROUND PHASE Trainee
A380 sticker
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY

A380
SATISFACTORY
02.01 02.01 EMER2
Sessions Date Comments* Trainee Instructor name

signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD A
Code |____|____|____|
May need extra training**
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD B
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD C
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD D
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
INTRODUCTION
MFTD 1
TRANSITION COURSES
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 2
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 3
02.01
L F2S
* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 9
Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
02.01

GROUND PHASE Trainee
01
A380 sticker
A380
SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Sessions Date Comments*
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 4
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 5
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 6
MFTD 7 Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
(Progress READY FOR NEXT PHASE

Check) Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 TRANSITION COURSES
L F2S
Page 10
Issue 04 MAY 2008

02.01

HANDLING PHASE Trainee
A380 sticker
A380
SATISFACTORY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 1
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 2
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 3
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 4
INTRODUCTION
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 5
TRANSITION COURSES
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 6
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
02.01
L F2S
FFS 7 READY FOR NEXT PHASE

Code |____|____|____|
Page 11
Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
ALOFT & SKILL TEST SESSIONS Trainee
A380 sticker
A380
SATISFACTORY
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 ❐3 ❐4 Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
ALOFT
|____|____|____|____|
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 ❐3 ❐4 Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|____|____|____|____|
RE-ALOFT
SATISFACTORY
Trainee s Instructor s name
INTRODUCTION
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as

TRANSITION COURSES
(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
SKILLTEST
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

02.01
L F2S
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
RE-SKTEST
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
* : Write None if no specific comments are needed

Page 12
Issue 04 MAY 2008

HUD OPTION Trainee
A380 sticker
A380
SATISFACTORY

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
HUD
FAMILIARIZATION
INTRODUCTION
L F2S
Issue 05
Page 13
FEB 2009
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
BASE TRAINING
Trainee
A380 sticker
A380
QUALIFIED FOR TYPE ENDORSEMENT

|____|____| / |____|____| / ❐ FLIGHT ❐ ZFTTFFS Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

BASE TRAINING
INTRODUCTION
L F2S

Page 14
Issue 04 MAY 2008

PROGRESS INCIDENT REPORT (PIR) Trainee
A380 sticker
PLEASE FILL ONE PIR PER SESSION

A380

Session Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| MFTD |____|____| / |____|____| /
or
|____|____| FFS |____|____|____|____|

INTRODUCTION
L F2S
Page 15
Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
ADDITIONAL TRAINING SESSIONS Trainee
A380 sticker
UNSATISFACTORY
A380
SATISFACTORY
Session* Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
❐ Remedial |____|____| / |____|____| /
|____|____| MFTD
|____|____|____|____|
or
|____|____| FFS
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
❐ Remedial |____|____| / |____|____| /
|____|____| MFTD
|____|____|____|____|
or
|____|____| FFS
INTRODUCTION
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
TRANSITION COURSES
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
❐ Remedial |____|____| / |____|____| /
|____|____| MFTD
|____|____|____|____|
or
|____|____| FFS
|
02.01
L F2S
* : Please indicate the type of additional session performed

- Spare (for language course only) or Remedial
- If remedial, please give the name of the session involved (ex. FS2)
Page 16
Issue 04 MAY 2008

TRAINING
STANDARD COURSE 02.02 Page 1
A380 L F2S
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
02.02TRAINING FOOTPRINTNG FOOTPRINT
01 - TRAINING DEVICE TIME SHARING PER PHASE

Total : 24 working days (excluding low visibility operations and base training) - Welcome is not part
of the training footprint and is completed the day before the beginning of ground school.
All the documentation and training supports will be handled to the trainees during the welcome briefing.
Trainee’s Welcome (Administration) 1:00

Welcome Briefing 1:30
E-doc Briefing 1:00
A. Ground phase 15 working days
APPI (Aircraft Procedures Pilots Interactions) 2:30
CBT : Aircraft systems 38:05
OIS and Performance course 5:00
CEET (Cabin Emergency Exit Training) 1:00
Cabin trainer : Safety doors 1:00
Systems test & debriefing 4:00
Performance test & debriefing 2:00
MFTD A, D session : 2 x 2 hours 4:00
MFTD B, C, 1 to 7: 9 x 4 hours 36:00
MFTD 7 debriefing : 1 x 0.5 hour 0:30
B. Handling phase 7 working days

Briefings & debriefings :7 x 2 hours 14:00
FFS sessions : 7 x 4 hours 28:00
HUD Option CBT 3:00
FFS HUD Familiarization (option) : 1 x 2 hours
1 x 4 hours 2:00 or 4:00
C. ALOFT phase 1 working day

Briefing & debriefing : 1 x 1.5 hours 1:30
FFS session : 1 x 4 hours 4:00
D. Skill test phase 1 working day

FFS session : 1 x 4 hours 4:00
E. Low visibility operations (Optional) 1 working day

CBT 3:00
FFS session 1 x 3 hours or 1 x 4 hours 3:00 or 4:00
F. Base training phase 1 working day

Walk around 3D (Self Study) 1:30
Aircraft flight or 0:45 hour / trainee
ZFTT : FFS session : 1 x 4 hours 4:00
02-02.fm
A380 L F2S
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
02 - STANDARD COURSE
Note : To follow your course, please DO NOT respect the workstation CBT ATA numerical order but follow the
ATA chapter in the same order as presented in the present footprint table.
Timing is given for information : your rate of progress could be different from the standard one, however make
sure that the systems study associated to 1 day has been completed before the next day.
Day 0: Administration 1:00 - Welcome briefing: 1:30 - E-doc briefing: 1:00
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5

- Intro : 0:10 - Autoflight - Hydraulic system - Fire & Smoke - Fuel
- Aircraft general (ATA 22) 4:00 (ATA 29) 0:40 protection (ATA 28) 2:30
(ATA 20) 0:20 - Power Plant - Pneumatic (ATA 26) 1:00 - Navigation
- Indicating & (ATA 70) 1:20 (ATA 36) 1:00 - Electrical (ATA 34) 2:30
recording - Hydraulic system - Air conditioning (ATA 24) 1:30 - Landing gear
(ATA 31) 3:30 (ATA 29) 0:40 (ATA 21) 2:00 - Doors (ATA 32) 1:00
- APU - Oxygen (ATA 52) 0:30
(ATA 49) 0:20 (ATA 35) 0:20 - Fuel
- Lights (ATA 28) 1:00
(ATA 33) 0:30
- Autoflight MFTD A MFTD B MFTD C MFTD D
(ATA 22) 2:30 (2:00) (4:00) (4:00) (2:00)
APPI - Information system - Communication
(2:30) (ATA 46) 1:40 (ATA 23) 0:40
- Avionics network - Ice & rain
- Landing gear (ATA 42) 1:00 protection
(ATA 32) 1:40 - E-logbook 0:40 (ATA 30) 0:30
- Flight Controls
(ATA 27) 3:30 OIS & MFTD 1 MFTD 2 MFTD 3
- Operating limitations PERFORMANCE (4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
(ATA 20) 0:20 (5:00)
CEET safety
presentation self
study Systems Test
(1:00) (4:00)
Performance
MFTD 4 MFTD 5 MFTD 6
- Cabin presentation Test
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
(ATA 25) 0:25 (2:00)
Door Trainer
MFTD 7 (1:00)
(Progress Check)
(4:00)
FFS 1 FFS 2* FFS 3 FFS 4 FFS 5
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
Skill Test LOW VIS
FFS 6 FFS 7 ALOFT
(4:00) (4:00)
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
Walkaround 3D
Note : * HUD option: on day 17, HUD CBT module and FFS familiarization
(for detailed program of FFS refer to LF35).
HUD CBT module must be studied before FFS session.
02-02.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD A (COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION)
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
LFLL CALM 9999 10/8 1013 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 REFER TO SESSION GUIDE
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ

CPNY RTE AIBLYS
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP - 7°C

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : REFER CO ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 303
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA
VR 128 v FLEX 56 VR 125 v FLEX 56
V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED
FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR
mftdA.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
mftdA.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD A : COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION
01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To demonstrate the use of the training device.
• To present a general view of the cockpit including flight instruments and major aircraft
systems controls and indications.
• To present the Less Paper Cockpit philosophy
mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD A : SESSION GUIDE
MFTD INITIALIZATION :
• The instructor completes the MFTD set up.
• INIT TAKE OFF at Airbus Airport
External power 2 and 3 : ON
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
APU running (APU Bleed ON)

Doors closed and slides armed
FMS loaded
SESSION GUIDE :
NOTE :
Do not explain Airbus aircraft systems but present the following according to the
trainee's aeronautical background by introducing the Airbus cockpit philosophy.
Remember that, at this stage, the trainee did not study all aircraft systems.
A. TOUCHING ZONES : (IOS facilities)

Demonstrate the use of :
- Push buttons and rotary knobs,
- Engine master levers,
- Ground spoilers,
- Flaps,
- External lights.
Notify the crew that it is not possible to use two touching zones at the same time.
B. COCKPIT GENERAL PRESENTATION (based on the cockpit preparation) :

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Overhead panel : Lights out philosophy / color coding / pushbuttons philosophy

- Center instruments panels
- Pedestal : KCCU and MFD (covered in the FMS sessions)
- Glareshield : attention getters / FCU (AFS + EFIS control panels) : Highlight the wording
used by pilot which is AFS CP or EFIS CP. FCU is not used (except FCU BACKUP) and is
a generic term designating the entire interface.
C. FMS :
MFD + KCCU : show only that KCCU is the unit to use for interaction on pages displayed on
MFD (Multi Function Display). Explain that KCCU doesn’t interact with ECAM only ECP can
do it.
D. OIS :
- Less paper cockpit philosophy
- FLT OPS STS
- FLT OPS Menu
• T.O. PERF
• LOAD SHEET
• LDG PERF
• IN-FLT PERF
• OPS LIBRARY
- Don’t explain all the applications: this will be done during the Performance course.
mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E. CDS (Control and Display System) presentation

8 DUs (4 EFIS, 2 ECAM, 2 MFD)
For the following demonstration use the CBT mode (Controls and Indicators) through the IOS
but do not enter in the yellow explanation boxes.
- EFIS
PFD : Flight parameters + memos (3 lines max) and limitations (8 lines max displaying
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
limitations that have a direct impact on A/C flight performances)
ND : Flight navigation information + vertical display zone
- ECAM
E/WD : engine primary parameters + bottom part :
- Normal C/L (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Abnormal and emergency procedures (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Alerts
- Limitations (left column : ALL PHASES / right column : APPR & LDG)
- Memos (left column : TO and LDG memos / right column : all other memos)
SD :
- Displays automatically the system page corresponding to 1 of the 12 flight phases.
- Explain flight phase inhibition
-
3 zones :
- System display page (with MORE info on WHEEL, FUEL, STS pages)
- Permanent data (TAT, SAT, ISA, time, GW, GWCG, FOB)
- ATC mailbox
ECP :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain briefly hard keys functions
1) Normal Checklist presentation :

- Select the C/L via the ECP, and perform the BEFORE START C/L
- EXT PWR off
- Start engines (3,4,1,2)
- APU BLEED off, APU off
- Select the C/L and perform the AFTER START C/L
Show :
- Blue box : appears below the last completed C/L, and surrounds the next applicable one
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceded by a square to be ticked): blue when
not completed / green when completed : Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is
reversible by unticking it.
mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
- C/L completed indication: Color coding (blue when C/L not completed / grey when com-
pleted)
- C/L RESET indication
- STS indication
- C/L CLEAR bar
2) Alerts procedures presentation

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT FL 100
1. Explain alerts philosophy and procedure automatically displayed on ECAM
(sensed procedure)
• Alerts levels and priority rules : advisory then levels 1,2,3
• Failure types : independent, primary, secondary
• Color coding (red, amber, green, white, blue, magenta, grey)
2. Explain ABN PROC activated manually on ECAM by the crew (Not-Sensed procedures)
• Associated Alert Level
• Not activated : differences of color coding
• When activated, transferred into the ECAM and update of STS and limitations
Note : Explain that some failures are not detected by ECAM but directly on the interface itself
(eg : VHF failure displayed on RMP).
Insert the following failures in sequence without applying ECAM actions. The purpose is to
demonstrate alerts levels, priority rules, failures types and color coding.
Insert ENG ENGINE VIBRATIONS

Explain the advisory but do not treat the advisory (demo purpose)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Insert STEER BW STEER FAULT

Review level 1 caution (color, awareness) overcoming the advisory
then
Insert ELEC GEN 1 FAULT

Review level 2 caution (sound, master caution, color, independent) overcoming the level 1
caution
then
Insert FIRE ENG 1 FIRE

Review level 3 warning (sound, master warning, color, priority, overflow) overcoming the
level 2 caution
Note : Add an APU FIRE to highlight the priority order for the same level
Restore all systems
mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2E
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
Insert HYD G ENG 1 PMP A PRESS LO and apply ECAM actions

Explain :
- Color coding (blue when not done, or not validated / white when done or validated)
- Blue box : surrounds the ECAM action to perform
Note : If the color coding confirms the validation of the action, the result of this action is visible
on the system display.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems
Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and apply ECAM actions
Explain :
- Alert types (independent, primary, secondary)
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceeded by a square to be ticked) : same color
coding as above. Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is reversible by unticking it
- Overflow arrow
- MORE indication on STS page. All the ECAM alerts which have an impact on the landing
performance are listed in the "ALERT IMPACTING LDG PERF" part of the MORE STS
PAGE.
The flight crew selects the applicable ECAM alert(s) in the OIS LDG PERF application to
compute LDG DIST and/or VAPP.
Point out that 3 indications may be displayed as applicable on the MORE page:
INOP SYS REDUND,
ALERTS IMPACTING LDG PERF,
CANCELLED CAUTION
- Deferred procedure (ALL PHASES, or APP & LDG) : appears in the C/L menu (amber
when not completed / white when completed).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain FAILURE PENDING INDICATION
If an alert or ABN PROC is displayed but has not been cleared, a FAILURE PENDING mes-
sage appears on the E/WD, when the crew displays a C/L (ex : APPROACH)
When the C/L and the C/L menu are cleared, the alert or the not sensed ABN PROC reap-
pears on the E/WD and the message disappears.
Restore all systems
Select ABN PROC BOMB ON BOARD

Show the color coding when procedure is not activated (scrolling impossible)
Activate the procedure and show the color coding change
Highlight the changes into the ECAM
- Deferred procedure
- Limitations
Clear the procedure. Explain that the procedure is still active. Do a recall to display it.
Show how to de-activate the procedure (untick). Highlight the cancellation of deferred
procedure and limitations
mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2F
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftdAgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD B (FMS) - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 040/10 3000 OVC 010 15/10 1010
BIKF 030/10 3000 OVC 005 12/10 1010 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R GW 385 t
Co-route AIBKEF
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 1 - MFD ARCHITECTURE
- MFD SYSTEM MENU
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN - MFD GENERAL MENU BAR
CPNY RTE AIBKEF - USE OF KCCU AND HARD KEYS
2 - FMS INITIALIZATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN - INIT - STATUS
- IRS
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C - DEPARTURE
CI 90 TROPO 36090 - NAVAIDS
- FUEL & LOAD
TRIP WIND TL20 - T.O PERF
- SEC
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N)
E
VR 128 v FLEX 56 °C VR 126 v FLEX 56
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdB.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD B (FMS) - TRAINEE 2

WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 040/10 3000 OVC 010 15/10 1010
BIKF 030/10 3000 OVC 005 12/10 1010 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBKEF
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 3 - TAKE OFF
4 - CLIMB (MANAGED)
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN - PERF : PHASES OF FLIGHT
CPNY RTE AIBKEF - SPEED & ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
5 - CRUISE
ALTN RTE KEFSNN - LATERAL REVISIONS
- VERTICAL REVISIONS
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C - F-PLN INFO MENU
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - APPROACH PREPARATION
- F-PLN
TRIP WIND TL20 - PERF
- FUEL & LOAD
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
- NAVAIDS
- SEC
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES

VR 128 v FLEX 56°C VR 126 v FLEX 56
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdB.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
MFTD B (FMS) SESSION PREPARATION
• Introduction to FMS architecture & design of interfaces.
• Study and practice initialization and use of the FMS through a standard preparation
sequence.
• Practice FMS functions through flight phases.
02 - TRAINING TOPICS :
A. REVIEW :
Not applicable.
B. NEW EXERCICES :
• FMS ARCHITECTURE : FMS / ATC COM / SURV / FCU BKUP
• FMS MENU : ACTIVE / POSITION / SEC / DATA
• ACTIVE MENU : F-PLN / PERF / FUEL & LOAD / WIND / INIT
• POSITION MENU
• SEC MENU
• DATA MENU
• FMS FLIGHT PHASES
• FMS REVISIONS
C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
D. REFERENCES :
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description /
Flight Planning
• KCCU / Controls & Indicators
03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :

• Understanding of FMS architecture and FMS functions.
• Demonstrate satisfactory skill on preparation.
mftdBgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD B (FMS) SESSION GUIDE
Standard crew : captain is trainee 1 and first officer is trainee 2 throughout the
course (from MFTD B to FFS 7).
Non standard crew : instructor determines Trainee 1 and Trainee 2 for first session,
and maintains it throughout the course.
General recommandation :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Use the freeze function when needed

Don’t teach SOP’s during this MFTD session
Highlight all FMA mode changes and selected / managed philosophy
INIT TAKE OFF . Cockpit prepared by instructor
1 . - Demonstrate the use of KCCU and MFD hard keys.

Explain that the KCCU has 2 parts :
CCD : Cursor Control Device (trackball + wheel)
KBD : Key Board
Highlight that if the CCD fails, the KBD allows any selection on MFD page via
hardkeys. If the keyboard fails, the CCD allows to select any menu or field, and
when a value needs to be inserted, a SOFT KEY BOARD appears to enter data.
- Explain the USE of the hard key KBD: In case of partial CCD or keyboard failure,
allows to display the soft keyboard without selecting the KBD switch to OFF
- Present the overvall architecture of the MFD
FMS, ATC COM, SURV and FCU BKUP : don’t spend time to explain this menu
- Show the 4 menus without spending time on each page which will be studied
progressively in an operational context :
ACTIVE : related to F-PLN
POSITION : related to aircraft position and position computation
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
SEC : 3 secondary F-PLN

DATA : data base related or pilot insertion
- Use the PERF page to explain the panels (TO,CLB,CRZ...)
2 . - Explain that the sequence of the INIT is ensured thanks to the automatic cursor
jump from one field to another. This process has been designed to support the crew
in initialising the F-PLN and must be used. Highlight the fact that this automatic cur-
sor jump is not available on the fields that are not often used (eg. CRZ temp, tropo-
pause, THR RED, ACCEL...): to recover the cursor jump, re-insert the value by
default
- INIT hard key : press
- STATUS : explain the page and don’t go to FMS P/N
- INIT : Do not explain all the REQUEST options
- IRS : Show the option to "ALIGN ON OTHER REF"
- DEPARTURE :
F-PLN review according to the electronic F-PLN (or co-route) or to the charts,
using the RTE SUMMARY function
- NAVAIDS
Show TUNED FOR DISPLAY
Show the TUNED FOR FMS NAV : how to deselect NAVAIDS
mftdBgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
- FUEL & LOAD

- PERF
Show all the flight phases
Explain TOGA, FLEX, DERATED
Show ARMED Modes on FMA
2 end : - SEC
SEC 1 : import "FROM ACTIVE"
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
SEC 2 : import "FROM ACTIVE" and modify the runway for departure (RWY 24)
Note : During aircraft initialization, highlight the fact that messages are displayed in
the message pad at the bottom of the MFD : CLEAR INFO pb is used to clear the
messages.
Reinforce how to modifiy or clear a field : BACKSPACE + ENTER
Reinforce how to recover the cursor when a field is active : ESC
Explain interactivity between MFD, AFS - CP, EFIS - CP, PFD and ND.
Explain FMA philosophy.
AFS - CP reinforce all knobs / pushbuttons
- Set FD ON: on PFD, reinforce FMA philosophy
ATHR mode Vertical mode Lateral mode Capability Status

Active mode Active mode Active mode AP
Approach
Armed mode Armed mode Armed mode FD
Presel speed Information Minimum ATHR
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Show FMA
- Show SPD / HDG / V/S windows dashed on AFS CP
- Set FD OFF: highlight changes

• Show FMA
• Show SPD / HDG / V/S windows no more dashed
EFIS CP reinforce all knobs / pushbuttons
- Set FMS F-PLN page on MFD

- Set EFIS CP in plan mode, CSTR
• Scroll the F-PLN to show F-PLN color coding on the ND
- PRIMARY F-PLN GREEN solid line until destination airport
- Missed Approach Procedure BLUE solid line
- ALTERNATE F-PLN BLUE dashed line
mftdBgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
- Set FMS PERF page on MFD

• Explain FMS flight phases philosophy (8 phases)
• Explain that all FMS phases have an associated TAB in the PERF page,
except PREFLIGHT and DONE phases. This TAB is green when the phase is
active, otherwise white
Instructor starts the engines and initializes the aircraft ready for take-off - Initial
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
altitude FL 70 (on AFS CP). During take off, instructor will assist the trainee with
thrust setting and aircraft clean-up
3 : - Freeze as necessary (step by step) to highlight FMA mode changes and PFD
characteristic speed targets.
4 : - During Take-off and climb show the flight phase automatic swichting (PERF page)
- F-PLN : demonstrate how to swap between SPD ALT and EFOB T.WIND. Explain
that lateral and vertical revisions are accessible either by a menu which opens when
clicking on a waypoint or by the menu FPLN INFO. The difference between these 2
possibilities is that the revisions from the menu FPLN INFO are related to the whole
FPLN and the other to a waypoint.
- Demonstrate how to insert speed or altitude constraint either from the F-PLN or
from lateral revision at a waypoint.
5 : - At altitude capture explain FMA changes and automatic flight phase switching
- Explain and use all the lateral and vertical revisions at applicable waypoints. Don’t
spend too much time on lateral or vertical revisions which are not often used and will
be reviewed during IOE (Initial Operating Experience).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- POSITION MONITOR : explain the content and highlight where to find the BRG /
DIST TO
- DIRECT TO :
- Use hard key DIR for DIRECT TO demo
- Use DIRECT TO option in F-PLN for DIRECT TO ABEAM demo
- Use lateral revision FROM P.POS DIRECT TO for DIRECT TO CRS IN or OUT
demo
- Demonstrate OFFSET, OVERFLY (DELETE) and waypoint DELETE
Explain the " * " associated to some lateral and vertical revisions.
No " * " means a submenu is available.
" * " means, when clicked, direct access to the function, creating a TMPY FPLN.
Demonstrate the insert next WPT option and insert new destination : LFZZ
6 : - Approach preparation according to the predefined flow (ACTIVE, POSITION, SEC):

ILS LFZZ 33R
mftdBgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD C (FMS) - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 330/15 9999 BKN 025 25/12 1010
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
ACTIVE / INIT 1 - DATA

FLT NBR A/L ID 103 - WAYPOINT
- NAVAID
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL - ROUTE
CPNY RTE - - AIRPORT
2 - FMS INITIALIZATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS - INIT
- IRS
CRZ FL FL 310 CRZ TEMP - 40°C - DEPARTURE
CI 90 TROPO 36090 - NAVAIDS
- FUEL & LOAD
TRIP WIND - - T.O PERF
- SEC
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 1:00 3 - TAKE-OFF
4 - CLIMB FL 180
385 t 65 t 5 - CRUISE
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib - MANAGED SPEED
- SELECTED SPEED
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 6 - DESCENT
704 000 Ib
7 - APPROACH PREPARATION
NOTES 8 - ILS APPROACH
RWY COND DRY FPLN : - DECELERATED
- MANAGED SPEED
AIR COND ON LFZZ - MOU 1N - UM 129 - BEBIX
2:00 9 - GO AROUND
ANTI ICE OFF UN 859 - TUGLI - MALEB - ROA -LFZZ
PAX NUMBER : 303
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdC.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD C (FMS) - TRAINEE 1

E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 150/15 9999 BKN 025 25/12 1010
LFLL 180/10 9999 OVC 030 26/11 1009 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 15L - GW 385 t
ACTIVE / INIT 2:15 10 - FMS INITIALIZATION

FLT NBR A/L ID 103 - INIT
- IRS
- DEPARTURE
CPNY RTE - - NAVAIDS
- FUEL & LOAD
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
- T.O PERF
CRZ FL FL 120 CRZ TEMP - 12°C - SEC
3:00 11 - TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 12 - CLIMB FL120
TRIP WIND - 13 - CRUISE
- ND INTERACTIVITY
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 14 - DESCENT
385 t 65 t 16 - ILS APP LFLL 18L
GW FOB - STABILIZED
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
- SELECTED SPEED
320t 3:30 17 - GO AROUND
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 18 - HOLDING PATTERN
19 - ENABLE ALTERNATE
NOTES 20 - DCT EB
RWY COND DRY FPLN :
AIR COND ON LFZZ - ONZON 1S - ROA - DIRBA - IF TIME PERMITS
ANTI ICE OFF TALAR... LFLL
PAX NUMBER : 302 21 - APPROACH PREPARATION
22 - RADAR VECTORS
23 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R
24 - AUTOLAND
LFZZ 15L / GW 385 t LFZZ 15L / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdC.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD C (FMS) SESSION PREPARATION
• Practice FMS initialization
• Practice FMS functions during a flight sequence with diversion to alternate airport.
A. REVIEW :
• FMS ARCHITECTURE : FMS / ATC COM / SURV / FCU BKUP
• FMS MENU : ACTIVE / POSITION / SEC / DATA
• ACTIVE MENU : F-PLN / PERF / FUEL & LOAD / WIND / INIT
• POSITION MENU
• SEC MENU
• DATA MENU
• SPEED / ALT CST
• FMS REVISIONS
B. NEW EXERCICES :
• ND INTERACTIVITY
• DESCENT
• ILS APPROACH
• GO AROUND
• HOLDING PATTERN
• ENABLE ALTERNATE
• SEC FPLN
• FMS REVISIONS :
- AIRWAYS
- NAVAIDS DESELECTION
C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure data package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
mftdCgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description
Flight Planning / Lateral Flight Plan
Flight Planning / Vertical flight plan
Flight Planning / Secondary Flight Plans
• FCTM / Normal Operations /
• FCTM / Normal Operations / ILS Approach

• Knowledge of FMS functions, MFD pages and use of KCCU.
• Ability to program the FMS.
mftdCgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD C (FMS) SESSION GUIDE
General recommandation :
Use the freeze function when needed
Don’t teach SOP’s during this MFTD session
Highlight all FMA mode changes and selected / managed philosophy
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT TAKE OFF : Cockpit prepared by instructor
1 : - Demonstrate how to obtain data related to

WAYPOINT
NAVAID
ROUTE
AIRPORT
- Don’t insist on the PRINTER list (IOE item)
2 : Initialize the FMS using the predetermined flow (curser jump)

- INIT : don’t insert a CO RTE and build the P-FLN using AIRWAYS and INSERT
NEXT WPT options.
- NAVAID : Deselect "ATN" VOR
- SEC 1 : Insert in the INIT: LFZZ/LFLL with the CO RTE AIBLYS : modifiy the depar-
ture (ONZON 1N)
Instructor starts the engines and initializes the aircraft ready for take-off - Initial altitude FL 70
(on AFS CP). During take off, instructor will assist the trainee with thrust setting and aircraft
clean-up
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
4 : - After Take-off provide radar vector and altitude changes to demonstrate the
following :
- Switching from CLB to OPCLB ; altitude constraint not considered
- How to reengage NAV and CLB to respect altitude constraint
- Final cruise altitude : FL 290 explain how to obtain ALT CRZ on FMA
- Demonstrate how to select AIRWAYS in FMS revisions
5 : - Present the PERF CRZ page and explain the different cruise speeds
6 : - Start descent after the top of descent

- Explain Flight phase switching : CRZ to DES
- Explain speed control in Managed profile
- Explain switching DES to OPDES
Instructor assists the trainees for aircraft configuration and during the Go-around
mftdCgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
8 : - Decelerated approach : demonstrate the following :

Flight phase switching : DES to APPR
Explain the 2 possibilities
- automatically : overfling D point
- manually : activate APPR phase. Show the field on the PERF PAGE, which is
at the same position as INSERT field of other page. Insist about the importance
to read the label of the field to avoid confusion between insert and activate
Explain speed target is VAPP, observe short term managed speed according to
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
the configuration
Use of approach mode : LOC and G/S interception (FMA).0
9,17 : - Explain flight phase switching APPR to GA

- Explain the FMA modes
- Show that missed approach procedure changes from BLUE solid line to GREEN
solid line on the ND. At the same time show that the ALTERNATE F-PLN changes
from BLUE dotted line to BLUE solid line
- Explain NAV reengagement and clean up procedure using characteristic speeds
- Explain that the CRZ FL is automatically updated and is the higher of:
• the value selected in the AFS - CP or
• the higher value of the FPLN (MAP + previous approach)
- Explain that predictions are recovered after acceleration altitude
10 : - Initialize the FMS using the predetermined flow (curser jump)

- INIT : don’t insert a CO RTE and build the P-FLN using AIRWAYS and INSERT
NEXT WPT options.
- NAVAID : Deselect "ATN" VOR
- SEC 1 : Import from ACTIVE
- SEC 2 : Import from ACTIVE and insert a quick return to LFZZ ILS 33R
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- PERF-CLB : Insert preselect speed 230 kts
Instructor starts the engines and initializes the aircraft ready for take-off - Initial altitude FL 70
(on AFS CP). During take off, instructor will assist the trainee with thrust setting and aircraft
clean-up
11 : After TAKE OFF, show the target selected speed 230 kts on FMA. Explain how to
recover managed speed
13 : - Explain all the ND interactivity

- From the aircraft
- From a waypoint
- From the airport
16 : - Stabilized approach :
- Select the speed according to the short term managed speed target until VAPP
then manage speed
- Point out the successive configuration change at each short term target speed
in order to respect "establish in full configuration and Vapp at 1000 ft AGL"
18 : - Insert Holding pattern at ARBON using the DATA BASE computation
mftdCgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD D (SYSTEMS REVIEW)
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
LFLL CALM 9999 13/12 1013 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 15L - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 104 REFER SESSION GUIDE
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ T MODE REVERSIONS

CPNY RTE AIBLYS T GROUND SPEED MINI FUNCTION
ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1S)
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdD.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
mftdD.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD D : (SYSTEMS REVIEW)
• To reinforce systems studied from day 1 to day 4.
• To reinforce FMS system knowledge studied during CBT, MFTD B and C.
- FMS architecture: flight phases.
- FMA (Flight Mode Annunciator).
- Flight director - AFS control panel.
- EFIS control panel
• To introduce:
- Reversion modes
- GROUND SPEED MINI FUNCTION for target speed in approach
mftdDgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD D : SESSION GUIDE
02 - SESSION GUIDE :
Init Take Off: LFZZ 15L
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Instructor sets the MFTD:

• Engines OFF
• EXT PWR 1, 2, 3, 4: ON
• APU: OFF
• DOORS: STD doors open
• O2 crew supply: OFF
• FMS LOADED:
LFZZ/LFLL: Use co route AIBLYS with SID ONZON 1S. Delete ONZON, delete the first
ROA WPT to clear discontinuity. LFLL arrival ILS 18L. Fill the APPR page. ALTN FPLN:
LFLL/LFZZ: Use co route LYSAIB. Change departure RWY 18L with SID EB 4S.
Delete the discontinuity between EB and ROA.
CBT reinforcement studied during day 1 to 4

Trainees perform actions requested by the instructor
Select the following SD pages using the ECP pbs
DOOR
• Highlight differences door open (door label amber) and door closed (green).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Close all doors

• Arm all slides to highlight changes
• Oxygen: highlight CKPT is amber because the O2 supply valve is closed (CREW SUP-
PLY pb-sw OFF). Consequently REGUL PR LO is amber due to low pressure after the
supply valve. The cockpit and cabin bottle O2 pressure are indicated in green when
pressure is above the minimum required to dispatch. If the pressure is below the mini-
mum required to dispatch, the green value appears with an amber half frame. Do not
speak about value which are customized according to airline operations.
mftdDgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
APU
• APU fire test. Explain
• APU start:
• APU master sw ON reinforce auto display of APU SD: Flap moving / Flap open
• APU start pb: ON reinforce GEN A/B connection amber to green parameters / APU
AVAIL on SD, on pb and on EWD memo
• SD DOOR page is displayed automatically after 10"
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Select APU page
• Select APU bleed ON: show bleed status change and APU BLEED memo replacing APU
AVAIL on EWD
• Select APU bleed OFF
• Insert APU fire extinguishable: demonstrate APU automatic emergency shutdown and
automatic agent discharge. The ECAM requires actions, wait to demonstrate that if pilots
do not perform ECAM actions, the system does it automatically.
• Restore. Reset systems. Restart APU.
ELEC
AC
• Select EL/AC SD
• Demonstrate that each EXT PWR is connected to its assigned AC bus. Show EXT PWR
memo on EWD
• Demonstrate that EXT PWR has priority over APU GEN
• Switch OFF EXT 1 and 4 and demonstrate
- AC 1 supplied by GEN A
- AC 4 supplied by GEN B
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Switch OFF EXT 2 and 3 and demonstrate
- APU GEN A supplying AC 1 and 2
- APU GEN B supplying AC 3 and 4
NOTE: Remove EXT PWR one by one to highlight the SD page changes, and AVAIL green
light disappears on EXT pb.
DC
• Select EL/DC SD
• Observe the ELEC DC distribution
• Explain TR2 B is back up to TR 2A
mftdDgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
BLEED
• Select BLEED page
• Select APU bleed ON
• Highlight APU bleed supplying both packs through XBLEED valves on BLEED page. It
takes time (around 45") until hot air valves open, which is normal
• Select PACK 1 OFF: demonstrate pack and hot air valves closure. Highlight the color
coding change. Show on COND page and PRESS page the changes
• Select PACK 1 ON
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Select BLEED SD
• Select ENG START sel to IGN / START and observe automatic pack closure
• Select ENG 3 master lever ON : when ENG AVAIL demonstrate automatic pack open.
Select ENG START sel to NORM
• Perform a quick engine start on 1, 2 and 4
• When 4 engines AVAIL, highlight APU BLEED priority on ENGINE BLEEDS
• Open DOOR MAIN 1L
Highlight:
• PACK 1+2 inhibited by door open when engines running
• ECAM alert DOOR OPEN and MAIN 1L in amber on door page
Observe DOOR SD replaced by WHEEL SD after engine start
Highlight differences
• Engines shutdown: DOOR symbol amber only
• Engines running: DOOR symbol amber + DOOR name in amber
• Close the door. Alerts disappear
• Select APU BLEED OFF

Highlight
• XBLEED VALVES closure
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• ENG BLEED VALVES open. Each engine supplies its associated pack valve
• Select AC page to demonstrate engine GEN priority on APU GEN

• Summary of ELEC priority: ENG GEN > EXT PWR > APU GEN
CAB PRESS
• Select PRESS page

• Explain LDG ELEVN 800ft coming from FMS DESTINATION airport
• Show the 4 outflow valves open on ground
• Select RAM AIR ON: Observe valve open
• Select ditching PB-sw ON
• Show the automatic closure of the packs and the 4 outflow valves, and the RAM AIR
• Explain that this action is part of the DITCHING procedure in flight or the DE ICING
procedure on ground
• Select ditching PB-sw OFF
• Select RAM AIR OFF
• Select APU OFF
• Reset
mftdDgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FMS
The purpose of this part is to reinforce FMS study, through a flight from LFZZ to LFLL.
Reinforce AFS CP UNDERSTANDING
Reinforce EFIS CP UNDERSTANDING
Reinforce FMA on PFD
Reinforce FMS phases switching conditions, and associated speed management.
Initialized at take off, LFZZ 15L, aircraft ready:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Take Off to LFLL (20 minutes required) - Select FL 110
• Highlight
• Each phase switching condition
• All FMA changes
• Speed target changes: reinforce all the managed speed changes
• Freeze position and altitude when required to highlight all these changes.
• Keep simulation frozen to brief the mode reversions demo using the tutorial.
During climb, demonstrate all the lateral and vertical reversion modes except FD orders
not followed.
GROUND SPEED MINI FUNCTION DEMO:

• Init APP LFZZ 33R - Keep simulation frozen to brief the demo using the tutorial.
GW: 385 T
Wind in PERF page: 330/20
The purpose is to demonstrate how the target speed changes with wind variation during
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
approach.
The exercice starts at 3700 ft from the FAF ILS 33R:
1 - At 3700 ft, insert WIND 330/10
2 - At 3000 ft, change WIND 330/50
If necessary between wind changes freeze POS/ALT to highlight the target changes.
mftdDgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftdDgd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 1 (SOP) - TRAINEE 1

E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020
LFLL 270/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t

FLT NBR A/L ID 105 Co-route AIBKEF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN T 1 - USE OF TUTORIAL

CPNY RTE AIBKEF T 2 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE KEFSNN T 3 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
T 4 - BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C T 5 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 T 6 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
T 7 - AFTER TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND TL 15 T 8 - CLIMB FL 110
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
E
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd1.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
WEATHER
Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020
ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t

Co-route AIBLYS
FLT NBR A/L ID 105
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ 9 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBLYS 10 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE LYSAIB 11 - BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
12 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -9°C 13 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
14 - AFTER TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 15 - CLIMB FL 110
TRIP WIND HD 15
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES

V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd1.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 1 (SOP) SESSION PREPARATION
• Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during :
- COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BEFORE START / ENGINE START / AFTER START
- TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF.
- CLIMB
A. REVIEW :
• Use of FMS through a standard preparation
B. NEW EXERCICES :
• Standard operating procedures during
- TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF.
- CLIMB
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
D. REFERENCES
• PDP
Normal operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb
• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists
Use of RMP
- Aircraft Systems / 23 - Communication / How to use the RMP / How to tune a frequency
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
Engine start and engine operation

- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Ignition and Starting / Starting / Automatic Starting
Sequence
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / FADEC
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Normal Operation
• FCTM
Normal operations
- Normal Operations / General + Preliminary Cockpit Preparation + Cockpit Preparation +
Before Start + Start + After Start + Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Standard
Callouts

• Demonstrate acceptable knowledge of FMS system.
• Understanding of SOP’s from cockpit preparation until climb.
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 1 (SOP) SESSION GUIDE
USE OF TUTORIAL :
T MANDATORY use of tutorial mode.
2,3 : Highlight the aircraft preparation philosophy.Preliminary cockpit preparation : mainly

performed by the PNF and easy to memorize through 5 "boxes"
1 - POWER UP (if aircraft not electrically supplied)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
2 - ECAM / LOGBOOK CHECK
3 - APU start
4 - NSS / OIS PREPARATION.
5 - Before WALKAROUND
Cockpit preparation : performed in 2 steps
- Systems checking/setting and FMS preparation (PF). Select TOGA allowing the
demo of METOTS (RR engine only)
- FMS revised by PNF
- Glareshield and Instruments panels checking/setting when both pilots seated
- SURV page : Explain the controls and STATUS & SWITCHING pages
ELEC : Demonstrate the connection logic
- Select EXT 2 : demonstrate that 1 EXT PWR unit is not enough to supply the entire
electrical network
- Select EXT 3 to supply the entire network
APU : Comment APU start using ECAM APU page.
When APU AVAIL, call ECAM ELEC page, point out the priority logic of the EXT
PWR on APU GEN.
- Select EXT 1 and 4 : highlight the changes
FUEL : PUMPS selection MAIN - SBY - Demo SBY - MAIN. Highlight differences
4 : Explain the automatic engine start sequence.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
When all engines are running, select ECAM ELEC page, to highlight the priority
changes between engine and APU generator
5 : Explain the functionnality of TAXI camera on PFD for taxi + video selection possibil-
ities on SD page.
6 : During take off, point out the following key points. FMA change after take off thrust
setting. 35 kt take off thrust sets "METOTS" on RR only
Explain the evolution of ACUTE during take off :
- METOTS : Modified Engine Take Off Thrust Setting (Use TOGA in order to observe
significant thrust variations)
- After thrust reduction, reference changes from TOGA to GA thrust.
This leads to a small change of THR. If FLEX take off THR is well below CLB THR,
there will be a washout during +/- 20 sec to reach CLB THR.
V1 auto callout
VR
Pitch 12.5°
SRS mode
Thrust reduction
Thrust acceleration - climb phase
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/05 CAVOK 13/10 1006

FLT NBR A/L ID 106 Co-route AIBAIB1
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - BEFORE START / ENG START
AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -1°C 4 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
1:20 5 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
CI 90 TROPO 36090
6 - AFTER TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND - 7 - CLIMB FL70
T 8 - CRUISE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - DCT ROA - HOLDING PATTERN
T 10 - APPROACH PREPARATION
385 t 65 t T 11 - DESCENT MANAGED
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 12 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R - DECELERATED
2:00 13 - AUTOLAND (DEMO)
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd2.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/05 CAVOK 13/10 1006

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 2:15 14 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 16 - BEFORE START / ENG START
AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -1°C 17 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
3:20 18 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
CI 90 TROPO 36090
19 - AFTER TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND - 20 - CLIMB FL70
21 - CRUISE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - DCT ROA - HOLDING PATTERN
385 t 65 t 24 - DESCENT MANAGED
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 25 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R - DECELERATED
4:00 T 26 - GO AROUND
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd2.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
- CLIMB
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- GO AROUND
A. REVIEW :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- TAXI and BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF
- CLIMB
B. NEW EXERCICES :
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- GO AROUND
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM.
• FCTM
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• PDP
Normal operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb +
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing
• FCOM
FMS INIT: use of SEC

- Aircraft Systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Management System / Flight Planning / Secondary
Flight Plans
Use of RMP

- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines /Ignition and Starting / Starting / Automatic Starting
Sequence
• FCTM
Normal operations
Before Start + Start + After Start + Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Cruise +
Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing +
Standard Callouts

• Understanding of SOP’s from cruise phase until landing including go around phase.02.03
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
2 : FMS initialization performed in the SEC 2. Import SEC 2 into SEC 1

SWAP SEC 1 into active FPLN
Use of RMP : explain basic functions. Scale 1 is useful. Use of RMP will be rein-
forced during FFS session
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
12 : No radar vectors. Decelerated approach via ROA.
15 : .During FMS preparation :

- Switch OFF the KCCU keyboard (KBD) in order to demonstrate the use of soft
keyboard. Fill in the INIT page. Restore
- Switch OFF the KCCU Control Cursor Device (CCD) in order to demonstrate how
to fill pages with hard keyboard only - Restore.
25 : Radar vectors. Decelerated approach
26 : After the GA acceleration altitude:

- Explain that the FMS recovers prediction and vertical managed profile after the
acceleration altitude (CLB, ALT CRZ, DES are available during the missed
approach procedure).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017
LFLL 180/10 9000 BKN 018 14/10 1016 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - ENGINE START / VALVE NOT OPEN (MMEL)
4 - TAXI
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -2°C 1:20 5 - TAKE OFF
6 - CLIMB FL 70
CI 90 TROPO 36090
7 - DCT ROA - HOLDING PATTERN
TRIP WIND - T 8 - VOR / DME APP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
1:50 9 - GO AROUND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - VOR / DME APP LFZZ 33R (SELECTED)
2:10 11 - GO AROUND
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
AIR COND OFF (SID MOU 1N)
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd3.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

WEATHER
Time
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017 EVENTS
LFLL 180/10 9000 BKN 018 14/10 1016
INIT APP - LFZZ 24 - GW 385 t
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 107 2:25 12 - RNAV APP - LFZZ 24 (FLS)
13 - GO AROUND
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 14 - NDB APP LFZZ 33R (SELECTED)
CPNY RTE 2:50 15 - GO AROUND
16 - ILS G/S INOP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3:10 17 - GO AROUND
18 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R - STABILIZED
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +5°C 3:30 19 - AUTOLAND
CI 90 TROPO 36090 T 20 - AFTER LANDING
T 21 - PARKING
TRIP WIND - T 22 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY
AIR COND OFF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd3.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
- NON PRECISION APPROACH
- AFTER LANDING
- PARKING
- SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
A. REVIEW :
- CLIMB
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- GO AROUND
B. NEW EXERCICES :
- NON PRECISION APPROACH
- AFTER LANDING
- PARKING
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM.
• FCTM
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• PDP
Normal operations
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Non Precision Approach +Go Around + Landing + Park-
ing / Securing the Aircraft
• FCOM
Use of RMP

Sequence
Engine Start Valve Manual Operation

- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Engines / Unusual Engine Starting Procedures
• Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL)

- MMEL Items / 80 - Engine Start / 11- Start System / 80 - 11 -01 Engine Start Valve
• FCTM
Normal operations
Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Non Precision Approach +
Go Around + Landing + Parking + Standard Callouts
Use of MMEL
- Normal Operations / Flight Preparation / MEL

• Standard knowledge and understanding of non precision approaches.
• Ability to program and use FMS through different flight phases.
• Standard knowledge of normal SOP’s, task sharing and callouts.
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
3 : Emphasize MMEL consultation. Dispatch with start valve inoperative on engine 3 to

perform a manual start valve operation
10,14: On the IOS, insert GPS PRIMARY lost to get F-APP + RAW. Then, on the POSI-
TION monitor MFD page, insert RNP less than EPU to get NAV ACCU LOW & FLS:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
RAW only.
16 : Fail G/S.
Demonstrate how to deselect G/S in FMS, in order to fly this approach in LOC - F/GS
Before go around, freeze at MDA-50 ft to demonstrate "DISCONNECT AP FOR
LDG" message on PFD
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017
BIKF 180/20 7000 BKN 038 6/2 1016 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBKEF
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 1:30 3 - TAXI
4 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C 5 - CLIMB MANAGED - SELECTED
T 6 - FUEL TRANSFER
CI 90 TROPO 36090
7 - NORMAL CRUISE FL 310
TRIP WIND HD 20 8 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
2:00 T 9 - JETTISON
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - APP PREPARATION
11 - DESCENT MANAGED - SELECTED
423 t 83 t T 12 - ILS G/S FROM ABOVE LFZZ 33R
GW FOB
930 600 Ib 182 600 Ib 2:20 13 - AUTOLAND
340 t
ZFW ZFWCG 33,9 %
748 000 Ib
NOTES
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1N)
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd4.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

WEATHER
Time
LFLL 180/10 9000 BKN 018 14/10 1016
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 423 t
ACTIVE / INIT Co-route AIBKEF
FLT NBR A/L ID 108
2:35 14 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 15 - CLIMB MANAGED - SELECTED FL 120
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 16 - DIVERSION TO LFLL
3:00 17 - DESCENT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 18 - DESCENT MANAGED - SELECTED
19 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C (NO JETTISON)
20 - ILS APP LFLL 18L
CI 300 TROPO 36090
3:30 21 - AUTOLAND
TRIP WIND HD 20 22 - AFTER LANDING
23 - PARKING
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 24 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
423 t 83 t
GW FOB
930 600 Ib 182 600 Ib
340 t
ZFW ZFWCG 33,9 %
748 000 Ib
NOTES
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1N)

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd4.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
- FUEL JETTISON
- OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE
- DIVERSION
A. REVIEW :
- CLIMB
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- AFTER LANDING
- GO AROUND
- PARKING
B. NEW EXERCICES :
- FUEL TRANSFER
- FUEL JETTISON
- DIVERSION
- OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM.
• FCTM
mftd4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• PDP
Normal operations
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing + Parking / Securing the Aircraft
Abnormal operations
Fuel Jettison
• FCOM
Use of RMP
Weight and Balance

- Limitations / Weight and Center of Gravity Limits
- Performance / Load Control / Weights + CGs
Auto ground transfer

- Aircraft Systems / 28 - Fuel / Controls and Indicators / REFUEL/GROUND TRANSFER
PANEL
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel / FUEL AUTO GND XFR
COMPLETED
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel / FUEL CG OUT OF
RANGE

Sequence
Fuel Transfer
- Aircraft systems / 28 - Fuel / System Description / Transfer System
Fuel Jettison
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel Jettison
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Fuel Jettison
Diversion
- Aircraft Systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Management System / System Description Flight
Planning / Lateral Flight Plan Revisions / Alternate
- Aircraft Systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Management System / Controls and Indicators / MFD -
FMS pages / Alternate page
mftd4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
Overweight Landing Procedure

- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Miscellaneous
• FCTM
Normal operations
Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing +
Parking + Standard Callouts
Abnormal operations
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Miscellaneous / Overweight Landing

• Standard knowledge and understanding of FMS architecture.
• Ability to program and use FMS through different flight phases.
• Standard knowledge of normal SOP’S, task sharing and call outs.
mftd4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
2 : The crew has already inserted the ZFW / ZFWCG / FOB figures (refer to syllabus) in
the FMS / FUEL&LOAD page
Explain that the FQMS computes the fuel distribution to ensure a CG target for take-
off of approximately 39,5% (SD page).
Observe the TRIM TANK fuel quantity and note the value.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
The FQMS normally receives (via the avionics system) approx every 10 min an
updated ZFWCG sent by the airline operations via DATALINK (the ground engineer
may also update it using the OMT (laptop located at the rear of the cockpit)), in order
to ensure proper fuel distribution (especially quantity in the trim tank) and final
GWCG target of 39,5%
Then, give the trainees a LOADSHEET last minute change:

ZFW= 345 T
ZFWCG= 37%
Note: Do not change the figures on the IOS to ensure that the current fuel dis-
tribution will not change.
The crew inserts the new figures in the FMS / ACTIVE / FUEL&LOAD page.
Observe that the current fuel distribution does not change. Therefore the FQMS
computes a new GWCG according to the updated ZFW / ZFWCG inserted by the
crew in the FMS.
The crew checks that the updated GWCG is within operational limits:
• If YES:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
The crew will request an updated LOADSHEET.

For demonstration, the crew will use the LOADSHEET application on the OIS:
inserts the updated figures above (use the trip fuel displayed on the FUEL & LOAD
page). The crew will change the TRIM TANK value to the actual one checked on SD
(using the TRIM TANK ADJUSTMENT field), then compute.
The TOCG result must be crosschecked versus the FQMS computation (GWCG on
SD).
If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes (wrong figures insertion, wrong
fuel distribution, FQMS failure….).
• If NO:
To demonstrate GWCG out of operational limits, the instructor inserts on the IOS
the new initial figures (make sure that the crew does not change the figures on
the FMS FUEL & LOAD page to allow the fuel to be redistributed):
ZFW= 340 T
ZFWCG= 32%
FOB= 83 T
Give the crew an updated LOADSHEET: The loading set up has changed:
New figures to be inserted by the crew in the FMS:
ZFW= 340 T
ZFWCG= 38%
mftd4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
3
2(end):Observe the updated GWCG on SD: above 44% and amber.

The crew must consider using the AUTO GND XFR procedure
The crew pushes the AUTO GND XFR pb-sw on the OVHD MAINTENANCE panel:
Observe on the FUEL SD, the FWD transfer done by the FQMS to obtain a GWCG
of 39,5%. The FQMS will automatic stop the GND XFR when the GWCG 39,5% is
reached.
Due to time constraint (give a new slot for departure), stop the exercise as soon as
the GWCG has turned green or around 41% of GWCG. Explain that it should take
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
approx 17 min for the fuel to be transferred forward in the feed tanks, in this case.
The transfer rate is approx 600kg per min.
The crew should crosscheck on the OIS the FQMS computation obtained at the end
of the AUTO GND XFR. Crosscheck the TOCG (OIS) versus the GWCG (SD):
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes.
5 : During CLIMB to FL 310.

FMS exercices :
- CLB CSTR
- MACH CSTR (0.80) at OKRIX
- ALT CRUISE CHANGE 310 instead of 360
6 : Explain the main transfers, the load alleviation transfers and the CG control transfer
during climb and cruise. Use PDP CRUISE.
8 : In cruise to KEF, demonstrate predictive GPS function, and how to deselect GPS
satellite and GPS.
To return to departure, select LFZZ as ALTN in ALTERNATE menu of FPLN INFO.
Then use the enable ALTN function to activate it.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
9 : Explain the philosophy for jettison.
- If it is urgent to land, the crew consider the overweight landing procedure.
This procedure includes the consideration of jettison.
- If it is not urgent to land, the crew does not usually consider the overweight landing
procedure and wants first to Jettison. In this case, they use the jettison procedure.
Perform the jettison procedure after the activation of the not sensed jettison proce-
dure.
Explain that fuel can be jettisoned except fuel from the feed tanks.
Rate is approximately 150 t per hour (2.5 t per minute).
Explain the JTSN GW field in the active / FUEL & LOAD page
Explain the AUTO RCL function.
17 : Urgent landing due to medical problem with a passenger. LFZZ CLOSED diversion
to LFLL.
mftd4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
3

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 5 (FAILURES) - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/10 5000 OVC 005 05/03 1012
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
ACTIVE / INIT INIT FL 100 - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL T 1 - ECAM MANAGEMENT

CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 2 - FUEL TK 2 MAIN PMP FAULT
3 - PACK 1 OVHT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 4 - HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO - RESTORE
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -8°C

CI 90 TROPO 36090 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB1
TRIP WIND
1:15 5 - TAKE OFF
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD T 6 - ENGINE FAIL - NO DAMAGE
7 - ENGINE RELIGHT
385 t 65 t 8 - ENG 4 ATHR FAULT - RESTORE
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT FL 350 - GW 540 t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 220 t
320 t Co-route AIBAIB
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
1:35 9 - ENGINE FAIL
NOTES
T 10 - ONE ENGINE OUT OPERATIONS- RESTORE
RWY COND WET FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
2:15 T 11 - FUEL LEAK (ON ENGINE)- RESTORE
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 272
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd5.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/10 5000 OVC 005 05/03 1012
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 2:30 12 - TAKE OFF

CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 13 - ENG FAIL - NO DAMAGE
14 - ENGINE RELIGHT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 15 - CLIMB FL 70
16 - HYD G + Y RSVR LEVEL LO
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -8°C 17 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
CI 90 TROPO 36090 3:20 18 - GO AROUND - RESTORE
TRIP WIND
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD Co-route PAT 33R
385 t 65 t 3:25 19 - TAKE OFF - CLIMB 4000 ft

GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 20 - FLAPS LOCKED AT RETRACTION
21 - ENG 1 ATHR FAULT IN DOWNWIND
320 t 22 - ILS APP - G/S INOP - LFZZ 33R - (FLS)
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 3:50 23 - GO AROUND - RESTORE
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd5.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 5 (FAILURES) SESSION PREPARATION
Study of :
• ECAM MANAGEMENT
• ENGINE FAILURE and RELIGHT PROCEDURE
• FUEL LEAK
• DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
• FLAPS FAILURE
A. REVIEW :
• STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
B. NEW EXERCICES :
• ECAM MANAGEMENT
• ENGINE FAILURE and RELIGHT
• DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
• FUEL LEAK
• FLAPS FAILURE
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM.
• FCTM
mftd5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
D. REFERENCES
• PDP
Normal Operations
Takeoff + Climb + Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Go Around
Abnormal Operations
- ECAM Management
- Engine failure after V1
- Engine failure in cruise
- Fuel leak
- Slats / Flaps failure cases
• FCOM
ECAM Procedures
- Aircraft Systems / 31 - Indicating/Recording / ECAM / How to Handle ECAM Procedures
Eng fail
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG FAIL
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG RELIGHT IN FLT
Performance
- Performance / In-flight /One Engine Inoperative
Fuel leak
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel / FUEL LEAK DETECTED
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / FUEL LEAK
• FCTM
Normal operations
Normal Operations / Takeoff + Climb + Cruise + Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach +
ILS Approach + Go Around + Standard Callouts
Abnormal operations
- Operational philosophy / ECAM
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Operating techniques / Engine Failure After V1 + Engin
Failure During Initial Climb + Engine Failure during cruise
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Hydraulic / G + Y Hydraulic Failures
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Flight Controls / Abnormal Flaps and/or Slats Configuration

• Understanding of ECAM philosophy and application of ECAM procedure.
mftd5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 5 (FAILURES) SESSION GUIDE
1 : ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management
The instructor leads the demo by following this scenario :
(Advisory): use of FCOM to look for
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Insert N1 vibration on ENG 1
ECAM advisory
Insert BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT (level 1)
Insert ELEC BAT 1 FAULT (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert ENGINE 1 FIRE (level 3-Master Warning + CRC)
Insert LEFT MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE (level 3 - Master Warning + CRC)
Dot not perform any ECAM actions
After each failure insertion, instructor highlights on EWD and PFD

- Priority between alerts in a same level
- Priority between alerts in different levels
- Priority between limitations on PFD
- Memos on PFD
- Deferred procedure and limitations : Approach deferred proc is inserted chronolog-
ically before approach check list, because the deferred actions to perform can
modifiy the STATUS and the briefing. Consequently, the approach C/L which refer
to STS and briefing is the last protection about aircraft status awareness.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- STATUS
Restore
Activate the not sensed L/G LDG with Abnormal WING & BODY L/Gs : Explain that
there are a few procedures whose management is different.
Those PROC are displayed until landing, disregarding normal C/L (e.g. LANDING
WITH 2 ENGs INOP ABN PROC)
ECAM system management : Insert ENG 1 FIRE and perform ECAM actions.
Follow the tutorial to explain the management of the ECAM alert
Restore
6 : Insert ENG 3 failure No damage when A/P ON
7 : When relight is successful, explain the deactivation of the not sensed ENGINE
RELIGHT PROC. Reinforce the philosophy : when the condition which has initiated
the activation of a not sensed PROC has disappeared, deactivate the procedure.
8 : Insert ENG 4 A/THR failure. Demonstrate that A/THR is available and drives engine
1, 2 and 3 while engine 4 thrust has to be manually controlled via THR LVR 4.
Restore.
mftd5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
11 : Insert a fuel leak of 1000 kg/min on FEED TANK 1 to trigger "FUEL LEAK
DETECTED" (consider leak from engine) which takes around 3 minutes. On IOS do
not clear malfunction but select a leak of 0 kg/min.
After analyse and engine shutdown, consider leak stopped.
Consequently engine is kept shutdown.
13 : Insert Engine 2 failure. No damage when AP : ON

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
16 : Insert simultaneously HYD GREEN RSVR LEVEL LO and YELLOW RSVR LEVEL
LO
20 : Insert FLAPS LOCKED between Flaps 3 and 1 position - Highlight the max speed
displayed on ECAM. Explain that the VFE on PFD is the VFE of the actual conf and
not linked with the flaps lever position
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 280/10 2000 OVC 010 -20/-21 1000
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 - GW 385 t


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 3 - BEFORE START / ENG START / HOT START
4 - AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C 5 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKEOFF
0:50 6 - TAKE OFF
CI 150 TROPO 36090
7 - ENGINE FAIL - DAMAGE
TRIP WIND TL 20 8 - RADAR VECTORS
T 9 - VOR DME APP - ONE ENGINE OUT -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD LFZZ 33R (FLS)
1:15 10 - GO-AROUND - RESTORE
385 t 65 t 11 - AFS + EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 12 - NDB APP (DOWN TO MDA) - LFZZ 33R (FLS) -
RESTORE
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB
NOTES
RWY COND SNOW FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 1:40 T 13 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1W) FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 14 - EXCESS CAB ALT
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2:05 15 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX °C VR FLEX
FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd6.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE

WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 280/10 2000 OVC 010 -20/-21 1000
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 2:20 16 - TAKE OFF

17 - CLIMB 4000 ft
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
18 - ENG FAIL - DAMAGE
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 19 - RADAR VECTORS
T 20 - VOR DME APP - ONE ENGINE OUT -
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C LFZZ 33R (FLS)
21 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT - RESTORE
CI 150 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND TL 20 INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t - Co-route AIBAIB
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 2:50 T 22 - CDS RECONFIGURATION DEMO

23 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
385 t 65 t FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT FL 350 - GW 500 t - ZFW 350 t - FOB 150t
320 t Co-route AIBAIB
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
3:20 24 - CABIN PRESSURIZATION LEAK
NOTES
RWY COND SNOW FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1W)
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 502 INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t - Co-route AIBAIB
3:30 T 26 - SMOKE AVIONICS SMOKE (LEFT)

FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t - Co-route AIBAIB
LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t
3:45 27 - BOMB ON BOARD (BRIEFING ONLY)
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX °C VR FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd6.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 6 (FAILURES) SESSION PREPARATION
Study of :
• ENGINE START FAULT
• MANUAL ENGINE START
• CABIN PRESSURIZATION PROBLEM
• CDS FAILURE / RECONFIGURATION
• AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM FAILURE
• EMERGENCY DESCENT
• AVIONICS SMOKE
A. REVIEW :
• ENGINE FAILURE AND RELIGHT
B. NEW EXERCICES :
• MANUAL ENGINE START
• CDS FAILURE / RECONFIGURATION
• AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM FAILURE
• EXCESS CAB ALT / CABIN PRESSURIZATION LEAK
• AVIONICS SMOKE
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM.
• FCTM
mftd6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
D. REFERENCES
• PDP
Normal Operations
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Non Precision Approach +Go Around
Abnormal Operations
- CDS Reconfiguration
- Emergency Descent
- SMOKE Procedure
• FCOM
ECAM Procedures
- Aircraft Systems / 31 - Indicating/Recording / ECAM / How to Handle ECAM Procedures
Engine start fault

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG START FAULT
Manual engine start

- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Engines / Unusual starting procedures
Eng fail
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG RELIGHT IN FLT
FCU Back up
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 22- Auto flight / AUTO FLT AFS
CTL PNL FAULT
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 31- Indicating/Recording / CDS CPT
(EFIS) CTL PNL FAULT
Emergency descent
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 21 - Pressurisation / CAB PRESS
EXCESS CAB ALT
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Emergency procedures
CDS Failure
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 31 - Indicating/Recording / CDS
Smoke
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and smoke protection /
SMOKE MAIN AVNCS SMOKE
mftd6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
• FCTM
Normal operations
Normal operations / Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff +
Takeoff + Climb + Cruise + Decent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Non
Precision Approach + Go Around + Standard callouts
Abnormal operations
- Operational philosophy / ECAM
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Operating techniques / Engine Failure After V1 + Engine
Failure During Initial Climb
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Fire Protection / SMOKE/FUMES
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Miscellaneous / EMERGENCY DESCENT
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Auto flight / AUTO FLT AFS/EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Miscellaneous / Bomb on Board
• QRH
- SMOKE procedures

• Demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of aircraft systems operation, use of ECAM and
appropriate procedure.
• Understanding and application of crew coordination under malfunctions conditions.
mftd6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 6 (FAILURES) SESSION GUIDE
2 : FMS preparation with KBD OFF on KCCU 2 in order to practice FMS preparation
with CCD and SOFT KEYBOARD.
When FMS preparation completed, restore
3 : Insert a HOT START on engine 4. When ECAM actions completed, restore, perform
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
a manual engine start on engine 4. Then perform a manual start on Engine 1 with
hot start to highlight the difference of protections between AUTO and MAN. Restore
and perform a quick start through IOS panel.
9,12,20: FLS approach in cold weather conditions. Explain that the FLS profile takes into
account the temperature corrections (use tutorial NPA flown with FLS function,
COLD WEATHER).
11 : For training purpose, on MFD FCU BACKUP page, select manually AFS and EFIS
BACKUP.
13,23: When Q and A with Tutorial completed, trainees perform an emergency descent
without failure. Trainees should select the ABN Not-Sensed PROC : EMER
DESCENT to update the ECAM limitations.
14 : Insert EXCESS CAB ALT. (EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION).
22 : Perform the DEMO by switching OFF the DU’s instead of inserting failure. Proceed
step by step, to demonstrate the auto reconf, and then the manual one, via the
RECONF P/B. After the demo, insert a CAPT PFD CDS unit fault. When ECAM
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
actions completed, restore.
24 : Insert CABIN PRESS DOOR LEAK 1L with a leak rate of 1500 ft/min
26 : Insert SMOKE MAIN AVNCS SMOKE (LEFT).

The flight crew performs ECAM actions (immediate actions) and reverts to QRH as
per ECAM procedure.
Freeze when EMER ELEC consider
Restore.
27 : Brief the "BOMB ON BOARD" procedure using the FCOM. Then for demo activate
the not sensed "BOMB ON BOARD" procedure for display only.
Do not perform actions.
mftd6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 030/12 3000 OVC 006 30/20 1011
LFPO 060/10 4000 OVC 800 28/26 1012 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS


CPNY RTE AIBKEF
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 3 - BEFORE START
4 - ENG START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP - 55°C 5 - AFTER START
6 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKEOFF
CI 150 TROPO 36090
1:00 7 - TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND - 8 - AFTER TAKE OFF
9 - CLIMB
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - CRUISE
11 - PACKS 1 + 2 FAULT
390 t 90 t 12 - DIVERSION - LFPO
GW FOB
858 000 Ib 198 000 Ib 1:40 13 - ILS APP - G/S INOP - LFPO 06 (FLS)
14 - GO AROUND
300 t 15 - ILS APP - LFPO 06
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
660 000 Ib 2:00 16 - AUTOLAND
17 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES
18 - PARKING - TAIL PIPE FIRE
E.
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd7.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) - TRAINEE 2

E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFPO 060/10 4000 OVC 800 28/26 1011
INIT TAKE OFF - LFPO 06 - GW 390 t

ACTIVE / INIT Co-route ORYKEF
FLT NBR A/L ID 203
2:15 19 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
FROM LFPO TO BIKF ALTN EINN (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE ORYKEF
21 - BEFORE START
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 22 - ENG START
23 - AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP - 55°C 24 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKEOFF
3:15 25 - TAKEOFF
CI 150 TROPO 36090
26 - AFTER TAKEOFF
TRIP WIND - 27 - ENGINE FAILURE
28 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 29 - RADAR VECTORS
3:35 30 - VOR DME APP ONE ENGINE OUT
390 t 90 t LFPO 06 (SELECTED)
GW FOB
858 000 Ib 198 000 Ib 31 - GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT
32 - RADAR VECTORS
300 t 33 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFPO 06
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
660 000 Ib 3:55 34 - AUTOLAND ONE ENGINE OUT
35 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES
36 - PARKING
37 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
AIR COND ON (SID ATREX 1V)

LFPO 06 / GW 390 t LFPO 06 / GW 390 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd7.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) SESSION PREPARATION
• Check trainee’s ability to carry out normal and abnormal operations according to standard
requirements.
A. REVIEW :
• ECAM PHILOSOPHY AND ECAM MANAGEMENT
B. NEW EXERCICES :
• NIL
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM.
• FCTM

The application of normal standard operating procedures and the management of abnormal
procedure are of standard level or above, which means "Ready for next phase" (FFS).
mftd7gd.fm
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
02.03
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) SESSION GUIDE
2 : Give the crew a slot for departure.
3 : LOADSHEET last minute change :

ZFW : 305 t
ZFWCG : 37 %
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
If flight crew decision is to perform a fuel auto ground transfer, give a new slot for
departure. Therefore, due to time constraint, flight crew will compute a new load-
sheet on the OIS with updated figures, instead of performing a fuel transfer.
7 : During line up, change clearance to Heading 310 4000 ft

When airborne reaching 4000 ft, resume navigation on SID.
10 : Final cruise FL 340.

Request predictions (TIME / DIST) to FL 340.
11 : At BRY, Insert PACK 1 OVHT and PACK 2 FAULT. When PACKS OFF, insert PACK
1 FAULT. Explain that with PACKS OFF, the cabin depressurization rate is less than
1000 ft / min.
Descent and diversion to LFPO, fail G/S of ILS RWY 06.
Clearance is MLN FL 60 then radar vectors for LOC APP RWY 06 (G/S INOP)
15 : Cancel G/S ILS 06 failure

RADAR VECTORS for ILS APP RWY 06
18 : During engine shutdown, ground mechanics indicates a tail pipe fire on engine 2.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Flight crew performs the Not-Sensed TAIL PIPE FIRE procedure.
20 : Insert HYD G ENG 1 PUMP A PRESS LO. Dispatch with MMEL.
24 : RWY change for take off 08 due to runway obstruction on runway 06
27 : Insert engine 4 OIL QTY at 0 to trigger ENG 4 OIL PRESS LO, which leads the crew
to shutdown the engine.
30 : Due to ILS 06 FAILURE, radar vectors for VOR DME RWY 06.
For training purpose, approach in selected mode.
31 : GO AROUND ordered by ATC due to RWY incursion
33 : Cancel ILS 06 failure

Radar vectors for ILS approach RWY 06
mftd7gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 330/10 9999 SCT 025 20/10 1010 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
LFLL CALM 5000 OVC 008 20/10 1010
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A 1 - LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 201 GW 385 t
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ Co-route AIBLYS
CPNY RTE AIBLYS 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
SUPPLIED)
3 - ENG START / AFTER START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 4 - TAXI
0:50 5 - TAKE OFF v v
TRIP WIND HD 15 6 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 7 - STUDY OF NORMAL LAW (15’) v
8 - SIDE STICK PRIORITY DEMO (5’) v v
385 t 65 t 9 - DES-STAR v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 10 - ILS APP LFLL 18L v v
11 - LANDING
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 1:35 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
704 000 lb
GW 385 t
NOTES Co-route PAT 33 R
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) 12 - TAKE OFF v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 100 13 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - PATTERN 33R v v
15 - VISUAL APP v v
E 16 - LANDING
1:50 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
GW 385 t
Co-route PAT 33 R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
17 - TAKE OFF v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 18 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
19 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
20 - GO AROUND v v
21 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
22 - VISUAL PATTERN v
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 23 - LANDING
24 - AFTER LANDING
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 330/10 9999 SCT 025 20/10 1010 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
LFLL CALM 5000 OVC 008 20/10 1010
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:25 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
CPNY RTE AIBLYS

25 - TAKE OFF v v
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
26 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -7°C 27 - DES - STAR v v
28 - ILS APP LFLL 18L v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 29 - LANDING
TRIP WIND HD 15
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD GW 385 t
Co-route PAT 33 R
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 30 - TAKE OFF v v
320 t ZFWC 32 - PATTERN 33R v v
ZFW 35 % 33 - VISUAL APP v v
704 000 lb G
34 - LANDING
NOTES
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 3:10 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) GW 385 t
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 100 Co-route PAT 33 R
ANTI ICE OFF
35 - TAKE OFF v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 37 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 38 - GO AROUND v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 39 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 41 - LANDING
42 - AFTER LANDING
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 43 - TAXI
44 - PARKING - GATE A1
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 3:45 45 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 1 SESSION PREPARATION
• Practice cockpit preparation (real environment).
• Introduction to aircraft handling characteristics.
• Introduction to "Normal Law" - Envelope protections.
• Practice visual pattern, go around and landing.
A. REVIEW :
• Cockpit preparation using aircraft equipments in a real environment.
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• TAKE OFF
• NORMAL LAW - PROTECTIONS
• SIDE STICK PRIORITY
• VISUAL PATTERN
• TCAS EVENT
• GO AROUND
• LANDING
C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM
D. REFERENCES
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Landing + Normal Law + Visual Pattern + Velocity Vector + TCAS

Normal Law
- Aircraft systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Flight Control System / Normal Law
Protections
- Aircraft systems / 22 - 27 - Flight Envelope / Operating Speeds + Protections
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
Side stick priority and indications

- Aircraft systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Controls and Indicators / Side Sticks + Side Stick
Priority + Side Stick Indication on PFD
- Aircraft systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Guidance / Controls and Indicators / Sidestick
- Aircraft systems / 25 - Equipment / Cockpit / Cockpit Seats
TCAS Event
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV Traffic Advisory Alert +
Resolution Advisory Alerts
• FCTM
Handling in normal operations

- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb+ Descent Preparation +
Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Visual Approach + Landing + Go Around + After
Landing + Parking + Standard Callouts
Taxi roll, steering and braking

- Normal Operations / Taxi
Takeoff roll and rotation technique

- Normal Operations / Takeoff
Landing: flare, callout, derotation, rollout, braking

- Normal Operations / Landing
Normal Law and Protections

- Operational Philosophy / Flight Controls / Laws + Protections
Side Stick and Priority P/B

- Operational Philosophy / Flight Controls / System characteristics
Velocity Vector
- Supplementary Information / Flight References

• Understanding of Normal Law protections.
• Ability to handle the aircraft in Normal Law.
• Ability to apply correct take off and landing techniques.
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE
DAY VISUAL (Select visibility 25 km)
2 : - Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD

- Show the location of the A380 simulator instructor guide
- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, flashing lights)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Seat adjustment, lights
- Laptop installation
- Oxygen masks
- Audio : hand mike, headset, RMP, ACP, PTT
- Use of taxi camera, airport navigation
- First FFS handling characteristics review (NWS, taxi, brake check, flight control
check, take off side stick position, rotation technique)
Reinforce frequency insertion procedure : 2 possibilities

1) Insert all the digit and enter : e.g. : 118.0 or
2) If you insert only 18 without validating it, the field is still active.
Explain the following risk : If the pilot wants to enter another frequency (eg : 135.0),
and enters 35, the result will be 118.35 which is not expected.
4 : Aircraft component location : use components visualization menu in the IOS

repositionning function page to display on visual : gears, engines, wing tips position
7 : VV design
- Explain that whatever the size and the color, VV indicates always the same thing /
the track (TRK) and the flight path angle (FPA).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- The message to be adressed about size and color is :
• Size means FD status
• small : FD ON follow FD
• big : FD OFF follow VV
• Color means
• black = HDG / VS
• green = TRK / FPA
Flight control law demonstration performed by each trainee:

- Level flight: Speed 280 kts - AP OFF
• Disconnect the A/THR: check that the standard procedure is applied
• Remove the FD, select TRK / FPA: explain relationship between Flight Path
Angle and pitch attitude
- Stability in pitch
• Level flight: Increase and decrease speed by 40 kts: explain stability in pitch
(auto trim)
• Repeat the same exercise using FPA ±3° keeping the same thrust setting
- Stability in roll
• Turn with 30° bank angle: explain roll stability and turn coordination
• Increase to 45° bank angle: stability is lost and need for side stick inputs to
maintain bank angle and level flight
• Release the side stick: explain bank angle back to 33° and need for small
back pressure to regain the altitude
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
7(end): Protections
Trainee 1 performs all the protections exercices in clean configuration.
Trainee 2 performs only the high angle of attack protection in landing
configuration. AP OFF - FD OFF - TRK / FPA - A/THR OFF
- Roll: speed around 280 kts

• Ask the pilot to practice 45° bank angle turns
• Ask the pilot to increase bank angle to the maximum (67°) (green dashes)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Emphasize that the max bank angle corresponds to the max G load (2.5 G),
displayed on SD
- Pitch: speed around 280kts

• Apply progressively maximum full up side stick deflection
• Emphasize maximum pitch up to 30° (green dashes) reduced to 25° at low
speed
• Alpha floor could engage due to high angle of attack protection
• Repeat the same demonstration for maximum full down side stick deflection
(maximum 15° pitch down): do not engage high speed protection and resume
normal flight
- High speed: speed around 280kts - LEVEL FLIGHT

• Set FPA -3° and release the side stick
• Observe pitch up demand at VMO+10 / MMO + .02
• Recover speed to 320kts and apply full forward side stick
• Mention that the speed can increase up to VD-10 / MD -.02M but pitch up
demand still applies with maximum side stick deflection
• Apply maximum bank angle (limited to 45°)
• And then release the side stick to demonstrate spiral stability
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- High angle of attack

Disconnect A/THR
• Reduce speed below VLS side stick free: demonstrate pitch down to maintain
speed above alpha PROT
• At α PROT the auto trim ceases
• Between α PROT and α MAX, α FLOOR engages: disconnect it
• Explain that with full back side stick aircraft reaches α MAX but does not stall
• Demonstrate the maximum bank angle (45°)
• Restore VAPP. and establish the aircraft on a 3° FPA in descent: ask the pilot
to practice an emergency pull up (Maximum deflection in pitch and roll)
Re-engage appropriate modes for automation after recovery
9,27 : When reaching DME ARC, trainee disconnects AP, to fly manually following FD
orders.
10,28 : Stabilized approach to allow the trainee to feel the aircraft configuration changes
while manually flying.
11,29 : Reinforce flare technique before landing
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
14,32 : Freeze position in downwind. Trainees set FD OFF. Insert 25 kt crosswind left then
right to notice the impact on the VV position. Then remove crosswind and unfreeze.
22,40 : ATHR OFF in downwind to fly in manual thrust.

Highlight the management of thrust with ACUTE. Manual adjustment of ACUTE on
all engines to target value is sensitive : 1% of N1 = about 5% of ACUTE
26 : TCAS event : select scenario 9 (reversed V/S) when levelled off at FL 120.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 050/20 8000 OVC 008 8/4 998 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 33
Co-route AIBAIB1
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS SUPPLIED)
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION v
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP 0°C v
3 - ENG START / AFTER START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 4 - TAXI v
1:00 5 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND -
TRIP WIND HD 15 v v v
INCAPACITATION
6 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
7 - DES - STAR v v v v
385 t 65 t 8 - LOC APP - LFZZ 33R (FLS) v v v v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 9 - REJECTED LANDING v v v
10 - VOR DME - LFZZ 33R (FLS) v v v v
320 t 11 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
NOTES GW 385 t - WIND 050/15
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE Co-route PAT 33R
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N)
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 12 - TAKE OFF - PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR
v v v
WINDSHEAR
ANTI ICE OFF
13 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v
E 14 - PATTERN 33R v v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 15 - ILS APP RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v
2:00 16 - LANDING v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t INIT APP - LFZZ 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA GW 385 t
v v 17 - ILS RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v

VR FLEX VR FLEX
18 - HIGH ENERGY GO AROUND -
v v v
CLEAN UP - FREEZE
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs2.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 050/20 8000 OVC 008 8/4 998 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-route PAT 33R
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 19 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v v

ALTN RTE AIBLYS 20 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v v
21 - PATTERN 33R v v v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP 0°C 22 - DOWNWIND - TCAS EVENT v v v v
23 - VOR DME APP - LFZZ 33R
CI 90 TROPO 36090 v v v v v
(SELECTED)
24 - HIGH ENERGY GO AROUND v v v
TRIP WIND -
25 - NDB APP - LFZZ 33R (FLS) v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 26 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v
385 t 65 t 3:00 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R

GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb GW 385 t - CAVOK
Co-route PAT 33R
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 27 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v v
704 000 lb
NOTES 29 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 30 - REJECTED LANDING v v v
RWY COND DRY (SID 1B) 31 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v
ANTI ICE OFF
3:20 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R -
E GW 385 t - WIND 050/15 - 8000 - OVC 008
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 Co-route PAT 33R
33 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t v v v v
34 - CLIMB 4000 FT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 35 - PATTERN 33R v v v v
36 - ILS APP RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 37 - GO AROUND - INCAPACITATION v v v
INIT APP- LFZZ 33R

GW 385 t
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 3:45 38 - ILS APP RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v
39 - LANDING LFZZ 33R v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 40 - AFTER LANDING v
41 - TAXI - GATE A1 v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 42 - PARKING v
3:55 43 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT v
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs2.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
Practice :
• Cockpit preparation (real environment).
• Non precision approaches and ILS RAW DATA.
• Windshear recovery techniques at Takeoff.
• Takeoff and Landing with crosswind.
A. REVIEW :
• Visual pattern.
• ILS approach.
• Go around procedure.
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• TAKE OFF WITH CROSSWIND
• PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR - WINDSHEAR (TAKE OFF)
• ILS RAW DATA
• NON PRECISION APPROACH
• CREW INCAPACITATION
• LANDING WITH CROSSWIND
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Crosswind takeoff + Incapacitation + Windshear + ILS RAW DATA + Visual
Pattern + Velocity Vector + TCAS
• FCOM

Crew Incapacitation
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / Miscellaneous
TCAS Event
Windshear
- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Adverse Weather / Operations in windshear -
Downburst conditions
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV MONITOR RADAR DIS-
PLAY + WINDSHEAR AHEAD WINDSHEAR AHEAD + GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD + WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR
• FCTM

- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Descent Preparation +
Descent + Approach + Non Precision Approach + ILS Raw Data Approach + Landing + Go
Around + Standard Callouts
Taxi roll, steering and braking

Takeoff roll and rotation technique

- Normal Operations / Takeoff
Landing: flare, callout, derotation, rollout, braking

- Normal Operations / Landing
Velocity Vector
Crew Incapacitation
- Abnormal Operations / Miscellaneous
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE

• Apply good crew coordination and task sharing.
• Proper use of automation.
• Confirm the ability to :
- Handle the aircraft safely.
- Perform Non precision approaches.
- Perform ILS raw data.
- Take off and landing in crosswind conditions
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE
DAY VISUAL
TRAINEE 2
4 : Demonstrate FMS Take Off shift function. Line up via B2 with a shift of 170 meters.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
5 : Trainee 2 incapacitation :
At 100 ft the trainee 2 set an unusual high pitch attitude and holds the stick control.
Emphasize the latching condition on Trainee 1 side (more than 30 sec.).
Back to normal crew position when incapacitation procedure completed and aircraft
in clean configuration.
6 : TCAS : Select scenario 10 : " RA crossing flight path ".
8 : Fail IANR G/S.
9 : Reject landing at 50 ft.
12 : On environment page select microburst to activate predictive windshear at take off.

Cancel predictive windshear, then insert windshear on rotation for recovery
technique.
18 : In CONF1 and when Go Around altitude set, initiate a Go Around and perform
standard missed approach procedure.
The idea is to insure that trainees are able to cope with a well above MDA GO
AROUND, with rapid FMA changes.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
TRAINEE 1
22 : TCAS event : Select scenario 6 (maintain V/S).
24 : When on final, conf 2 or 3, initiate a go around before 1000 ft AGL and provide radar
vectoring with a climb to 3700 ft QNH.
After aircraft is clean, resume climb to MSA.
The idea is to insure that trainees are able to cope with a well above MDA GO
AROUND, with rapid FMA changes.
30 : Reject landing at 50 ft.
33 : Insert windshear after rotation.
37 : Trainee 1 incapacitation :
During go around, trainee 1 faints, then trainee 2 takes control.
End of exercice when incapacitation procedure completed and aircraft in clean
configuration.
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
EVENTS
Time
LFZZ 280/12 5000 OVC 900 33/15 1020
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 24
FLT NBR A/L ID 203 MTOW 569 t
Co route AIBKEF - NIGHT VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
APU BLEED FAULT (AIRCRAFT NOT
ALTN RTE KEFSNN ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C 3 - ENG START WITH EXT PNEUMATIC
POWER
CI 90 TROPO 36090
4 - TAXI
TRIP WIND TL 15 0:50 5 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF - ARS DEMO v v
6 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 7 - CRUISE - DIVERSION TO LFZZ v v v
569 t 209 t 1:10 8 - DES - STAR v v v
GW FOB 9 - LOC APP OVERWEIGHT - LFZZ 33R
1 232 000 lb 440 000 lb v v v v
(FLS) - AES DEMO
10 - PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR /
360 t v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % WINDSHEAR ON APP
792 000 lb 1:30 11 - GO AROUND v v
NOTES 12 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v v v
NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 13 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1W)
1:50 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 24
AIR COND OFF PAX NUMBER : 500 GW 385t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ANTI ICE OFF 310/25 - 25 km - SCT 030 - NIGHT VISUAL
E
14 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND - DEMO
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 v v
FLRS
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 15 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t 16 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
17 - LOW ENERGY WARNING v
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
18 - LANDING CROSSWIND
19 - 180° ON RUNWAY 60 m WIDTH
VR FLEX VR FLEX
2:00 INIT APP - LFZZ 33 R
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED GW 385 t
NIGHT VISUAL
20 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R -
v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF G/S FROM ABOVE
LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t 21 - GPWS BASIC MODE DEMO
v v v
RECOVERY PROC
V1 129 TOGA V1 138 TOGA 22 - GO AROUND - AFTER T/OFF C/L v v
ffs3.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 280/12 5000 OVC 900 33/15 1020 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:25 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 24
FLT NBR A/L ID 203 MTOW 569 t
Co-route AIBKEF - NIGHT VISUAL
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 23 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF v v
24 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 -
ALTN RTE KEFSNN v v v
REVERSION MODE
25 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
26 - LOC (BACK CRS) DME - LFZZ 15L v v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 27 - WINDSHEAR ON APP v v
2:55 28 - GO AROUND v v
TRIP WIND TL 15 29 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 30 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
569 t 209 t 3:15 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 24

GW FOB
1232000 lb 440 000 lb GW 385t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
310/25 - 25 km - SCT 030 - NIGHT VISUAL
360 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 31 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v v
792 000 lb
NOTES 33 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 34 - LANDING CROSSWIND v
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1W) 35 - 180° ON RUNWAY 60m WIDTH v
AIR COND OFF PAX NUMBER : 500
ANTI ICE OFF 3:30 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 24
GW 385t - 310/25 - 25 km - SCT 030
NIGHT VISUAL
36 - TAKE OFF -
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF v v
CROSSWIND WINDSHEAR
LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA 38 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
39 - LANDING CROSSWIND v v
VR FLEX VR FLEX 40 - TAXI v
41 - APU FIRE
42 - EMER EVAC

LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t
ffs3.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
Practice
• Decision making (CRM).
• Unusual engine start / engine start with EXT PNEU PWR
• Heavy weight operations.
• Non precision Approaches.
• Windshear recovery technique in approach.
• 180° TURN on RWY 60m width
• GPWS recovery technique
A. REVIEW :
• Non precision approach.
• Go around procedure.
• Take off and landing with crosswind.
• TCAS
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• UNUSUAL ENGINE START / ENGINE START WITH EXT PNEU PWR
• PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR - WINDSHEAR (LANDING)
• AUTO RETRACTION / EXTENSION SYSTEM
• REVERSION MODE (FD orders not followed)
• LOW ENERGY WARNING
• FLAPS LOAD RELIEF
• 180° TURN ON RWY 60M WIDTH
• G/S FROM ABOVE
• GPWS
• EMER EVACUATION
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Crosswind takeoff + Slats - Flaps protections + Windshear + Visual
Pattern + Velocity Vector + Low energy warning + Glide slope from above + Taws + Mode
Reversions + TCAS + Emergency evacuation
• FCOM
Engine start with EXT Pneumatic power

- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Engines / Unusual starting procedures
180 degree turn on 60 meter wide runway

- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures / Taxi
Auto extension/retraction system, FLRS

- Aircraft systems / 27 Flight Controls / Slats/Flaps / Configurations / Slats/Flaps Extension/
Retraction
Low energy warning

- Aircraft systems / 22 - 27 - Flight Envelope / Protections / Low Energy Warning
Windshear
Taws
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV
TCAS Event
Overweight landing
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures / Miscellaneous
APU Fire
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and Smoke Protection /
APU FIRE
• Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL)

- MMEL Entries / ECAM Alert / AIR / APU BLEED FAULT
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
• FCTM

- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Raw Data Approach +
Landing + Go Around + Standard Callouts
180 Deg Turn

Takeoff at heavy weight

- Normal Operations / Takeoff / Takeoff at heavy weight
ILS glide slope from above

- Normal Operations / ILS Approach / Final Approach / Glide Slope Interception From
Above
Velocity Vector
Use of MMEL
- Normal Operations / Flight Preparation / MEL
Overweight Landing
- Abnormal operations / Miscellaneous
Emergency Evacuation
- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques
• QRH
- EVACUATION

• Assess crew coordination and task sharing.
• Handling : Flight within the below listed criteria should not be achieved at the
expense of smooth and good coordination :
Speed : + 10 / - 5 kts
Heading : ± 5°
Tracking : ± 5°
Altitude : ± 100 ft
All phases must be handled safely.
• At this stage, the trainee must be able to start Abnormal and Emergency procedures study.
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE
NIGHT VISUAL
TRAINEE 1
1 : Insert APU Bleed fault, before APU Bleed ON selected by flight crew. Dispatch with
MMEL
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
5 : When in CONF 1 + F, observe flap autoretraction at 212 kt, and change on PFD :
1 + F to 1
6 : TCAS : Select scenario 10 (crossing flight path).
7 : Passing FL 70 : Call from the cabin :

- A pregnant passenger is ready to give birth to her fourth child,
- There is no doctor, nor midwife on board,
- If the crew doesn't react, advise that 80% of the passengers start to strongly protest
against the Captain decision to continue to destination.
Overweight landing procedure due to urgency
9 : Fail IANR G/S. In approach, select CONF 1; reduce speed below 205 kt to activate
the automatic extension system (AES). Observe that flaps will extend to 1 + F.
10 : On environment page, select microburst to activate predictive windshear on

approach. When the message "WINDSHEAR AHEAD" is displayed cancel
microburst and select moderate windshear for recovery technique.
14 : Demo FLRS : At acceleration altitude, reduce the pitch to increase IAS to

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
VFE + 2,5 kt, observe FLAP LOAD RELIEF and RELIEF displayed on lower PFD.
Continue to accelerate in order to exceed VFE ; observe no further retraction and
overspeed warning. Increase pitch to 15° and point out FLAP reextension at
VFE - 2,5 kt. Fly FD to retract Slats / Flaps
17 : A/THR Off : Start final turn in level flight to trigger the "SPEED, SPEED, SPEED"
warning.
20 : Delay G/S interception for G/S from above exercise
21 : When the trainee has completed the G/S from above procedure and rearmed the
G/S, the instructor requests to disarm the G/S to demonstrate the GPWS warnings.
The purpose is to perform the recovery procedure when "PULL UP" is triggered.
TRAINEE 2
24 : Demo of reversion mode : FD orders not followed.
25 : Passenger has a heart attack.

Overweight procedure due to urgency.
38 : A/THR OFF in downwind to fly in manual thrust.
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 6000 OVC 010 30/10 1020 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
LFLL 350/10 6000 OVC 012 30/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 204 GW 385t
CPNY RTE AIBLYS 1 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v v

2 - CLIMB FL 110 v v v v
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
3 - ALTERNATE LAW DEMO
CRZ FL FL 110 DIRECT LAW DEMO v v
CRZ TEMP -0°C
BACKUP MODULE DEMO
CI 90 TROPO 36090 4 - STALL RECOVERY v
0:50 5 - HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO v v v v
TRIP WIND HD 15 6 - DES - STAR v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 7 - ILS APP - LFLL 36L - ALTN LAW v v v
8 - LANDING v
385 t 65 t 9 - TAXI v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
1:25 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFLL 36 L
320 t GW 385 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % Co-route LYSAIB
704 000 lb
NOTES 10 - TAKE OFF v v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 11 - CLIMB FL 120 v
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) 12 - ALL GEN FAULT v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 350 13 - EMER ELEC CONFIGURATION v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - DES - STAR v
15 - ILS APP - LFZZ 06 - DIRECT LAW v v
E 16 - LANDING v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

LFLL 36L / GW 385 t LFLL 36L / GW 385 t
ffs4.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 6000 OVC 010 30/10 1020 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
LFLL 350/10 6000 OVC 012 30/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:20 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFLL 36 L
FROM LFLL TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-route LYSAIB
CPNY RTE LYSAIB 17 - TAKE OFF v v v

ALTN RTE AIBLYS 18 - CLIMB FL 120 v v v v
19 - CRUISE v v v v
CRZ FL FL 120 CRZ TEMP -0°C 20 - FUEL LEAK (ON FEED TANK) v v v v
21 - DES - STAR v v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 22 - RELIGHT IN FLIGHT v v v v
23 - FLAPS SYS 1+2 FAULT v v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - ALTN LAW v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 25 - LANDING v
385 t 65 t 3:00 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R -

GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB1
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % v v v
704 000 lb 26 - TAKE OFF
27 - CLIMB 3000’ v v v v
NOTES 28 - EGPWS DEMO - RECOVERY PROC v v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 29 - PRIM 1+2+3 FAULT v v v
RWY COND DRY (SID EB) 3:20 30 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 350 31 - LANDING v
ANTI ICE OFF
IF TRAINEE 2 CAPTAIN
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF INIT APP - LFZZ 06
LFLL 36L GW 385 t LFLL 36L / GW 385 t GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 32 - ILS APP - LFZZ 06 - IN ELECTRICAL

v v
EMERGENCY CONFIGURATION
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 33 - LANDING v

ffs4.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
• Demonstration of FCTL alternate and direct laws.
• Demonstration of backup module
Practice :
• Stall recovery
• Dual hydraulic failure event.
• Emergency electrical configuration event.
• Approach and landing in alternate and direct law.
• EGPWS recovery technique.
A. REVIEW :
• WINDSHEAR RECOVERY TECHNIQUE
• FUEL LEAK
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• F/CTL RECONFIGURATION LAWS
• STALL RECOVERY
• HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO
• EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL CONFIGURATION
• EGPWS
• FLAPS LOCKED (BEFORE EXTENSION)
• ILS APP in ALTERNATE / DIRECT LAW
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Windshear + Reconfiguration Law + Stall Recovery + Slats - Flaps
protections + Velocity Vector + Taws
• FCOM
Windshear
Reconfiguration Control Laws

- Aircraft Systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Flight Control System / Reconfiguration Control
Laws
Dual hydraulic failure

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 29 - Hydraulic / G + Y SYS PRESS
LO
Emer Elec Config

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 24 - Electrical / EMER ELC CONFIG
Fuel leak
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 28 - Fuel / Fuel leak
Slats / Flaps Fault

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 27 - Slats/Flaps / FLAP SYS 1 + 2
FAULT
All PRIM failure

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 27 - Flight Controls / PRIM 1+2+3
FAULT
Taws
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
• FCTM

- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Raw Data Approach +
Landing + Standard Callouts
Velocity Vector
Abnormal operations
- Operational philosophy / Flight Control / Laws / Alternate Law + Direct Law + Indications
Dual Hydraulic Failure

- Abnormal operations / Hydraulic
Emer Elec Config

- Abnormal operations / Electrical
Abnormal Flaps and/or Slats Configuration

- Abnormal operations / Flight Controls

• Ability to handle the aircraft in alternate and direct Law.
• Apply good crew coordination and task sharing during abnormal operations, using ECAM
and OIS applications.
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 4 SESSION GUIDE
DAY VISUAL
TRAINEE 1
INIT HOLDING POINT: Cockpit preparation performed by instructor.
1 : Insert moderate windshear on rotation.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
3 : - Use FCTL ALTN / DIRECT / BACK UP module / demo menu to perform theses
exercises.
- No failure inserted during these demo.
- Do not explain in details the different laws.
- Reinforce the following points:
ALTN LAW progressive degradation impacting handling and protection
IMPORTANT: Whatever the ALT LAW active, the ECAM always displays FCTL
protection lost, even if some protections remain available.
DIRECT LAW: Use of manual pitch trim
BACKUP Module: Aircraft controlable on the 3 axis through sidestick and rudder
4 : STALL recovery in ALTN law performed by each trainee.

- in clean configuration.
• in turn : trainee 1
• wings level : trainee 2
- in landing configuration.
• in turn : trainee 2
• wings level : trainee 1
Note : reinforce that in turn VLS is not "G loaded"
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
5 : Insert simultaneously HYD G + Y RSVR LEVEL LO
9 : Demonstrate NWS in alternate mode, to vacate the runway only.
14 : Arrival VIA ROA.
TRAINEE 2
20 : Insert a fuel leak of 1000 kg/min on FEED TANK 1 to trigger "Fuel leak detected"
(which takes around 3 minutes).
After analize and engine shutdown, consider leak continues consequently engine is
relighted.
23 : Insert failure before slats / flaps configuration.
28 : Set CAVOK
"After ROA heading 250°, maintain 3000 ft".
Explain to your trainees that for training purpose they don’t change the aircraft
trajectory in spite of terrain ahead caution and warning in order to trigger the "PULL
UP" and to perform the recovery procedure at "PULL UP".
32 : If TRAINEE 2 CAPTAIN :
Trainee 2 changes from right to left seat : Instructor configurates the aircraft in elec-
trical emergency configuration with gear and flaps extended before releasing the
simulation.
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 5 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT APU RUNNING -
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-Route PAT 33R
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

ALTN RTE AIBLYS
3 - ENGINE START / AFTER START
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP 0°C
4 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - TAKE OFF v v
6 - ONE ENGINE OUT FAMILARIZATION
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 0:45 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33 R

GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
385 t 65 t Co-Route PAT 33R
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
7 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAIL AT VR v v
320 t 8 - RELIGHT v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
1:00 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33 R
NOTES GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
DAY and NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE Co-Route PAT 33R
RWY COND WET (SID 1B)
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 9 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE AT V2 v v
ANTI ICE OFF 10 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v
11 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
E 12 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT -
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 v v
LFZZ 33 R
13 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
1:25 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t FOB 209 t -
RADAR VECTORS - NIGHT VISUAL
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
14 - TAKE OFF
v v v
ENGINE STALL AFTER V1
15 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v v
16 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 17 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE v v v v
18 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFZZ 33R v v v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 19 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t v
ONE ENGINE OUT
V1 145 v TOGA V1 146 v TOGA
MTOW 569 t - NIGHT VISUAL
VR 161 FLEX VR 165 FLEX
RADAR VECTORS
V2 167 DERATED V2 170 DERATED 20 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 v v v

21 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 2:05 22 - EMER EVAC
ffs5.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 5 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-Route PAT 33R
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 23 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAIL AT VR v v

24 - RELIGHT UNSUCCESSFUL v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP 0°C 2:40 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
CI 90 TROPO 36090 Co-Route PAT 33R
TRIP WIND - 25 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE AT V2 v v

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 26 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v
385 t 65 t 28 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT
GW FOB v v
847 000 lb 143 000 lb LFZZ 33 R
29 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 3:10 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 -
704 000 lb
MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t FOB 209 t
NOTES RADAR VECTORS- NIGHT VISUAL
DAY and NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
RWY COND WET (SID 1B) 30 - TAKE OFF ENGINE STALL AFTER V1 v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 31 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 32 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
33 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE v v v v
34 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 v v v v v
LFZZ 33R
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 35 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
v
ONE ENGINE OUT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 3:45 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 -
MTOW 569 t - RADAR VECTORS
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX NIGHT VISUAL
36 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 v v v

38 - EMER EVAC

LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t
V1 145 v TOGA V1 146 v TOGA
ffs5.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
Practice :
• TAKE OFF and LANDING with engine failure.
• TAKE OFF with engine failure at MTOW.
• LANDING with engine failure in overweight.
• REJECTED TAKE OFF.
A. REVIEW :
• OVERWEIGHT LANDING
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• ENGINE FAILURE
• ENGINE RELIGHT
• REJECTED TAKE OFF
• EMER EVACUATION
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + One Engine Out + Rejected Takeoff + Emergency evacuation
• FCOM

Engine Failure After V1 - Continued Takeoff

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / Operating Techniques
Engine Stall
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG STALL
Engine Relight
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG
ffs5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
Engine Fire
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and Smoke Protection /
ENG FIRE
Overweight landing
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures / Miscellaneous
Rejected Takeoff
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Emergency Procedures
• FCTM

- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Approach + Landing +
Standard Callouts
Takeoff at heavy weight

- Normal Operations / Takeoff / Takeoff at heavy weight
Engine Failure After V1 - One Engine Inoperative Landing

Overweight Landing
Rejected Takeoff + Emergency Evacuation

• QRH
- EVACUATION

• Ability to perform take off and landing ONE ENG OUT.
• Acceptable engine out procedure knowledge.
ffs5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 5 SESSION GUIDE
DAY / NIGHT VISUAL
6 : TRAINEE 2 / TRAINEE 1
Freeze POS and ALT at 500 ft after take off.
SRS commands satisfied, wings level, side stick released, feet off rudder pedals.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Select F/CTL page. Select IDLE thrust on one engine.
Adjust pitch attitude to that required by SRS (the current speed or V2, whichever is
greater up to V2 + 15 kt).
Hands off: observe response of FBW system. Stabilized bank angle 7~9°, spoilers
and ailerons deployed, rudder pedals feedback, flying the pitch as adjusted before.
Side slip index is blue now and displays the BETA TARGET.
Fly the aircraft. Use continuous rudder input to center the BETA TARGET.
Trim out the foot load and observe the flight controls status on F/CTL page.
Repeat up to proficiency.
Transfer the controls to Trainee 1 and repeat exercises.
7 : Insert engine 1 fail no damage. Restore to relight the engine.
9 : Insert simultaneously engine 4 fire 2nd agent discharge and engine 4 fail damage.
14,30 : Verify Δ V1 / Vr 10 Kt minimum. Insert stall at V1 + 2 Kt and flame out damage at Vr

on engine 1.
17,33 : Inform the crew that a passenger requires an immediate medical assistance. Crew
perfoms overweight landing procedure and initiates the jettison.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
For training purpose, the instructor reduces the landing weight to 420t.
18,34 : ILS 06 U/S
23,24 : Insert engine 4 fail no damage. Insert an engine start fault EGT overlimit on engine 4.
In order to interrupt the relight procedure and highlight the FADEC limited protection
in flight.
25 : Insert simultaneously engine 1 fire 1st agent discharge and engine 1 fail damage no
N1.
ffs5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs5gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 6 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/10 9999 OVC 015 20/10 998 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co route AIBAIB
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 1 - TAKE OFF v v v

2 - CLIMB FL 350 - TCAS EVENT v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
3 - FCU BACKUP v v v
CRZ FL FL 310 CRZ TEMP -55°C 4 - FMS 1 + 2 FAULT - Restore v v v
5 - CRUISE FL 350 v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - DOOR LEAK v v v
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

1:00 INIT FL 350
385 t 65 t GW 385 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb Co-route AIBAIB
320 t 8 - ALL ENGINE FLAME OUT v v

ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 9 - FL 100 RELIGHT ENGINE 1,2,3 v v v v
704 000 lb
NOTES 11 - ILS APP ONE ENGINE OUT
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE v v v
1:40 LFZZ 33R
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1N) 12 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 310 13 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - TWO ENGINES OUT v v v
15 - ILS APP - TWO ENGINES OUT
E v v v
LFZZ 33 R
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 16 - LANDING TWO ENGINES OUT v
2:00 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA Co-route PAT 33R
VR v FLEX °C VR v FLEX 17 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAILURE

v v v
BEFORE V1
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs6.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 6 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/10 9999 OVC 015 20/10 998 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
Co-route AIBAIB
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 19 - TAKE OFF
20 - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
21 - LEFT MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE v v v
22 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE - RESTORE v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 24 - BACKUP SPEED SCALE DEMO v
25 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
TRIP WIND -
26 - LANDING
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
2:55 INIT FL 350
385 t 65 t GW 385 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb Co-route AIBAIB
320 t 27 - DOOR OPEN v v v v

ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 28 - EMER DESCENT v v v v
704 000 lb
3:05 29 - FL 150 - ENGINE FAILURE v v v v
NOTES 30 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 31 - ILS APP ONE ENGINE OUT
v v v v v
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1N) LFZZ 33 R
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 310 32 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 33 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
34 - TWO ENGINES OUT v v v
35 - ILS APP - TWO ENGINES OUT
v v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 LFZZ 33 R
36 - LANDING TWO ENGINES OUT v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 3:50 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA GW 385 t
Co-route PAT 33R
VR v FLEX °C VR v FLEX
37 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 v v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 39 - EMER EVAC
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX °C VR FLEX
ffs6.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04 <
Practice :
• One engine out landing.
• Two engines out landing.
• Rejected take off.
• All engines flame out.
• Avionics smoke
• Back Up Speed Scale (BUSS)
A. REVIEW :
• FCU AFS CTL PNL FAULT
• ENGINE FAILURE
• ENGINE RELIGHT
• TCAS
• AVIONICS SMOKE
• EMER EVACUATION
B. NEW EXERCISES:
• BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
• ALL ENGINES FLAME OUT
• FMS 1 + 2 FAULT
• TWO ENGINES OUT APPROACH & LANDING
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + TCAS + All Engines Out + Two Engines Out + Back Up Speed Scale
(BUSS) + FMS 1+2 FAULT + Landing + Rejected Takeoff + Emergency evacuation
• FCOM
FCU Back Up
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 31 - Indicating/Recording / CDS
CPT + F/O EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 22 - Flight Guidance / AUTO FLT
AFS CTL PNL FAULT
FMS 1 + 2 Fault
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 22 - Flight Management
Emergency Descent
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 21 - Pressurisation / CAB PRESS
EXCESS CAB ALT
All Engines Flame Out

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines
Left Main Avionics Smoke

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and Smoke Protection
ADR failure + unreliable speed

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 34 - Navigation / ADR 1+2+3 FAULT
+ ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE + UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION
BUSS
- Aircraft System / 34 - Navigation / ADIRS / System Description / ADR Monitoring +
Backup Speed and Altitude Scale
Landing with 2 Engines Inoperative (on the same wing)

Engine Relight in Flight

Rejected Takeoff
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
• FCTM

Standard Callouts
FMS 1+2 Fault

- Abnormal operations / Auto Flight
FCU Back Up
- Abnormal operations / Auto Flight
Emergency Descent
All Engines Flame Out

- Abnormal operations / Power Plant
Flying the Back Up Speed Scale

- Abnormal operations / Navigation
Smoke / Fumes
- Abnormal operations / Fire Protection
Engine Failure
- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques / Engine Failure during Cruise + One Engine
Inoperative Go Around + One Engine Inoperative Landing + Two Engine Inoperatvie
Landing

• QRH
- EVACUATION
- SMOKE / FUMES

• Ability to perform approach, landing and go around with one engine out.
• Ability to perform approach and landing with two engines out.
• Satisfactory engine out procedure knowledge.
• Good knowledge and understanding of unreliable speed indication event and satisfactory
application of the BUSS.
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 6 SESSION GUIDE
DAY VISUAL
TRAINEE 1
INIT HOLDING POINT: Cockpit preparation performed by instructor.
2, 3, 4 : During climb to FL 350.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Simulate SMOKE coming FROM FCU PANEL

• Demonstrate how to switch OFF FCU (LEFT KNOB). Highlight use of FCU
backup. Restore
- Insert FMC A+B+C FAULT to trigger FMS 1+2 FAULT. Explain that :
• FOR NAVIGATION : Show the different items of the SFD and SND menu.
- Insert on the SND 2 or 3 waypoints (MOU and ROA for example) and AIB as
a fix.
- Explain that you can insert a FIX in the SND and a different one in the SFD.
- Make a Direct TO using the LS / D . Explain that this pb has 2 functions:
1 - DIR TO on SND, 2 - Display of LS scale on SFD.
- Explain the MODE pb.
• FOR NAVAID TUNING : Demonstrate how to insert navaid frequencies and
courses on RMP.
Restore.
6 : Insert cabin door leak (rate 2500 ft/min).

Restore.
7 : Insert CAB PRESS - EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
8 : Insert ENG 1 FAIL NO DAMAGE

ENG 2 FAIL NO DAMAGE
ENG 3 FAIL NO DAMAGE
ENG 4 FAIL DAMAGE
Ditching and forced landing procedure which are not performed in the simulator will
be reviewed during the briefing only.
9 : Keep engine failed to apply relight procedure in windmilling until FL 200 where the
APU is started.
When APU BLEED on, cancel engine failure on engine 1 and 2 to allow relight on
engine 1 and 2.
When the first engine is relit, ALL ENG FLAME OUT alert disappears.
Continue tentative of relights on engine 3 by selecting the ENG RELIGHT ABN
PROC as requested by ECAM. Cancel engine 3 failure to allow engine 3 relight but
keep engine 4 failed to continue the approach with one engine inoperative.
Restore electrical emergency configuration. Reset all systems and ADIRS quick
alignment to recover normal law, but keep engine 4 shutdown.
13 : In downwind, insert 2nd engine failure on engine 3.
17 : Insert ENG 3 N1 OVER LIMIT
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
TRAINEE 2
21 : Insert LEFT MAIN AVNCS SMOKE. When GEN 1 + 2 OFF, smoke still detected in
the bay. Continue procedure. When Gen 3 + 4 OFF, smoke stops in the AVNCS BAY.
24 : Set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demo. Explain that the lower part of the green band is the
target to fly before extending S/F configuration. The higher part the target to retract.
When configurated, target to fly is the middle of the green band.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
27 : Insert FWD CARGO DOOR NOT CLOSED + CAB PRESS EXCESS CAB ALT in
order to simulate cargo door loss. .
29 : Passing FL 150, insert engine 3 OIL PRESS LO in order to shutdown the engine
33 : In downwind, insert 2nd engine failure with damage on engine 4.
37 : Insert an engine fire not extinguishable.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 7 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/15 3000 SN OVC 009 -2/-4 1019 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
BIKF 320/18 2000 SN OVC 008 -10/-3 1013
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R -
FLT NBR A/L ID 207 MTOW
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN Co-route AIBKEF
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION v
CRZ FL FL 360 3 - ENG START / AFTER START v
CRZ TEMP -55°C
4 - TAXI v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 0:40 5 - TAKE OFF v v v
6 - ENGINE FAIL AFTER V1 v v v
TRIP WIND -
7 - JETTISON v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - NDB APP ONE ENGINE OUT
v v v v
LFZZ 33R (SELECTED)
GW - FOB - 1:00 9 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT v v v
10 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
300 t 11 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33 R
v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % TWO ENGINES OUT
777 000 lb
NOTES
DAY VISUAL (down to night) 1:40 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 24
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FOR TAKE OFF MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t - FOB 209 t
AND WET FOR LANDING FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE Co-route AIBAIB1
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N) RR Trent 972
ANTI ICE ENG + WING ON PAX NUMBER: 450 V1 : 126 - VR : 150 - V2 : 158 - TOGA
EA GP 7272
E V1 : 154 - VR : 171 - V2 : 175 - Flex 30
13 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAILURE BEFORE V1 v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 14 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
LFZZ 33R / MTOW LFZZ 33R / MTOW
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX

ffs7.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 7 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/15 3000 SN OVC 009 -2/-4 1019 EVENTS
Time
ATHR
HUD
BIKF 320/18 2000 SN OVC 008 -10/-3 1013
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 207 MTOW
Co-route AIBKEF
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 15 - TAKE OFF v v v
16 - ENGINE FAIL AFTER V1 v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
17 - JETTISON v v v
18 - VOR DME APP ONE ENGINE OUT -
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C v v v
LFZZ 33 R (FLS)
CI 90 TROPO 36090 2:30 19 - GO AROUND ONE ENG OUT v v v
20 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
TRIP WIND - 21 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33 R
v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD TWO ENGINES OUT
GW - FOB -
300 t MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t - FOB 209 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % Co-route AIBAIB1
777 000 lb
RR Trent 972
NOTES V1 : 126 - VR : 150 - V2 : 158 - TOGA
DAY VISUAL (down to night) FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE EA GP 7272
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FOR TAKE OFF V1 : 126 - VR : 150 - V2 : 158 -
AND WET FOR LANDING
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N) 23 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE
v v v
BEFORE V1 - INCAPACITATION
ANTI ICE ENG + WING ON PAX NUMBER: 450
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 3:00 INIT FL 350

GW 385 t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 65t
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Co-route AIBAIB
LFZZ 33R / MTOW LFZZ 33R / MTOW
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA 25 - AIR COND SMOKE v v v v
26 - SMOKE / FUMES REMOVAL v v v v
VR FLEX VR FLEX 27 - DES - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
28 - BACKUP SPEED SCALE DEMO v v
29 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 3:45 30 - LANDING
31 - EMER EVAC

ffs7.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
• Practice one engine out take off / go around.
• Practice two engines out landing.
• Familiarize and practice Back Up Speed Scale (BUSS).
• Crew incapacitation.
• Practice AIR COND SMOKE and SMOKE FUMES REMOVAL procedures
A. REVIEW :
• ENGINE FAILURE
• CREW INCAPACITATION
• JETTISON
• BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
• TWO ENGINES OUT
• EMER EVACUATION
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• AIR COND SMOKE - SMOKE FUMES REMOVAL
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs7gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + 2 Engines Out + Back Up Speed Scale (BUSS) + Landing + Rejected
Takeoff + Emergency evacuation
• FCOM

Engine Failure After V1 - Continued Takeoff

Fuel Jettison
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Fuel
ADR failure + unreliable speed

- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 34 - Navigation / ADR 1+2+3 FAULT
+ ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE + UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION
BUSS
- Aircraft System / 34 - Navigation / ADIRS / System Description / ADR Monitoring +
Backup Speed and Altitude Scale
Landing with 2 Engines Inoperative (on the same wing)

Rejected Takeoff
Crew Incapacitation
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / Miscellaneous
• FCTM

Standard Callouts
Emergency Descent
ffs7gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
Flying the Back Up Speed Scale

- Abnormal operations / Navigation
Engine Failure
- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques / Engine Failure during Cruise + One Engine
Inoperative Go Around + Two Engine Inoperatvie Landing

Crew Incapacitation
- Abnormal Operations / Miscellaneous
• QRH
- EVACUATION
- SMOKE / FUMES

• Good knowledge and understanding of unreliable speed indication event and satisfactory
application of the BUSS.
• The application of normal standard operating procedures and FMS initialisation and
abnormal procedures in all flight phases is of standard level or above.
ffs7gd.fm
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
02.04
FFS 7 SESSION GUIDE
DAY VISUAL
Start session with date 1st June at 16.30 factor 1 inserted on IOS to induce progressive day to
night flight
TRAINEE 2
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R: Let the trainees compute the MTOW.
6 : Insert engine fail damage + turbine over heat on engine 1.
7,17 : Speed up jettisoning from IOS to reach GW below MLW
10,20 : In downwind, insert 2nd engine failure on the same wing and adjust visibility 8 km /
ceiling 1500’ AGL when reaching pattern altitude.
13 : Insert engine 1 fail at 50 kt
TRAINEE 1
23 : Select SMOKE GENERATOR "ON" in the simulator control menu, in order to

preheat. (10 min) the generator for the AIR COND SMOKE exercise.
Insert engine 1 fail damage.
When engine failed no reaction of trainee 1 who is incapacitated.
Trainee 2 takes over and performs the RTO.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
25 : Call from the purser "Smoke in the cabin coming from OUTLETS".
Flight crew applies SMOKE / FUMES ABN PROC if the visibility in the cockpit is
sufficient and ECAM is available or refer to the QRH.
After 1 minute insert AIR COND SMOKE, to generate smoke in the cockpit.
Dense smoke in the cockpit : Crew apply SMOKE / FUMES REMOVAL and descent
to FL 100.
Cancel AIR COND SMOKE when PACKS 1 + 2 OFF. SMOKE GENERATOR
STOPS. Radar Vectors
28 : In downwind, set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demo. Explain that the lower part of the
GREEN BAND is the target to fly before extending S/F configuration. The higher part
the target to retract. When configurated, target to fly is the middle of the green band.
31 : Insert an APU fire not extinguishable when runway vacated.
ffs7gd.fm
ALOFT
A380
ALOFT SYLLABI Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.05LOFT SYLLABI
The Airbus Line Oriented Flight Training (ALOFT) session is intended to provide crews with
opportunities to enhance their understanding of the A380 and to apply Crew Resource
Management principles to simulated regular airline flight.
Scenarios are intended to produce a busy environment, but should never overload the crew.
In many cases, there is no single 'right' answer but, using their skills and knowledge, the crew
should be able to reach a successful conclusion to each scenario. Alternative solutions may
provide useful, constructive post-flight discussion.
Relative simple failures are introduced during the flight to enable the session objectives to be
met.
To make ALOFT as valuable and realistic as possible, flight documentation (files available in
the “INST SUP FLIGHT” menu on Airbus People server) is provided by the instructor to the
trainees before the briefing.
The flight briefing will begin 1 hour before the scheduled simulator start time and will take
15-20 minutes. Thereafter the crew will have some time to study the documentation and, for
example, decide on the required fuel load, etc.
The take-off time for the flight is considered to be 30 minutes after the simulator session
starts.
ALOFT scenario routing is :
- Trainee 1 : Paris-Charles de Gaulle / New-York Kennedy (LFPG / KJFK)

- Trainee 2 : London-Heathrow / New-York Kennedy (EGLL / KJFK)
02-05.fm
A380
ALOFT SYLLABI Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.05
02-05.fm
CCQ A320 TO A340 COURSE
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.00 Page 1

A380 L FQF/G
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.00
CCQ MFTD A syllabus .............................................................Page 1

CCQ MFTD 1 syllabus .............................................................Page 3
CCQ FFS 1 syllabus ................................................................Page 1

CCQ FFS 3 syllabus .................................................................Page 5
02-00CCQ.fm
A380 L FQF/G
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.00
02-00CCQ.fm
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
02.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL

This course is designed for qualified pilots to transition from the Airbus long range “Fly-by-
Wire” aircraft (A330/A340) to the A380 aircraft.
This course only addresses the differences in procedures and handling characteristics
between the base aircraft (A330/A340) and the difference aircraft (A380).
However, the ground school includes full systems study using CBT.
B. REGULATION REQUIREMENTS
They are listed in the following document :
- JAR-FCL - JAR-OPS
- FAR 121 - FAR 142
- FAA Advisory Circular : AC 120.53
- JAA / FAA / Transport Canada : Common Procedures Document
The differences between the base and the difference aircraft are published in the Operator
Difference Requirement (ODR) tables approved by FAA/JAA.
Airbus course is based on generic ODR tables published by the manufacturer.
C. PREREQUISITES
• Valid and current ATPL
• Qualified on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 3 months of operation on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 150 flight hours on the base aircraft
IMPORTANT :
Pilots entering this course must be highly knowledgeable on base aircraft systems.
A. COURSE DESCRIPTION
a) General
The CCQ training is divided into four different phases:
- Ground phase
- Handling phase
- Skill test
- Base training or ZFTT
A welcome, which takes place before the starting of the course, includes the training
center presentation, all administrative issues and the distribution of all training supports
that will be used by the trainee.
The reference airport used during most of the sessions is a generic airport called Airbus
Training Airport.
b) Ground phase
CBT:
The aircraft systems study is progressively introduced during the first 8 days and is
carried out in a classroom.
02-01.fm
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
The acquired knowledge will be reinforced with the use of the Maintenance and Flight
Training Device (MFTD).
The CBT is not defined to cover aircraft differences only: however, part of some systems
is common to A330/340 and A380.
MFTD:
The MFTD is used to reinforce the systems knowledge acquired in the CBT and to study
the new SOP’s or major differences between the A330/340 and A380 (in normal and
abnormal operations).
Sessions are prepared by the trainee using the trainee’s booklet, FCOM, Flight Crew
Training Manual (FCTM) and Procedure Data Package (PDP).
Questions and answers are part of the session and will be addressed before or during
the session.
The PDP will be presented at the instructor discretion to either refresh the procedures
common to both aircraft or to introduce new procedures related to the A380.
OIS / Performance:
One full day is dedicated to Onboard Information System (OIS) presentation and to per-
formance computation using the different applications.
Cabin:
Doors and slides operations are conducted in a specific Cabin Trainer device.
Systems test:
At the end of the ground phase the acquired knowledge will be evaluated using an elec-
tronic test based on a randomized questionnaire.
c) Handling phase
This phase conducted in the FFS is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in Normal and
Abnormal operations.
All the differences listed in the approved Operator Difference Requirement (ODR) tables
will be covered during this phase as well as some exercises common to both A330/340
and A380.
d) Skill test
The skill test is defined according to the JAA requirements : for the time being, it is not a
skill test that only covers the differences.
e) Base training or ZFTT

Aircraft training (Flight 0:45 h / pilot)
OR
ZFTT (FFS 4:00 h / Crew)
02-01.fm
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
B. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

The following documentation is given to you on the day of your arrival at the CBT room and
will be used throughout the course.


-CCQs TO A380
-QUIZZ
DVD1
(To be given)
-PRE-FANS
-FANS A
-TCAS II COURSE
-CFIT
DVD2
-REJECTED TAKE OFF
VIDEO BRIEFINGS
-UPSET RECOVERY
(To be given)
-COCKPIT DOORS
PAPER CONTENT
TRAINEE’S BOOKLET -RELEVANT CREW COURSE
(extract of FCTP: -BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
Flight Crew Training Program) -Set of 4 coloured cockpit panels
-Extracts from FCOM SOP’s and FCTM STANDARD

CALLOUTS

charts
Extract of QRH
02-01.fm
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
C. INSTRUCTOR BRIEFINGS
Session Briefing Debriefing

MFTD A No No
MFTD 1-2-3 Questions & Answers are included
FFS 1:30 0:30
Skill test 1:00 As required
D. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY
1) SYSTEMS

is never below 80%.
Corrective action using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination with
Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake a CBT examination.
2) MFTD / FFS NOTATIONS

Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s
Record” file (see Page 3).
• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked:

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements:

OR
When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked:
requested.
Additional training sessions (see Page 10) have to be commented and use the
same identification as the session involved.
02-01.fm
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
E. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
1) SYSTEMS / PERFORMANCE
UNSATISFACTORY
Instructor name
and signature
Code |____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
sticker
Trainee
is never below 80%.
or
SATISFACTORY
signature
Trainee
* *The following session MUST be assessed as

file (see Page 3).

SATISFACTORY

READY FOR NEXT PHASE

CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked ( ):

GROUND PHASE
----> comments are required ( ), and the following session must be assessed as :
- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements ( ):

OR
box is ticked
When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked ( ):
* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training
requested ( ).

Comments*
same identification as the session involved ( ).
Date
Sessions
MFTD A
MFTD 1
MFTD 2
MFTD 3
A380
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
A380 sticker
A380

SATISFACTORY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 1
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 2
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G
Page 6
Issue 04 MAY 2008

SKILL TEST Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

SATISFACTORY

|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
SKTEST
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
INTRODUCTION
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
RE-SKTEST
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G
Page 7

Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
BASE TRAINING Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

QUALIFIED FOR TYPE ENDORSE-
MENT
❐ FLIGHT ❐ ZFTTFFS Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
BASE TRAINING
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G

Page 8
Issue 04 MAY 2008

A380 sticker
A380
PLEASE FIL ONE PIR PER SESSION

|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS |____|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G
Page 9
Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
A380 sticker
A380
UNSATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
| FFS |____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
FFS |____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
02.01
|
FFS |____|
L FQF/G
Page 10
Issue 04 MAY 2008

A380 L FQF/G
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
02.02TRAINING FOOTPRINT

N.B. :
1) Except when notified, the allocated time is mentioned in hour/crew
2) Welcome is not part of the training footprint and is completed the day before the beginning
of ground school : all the documentation and training supports will be handled to the trainees
during the welcome briefing.
Total working days 12 working days
GROUND PHASE 8 working days
• CBT : - Aircraft systems study 30:40

- Systems test 4:00
• Cabin trainer 1:00
• OIS / Performance course 5:00
• MFTD A session .................................................. 1 2:00
• MFTD 1-2-3 sessions .......................................... 3 12:00
HANDLING PHASE 3 working days
• Briefing & Debriefing (3 x 2:00)............................. 3 6:00

• FFS session (3 x 4:00).......................................... 3 12:00
SKILL TEST PHASE 1 working day

• FFS session (1 x 4:00).......................................... 1 4:00
BASE TRAINING PHASE 1 working day
• Aircraft Flight......................................................... 1 Minimum 0:45/trainee

or
• FFS session (ZFTT) if applicable.......................... 1 4:00 / crew
Note: If translator is required, CBT and SYSTEM TEST will be Projected CBT with instructor:
the ground school duration must be adapted.
02-02.fm
A380 L FQF/G
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
02.02
02 - TRAINING DAILY FOOTPRINT

Note: Timing are given for information: your rate of progress could be different from the
standard one, however make sure that the systems study associated to one day has been
completed before the next day.
Day 0: Administration 1:00 - Welcome briefing: 1:30 - Electronic documentation: 1:00
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4

- How to use - Auto flight - Hydraulic system - Fire and Smoke
(ATA 00) 0:20 (ATA 22) 1:00 (ATA 29) 1:00 protection
- Aircraft general - Avionics Networks - Flight Controls (ATA 26) 0:35
(ATA 20) 0:20 (ATA 42) 1:00 (ATA 27) 2:30 - Lights
- Indicating & Recording - Electrical - Landang gear (ATA 33) 0:25
(ATA 31) 2:40 (ATA 24) 1:20 (ATA 32) 2:00 - E-logbook 0:40
- Auto flight - APU - Information systems
(ATA 22) 3:30 (ATA 49) 0:15 (ATA 46) 1:30
- Pneumatic
(ATA 36) 0:50
- Power plant
(ATA 70) 0:55 OIS
&
MFTD A Performance
(2:00) (5:00)

- Fuel system - Navigation - Air conditioning / - Doors / Windows
(ATA 28) 3:20 (ATA 34) 2:20 Pressurization / (ATA 52) 0:30
- Communication Ventilation - CEET (SAFETY)
(ATA 23) 0:30 (ATA 21) 1:55 1:00
- Operating limitations - Ice and Rain Protection
0:20 (ATA 30) 0:20
- Oxygen
(ATA 35) 0:10
- Cabin presentation Cabin Trainer
(ATA 25) 0:25 (1:00)
MFTD 1 MFTD 2 MFTD 3 System Test

(4:00) (4:00) (4:00) (4:00)

Walk around 3D
(1:30)
FFS 1 FFS 2 FFS 3
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
FFS - Skill Test
(4:00)
Base Training (0:45 / trainee) or ZFTT (FFS : 4:00 / crew) if applicable
02-02.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT

CPNY RTE AIBLYS
ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdA.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
mftdA.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2A
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
02.03
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2B
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FMS loaded
SESSION GUIDE :
NOTE :

- Ground spoilers,
- Flaps,
- External lights.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

C. FMS :
do it.
D. OIS :
- FLT OPS STS
- FLT OPS Menu
• T.O. PERF
• LOAD SHEET
• LDG PERF
• IN-FLT PERF
• OPS LIBRARY
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2C
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE

- EFIS
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- ECAM
- Alerts
SD :
-
3 zones :
- ATC mailbox
ECP :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- EXT PWR off
Show :
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2D
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
pleted)
- STS indication
- C/L CLEAR bar

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT FL 100
(sensed procedure)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

then

caution
then

level 2 caution
Restore all systems
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2E
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE

Explain :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems
Explain :
- Overflow arrow
PAGE.
INOP SYS REDUND,
CANCELLED CAUTION
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems

- Limitations
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2F
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftdAgd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
LFLL 200/10 9999 18/12 1010 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t

FLT NBR A/L ID 101 Co route AIBAIB
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL T PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBAIB
T 1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS T 2 - BEFORE START
T 3 - ECAM : NORMAL C/L
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C T 4 - ENGINE START - AFTER START
T 5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
1:00 T 6 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 10 T 7 - CLIMB FL 180
T 8 - CRUISE : FMS EXERCISES
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - INSERT NEW WPT
- DELETE WPT
385 t 65 t - OVERFLY
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib - FROM PPOS DIRECT TO
- OFFSET
320 t - POSITION MONITOR
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib - BRG / DIST TO
1:30 T 9 - DESCENT PREPARATION
NOTES T 10 - DESCENT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE T 11 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) 12 - AUTOLAND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 T 13 - AFTER LANDING
T 14 - PARKING
2:10 T 15 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
E
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX 56 VR FLEX 57
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd1.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 16 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 17 - BEFORE START
18 - ENGINE START WITH
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C EXTERNAL PNEUMATIC POWER &
CROSS BLEED START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 19 - AFTER START
HD 10 20 - TAXI
TRIP WIND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - CLIMB FL 150
- ALT CONSTRAINT
385 t 65 t 23 - CRUISE
GW FOB - CAPT EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
- HOLDING
320 t 3:25 24 - DESCENT PREPARATION
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 25 - DESCENT
- MANAGED AND SELECTED
NOTES - SPEED CONSTRAINT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 26 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
AIR COND OFF (SID MOU 1N) T 27 - GO AROUND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 28 - MISSED APPROACH
4:00 29 - DIVERSION
FREEZE

V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX 56 VR FLEX 57
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd1.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
MFTD 1 SESSION PREPARATION
• Highlight the differences in terms of procedures through out all phases of flight in normal
operation
• Apply task sharing and communication
• Study and practice initialization of the FMS and review the various functions using the new
interface
• Present the new systems using ECAM pages
A. REVIEW
Not applicable.
B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES
Standard Flight profile - SOP’s
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Task Sharing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS
• PDP : ALL PHASES Flow pattern
FMS: Initialization - New interfaces and functions
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Cockpit
preparation/MFD FMS INITIALIZATION
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22 - AFS-Flight Management System/System description/Flight
Planning
Normal checklists
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Normal Checklists
Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
• FCOM/Procedures/Supplementary Procedures/Engines/Unusual Starting Procedures
Use of RMP
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/23 - Communication/How to use the RMP/How to tune a frequency
FCU Backup
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/22 - AFS - Flight Guidance/Abnormal Operations/FCU Backup
C. SUPPORT
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
* Note: In the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard the information related to handling-
characteristics

• Understanding of the new FMS architecture and new functions
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge and skills when applying procedures during a normal
flight profile
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 1 SESSION GUIDE
1 :Use the ECAM ELEC page to show the electrical supply using external power
and APU :
Highlight the priorities
- During cockpit preparation: highlight the differences in ECAM system pages
(Hydraulic, Fuel, Wheel)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- FMS preparation
- SURV page: check default settings
Highlight that compared to the A330/340 Radar, EGPWS, TCAS controls are
grouped on a single panel.
Show all the functions on the SURV CTL PNL and then call the MFD specific
page dedicated to SURV.
- INIT hard key: press
- STATUS: explain the page and don’t go to FMS P/N (Part Number)
- INIT: Do not explain all the REQUEST options
- IRS: Show the option to “ALIGN ON OTHER REF”
- DEPARTURE:
-Demonstrate the use of TMPY F-PLN
-F-PLN review according to the electronic F-PLN or to the charts
- NAVAIDS:
-Show TUNED FOR DISPLAY
-Show the TUNED FOR FMS NAV: how to deselect NAVAIDS
- FUEL § LOAD
- PERF:
-Show all the flight phases
- SEC INDEX:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
-SEC 1: import “FROM ACTIVE”

-SEC 2: import “FROM ACTIVE” and modify the runway for departure
Note: During aircraft initialization, highlight the fact that messages are displayed in the
message pad at the bottom of the MFD: CLEAR INFO function is used to clear the
messages
- Demonstrate the use of new RMP design.
2 :Highlight the differences on the ECAM DOOR page
3 :Explain the use of the new ECAM Normal Checklist
4 :- Highlight the differences on the ECAM BLEED page

- Explain the start sequence and engine parameters monitoring
- For F/CTL checks show the new page but do not use controls for the check
(done in FFS)
5 :- Pitch trim: explain the pitch trim setting (PFD display and Pitch trim sw)
- Show the controls for Taxi cameras, Video on ECAM and OANS
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
6 :Explain the power setting (METOTS for TRENT engines)

METOTS : Modified Engine Take Off Thrust Setting
7 :Show the PERF pages and highlight the differences
8 :- During FMS exercises demonstrate the access to functions through the short cut
key and through the menu at each revised waypoint
- DIRECT TO: demonstrate the four accesses and highlight the differences in CRS
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
IN and OUT
- OFFSET: highlight the differences
- Different access to BRG/DIST TO
9 :- Descent preparation: use the predefined flow (ACTIVE, POSITION and SEC)
11 :- Highlight the fact that the deceleration rate is slower than on A330/340: Slats /
Flaps and Landing gear extension takes more time
- Explain the differences on the speed scale displayed on PFD (Flaps auto exten-
sion, short term managed speed)
16 :- Same full cockpit preparation

- Fail the APU BLEED. Emphasize the use of MMEL on OIS
- Demonstrate how to build a SEC F/PLN using SEC INIT
- Demonstrate how to deselect a NAVAID
The crew has already inserted the ZFW / ZFWCG / FOB figures (refer to syllabus) in
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ZFW= 325 T
ZFWCG= 37%
crew in the FMS.
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
• If YES:

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
SD).
• If NO:
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 32%
FOB= 83 T
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 38%
Observe the updated GWCG on SD: above 44% and amber.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
reached.
22 :Demonstrate how to insert an ALT constraint using the menu at a revised waypoint
or inserting the constraint directly in the F/PLN
23 :Insert FCU 1 FAULT to get CAPT EFIS CTL PNL: demonstrate the use of FCU
backup: restore after demonstration
25 :Demonstrate how to insert a SPEED constraint at a revised waypoint or at a defined

altitude
26 :Demonstrate FD display in TRACK/FPA and VV
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
27 :Select the PERF page and explain the differences compared to the A330/340:
different phases of flight in go around
After the GA acceleration altitude:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
29 :Demonstrate how to activate (SWAP) a SEC F/PLN after a missed approach proce-
dure
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 9999 15/10 1010


CPNY RTE AIBAIB
3 - ENGINE START - START FAULT
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:55 6 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 030 7 - CLIMB FL 180 : FMS EXERCICES
-TIME MARKER
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - FIX INFO
- CLOSEST AIRPORT
385 t 65 t T 8 - CDS RECONFIGURATION
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 9 - ECAM PHILOSOPHY / MANAGEMENT
1:40 10 - DIVERSION
320 t 11 - ENGINE FIRE - RESTORE
ZFW ZFWCG 34 %
704 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
NOTES
T 14 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFLL 18R
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 2:10 15 - MISSED APPROACH
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) FREEZE
E
LFZZ 33R /GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd2.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 2000 BKN 008 5/2 998
BIKF 200/05 9999 -10/-15 1000 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBKEF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBKEF
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 17 - TAXI
2:40 18 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS OFF
CRZ FL 360 CRZ TEMP -54°C 19 - CLIMB FL 310
20 - SYSTEMS REVIEW
CI 90 TROPO 35500
21 - FMS EXERCICES
TRIP WIND TL 090 - INTERACTIVITY WITH ND
- REVIEW DIRECT TO
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - CMS
- STEP ALT
450 t 130 t 22 - ECAM MANAGEMENT
GW FOB - NOT SENSED PROCEDURES
990 000 Ib 286 000 Ib
T 23 - FUEL LEAK - RESTORE
320 t 3:25 24 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib T 25 - FUEL JETTISON
26 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
NOTES 27 - DESCENT PREPARATION
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 28 - DESCENT
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1E) 29 - LOC APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 250 30 - MISSED APPROACH
31 - FMC B + C FAULT
FREEZE
LFZZ 06 / GW 450 t LFZZ 06/ GW 450 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd2.fm
A380 L FQF/G
FQF/
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
• Practice SOP’s using proper callouts and cross checks
• Highlight the differences in failure handling using the new ECAM procedures
• Study the Non Precision Approaches using the FLS function (if not retrofitted on A330/340)
• Study and practice new FMS functions
A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization - New interfaces and functions
• SOP: Normal Operations - TASK Sharing
B. EXERCICES / REFERENCES
OIT: Use of Take-off performance and MEL applications·
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Flight Preparation/MEL
ENGINE START FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG START FAULT
ECAM Procedures: new philosophy
• FCTM/OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/ECAM
• PDP: ECAM PHILOSOPHY
CDS reconfiguration
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS/Abnormal Operations
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS
FAULT
FUEL LEAK
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/28-fuel/Abnormal Operations/Fuel leak Detection
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/28-Fuel/FUEL LEAK
DETECTED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FUEL LEAK
BRAKES: system review
• FCOM/ Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/32-Landing Gear/BRAKES
FAULT
FMS: FMC FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22-AFS-Flight Management/Abnormal Operations/ FMC FAULT·
FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/22-Flight Management System/
AUTOFLT FMC FAULT and AUTO FLT FMS FAULT
Non Precision Approach using FLS
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Non Precision
Approach
• FCTM/Normal Operations/Non Precision Approach
• PDP/Non Precision Approach
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
C. SUPPORT
• FCOM
• FCTM
characteristics

• Ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s
• Demonstrate an acceptable knowledge and user skill of the new FMS interface
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge of the new ECAM procedures
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
FQF/
GROUND PHASE
1 :- Use of OIS for aircraft loading and performance computation

- MMEL item SEC 3 INOPERATIVE
3 :Insert ENG START (4) FAULT due to EGT OVERLIMIT.

When ECAM actions completed, restore, perform a manual engine start on engine 4.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Then, perform a manual start on engine 1 with hot start to highlight the difference of
protections between AUTO and MAN. Restore and perform a quick start through IOS
panel.
7 : Highlight fuel transfer after take-off (load alleviation)
8 :- Highlight the differences between the A330/340 and the A380

- PFD / ND transfer and Automatic reconfigurations (loss of PFD or EWD) are
identical
- Demonstrate the use of hard key to recover FMS pages: Fail the MFD CAPT side
and push PERF to recover the PERF page on ND
- Call the fuel page : explain fuel transfer according to the actual situation
9 :ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management

ECAM advisory
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Memos on PFD
- STATUS
Restore
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
- Insert a FUEL FEED TK 1 MAIN+STBY PUMPS FAULT and perform ECAM

actions.
Explain the flow before completing all ECAM actions
Complete ECAM actions explaining the use of tick and clear bar
Show the MORE FUEL page
Restore
- Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and perform ECAM actions

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Demonstrate when and how to use DEFERRED PROC

Explain the LIMITATIONS on PFD and ECAM
Show STATUS MORE page
Use of OIS / Laptop for landing performance computation
Restore
10 :- Diversion to LFLL: use the ENABLE ALTERNATE function

- Proceed DIRECT TO TALAR for a VOR-DME 18R
16 :- Initialize the aircraft on Runway 06: engines running

- Use of OIS for performance computation
- Insert flight parameters in the FMS
20 : - BRAKES ALTN BRAKES FAULT

- BRAKES EMER BRAKES FAULT
- CAB PRESS AUTO CTL FAULT
Highlight the differences with the A320: explain braking reconfiguration and
differences in CAB ALT control
22 :- Freeze aircraft position for this demonstration

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Demonstrate how to access to the NOT SENSED PROCEDURES using the ABN
PROC pb on the ECP and show the list of procedures
23 :- Insert a fuel leak (1000 kg/minute) - FUEL LEAK DETECTED is triggered: compare
Fuel at departure with fuel used + FOB and complete ECAM actions
1st scenario
- Leak is coming from the engine : after engine shut down, do not reset the failure but
insert 0 kg/min
2d scenario
- Leak is coming from the feed tank
- Do not play this scenario but explain the difference to the trainee
Restore
24 :- Proceed DIRECT TO MOU – MOU 1B Arrival – LOC Approach 33R

- Use speed up function if required
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
FQF/
GROUND PHASE
25 : - To accelerate the fuel jettison, use fuel tank distribution on the IOS and set XFR
and TRIM TKS to 0 in order to keep FEED TANKS FULL only. Stop at GW 420 t.
29 : Fail the G/S and brief the crew that he must deselect the G/S
31 :- Fail FMC B: Demonstrate that FMC C is taking over

- Fail FMC C : Demonstrate FMS SOURCE switching
Restore
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025
LFLL 010/15 9999 -20/-21 1025 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS


CPNY RTE AIBAIB
3 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:40 T 6 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - NO DAMAGE
TRIP WIND HD 25 7 - ENGINE RELIGHT
8 - CLIMB FL 120
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT - RESTORE
T 10 - AIR COND SMOKE - RESTORE
385 t 65 t 1:25 11 - HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
320 t 14 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 15 - MISSED APPROACH AT 500 ft - RESTORE
NOTES 2:10 16 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT MDA
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FPLN : Refer to CORTE
ANTI ICE ENG ON PAX NUMBER 280
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd3.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 17 - COCKPIT PREPARATION

18 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - RESTORE
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
19 - CLIMB FL 120
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 20 - MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE - RESTORE
3:00 21 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 22 - DESCENT PREPARATION
23 - DESCENT
CI 90 TROPO 36090
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - RESTORE
TRIP WIND HD 25 3:25 25 - MISSED APPROACH
T 26 - SLATS LOCKED
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 3:45 27 - NDB APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT 500 FT
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT GATE
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 28 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES 29 - PARKING (TAIL PIPE FIRE)

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd3.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
• To highlight the differences in abnormal procedures using the new ECAM procedures
• To practice SOP’s using proper call outs and cross checks
• To review new FMS functions
02 - TRAINING TOPICS
A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization
• SOP: Normal operations
• ECAM procedures: new philosophy
• FCU Backup
B. EXERCISES / REFERENCES
ENGINE FAILURE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
• PDP: ENGINE OUT AFTER TAKE-OFF
ENGINE RELIGHT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG RELIGHT IN
FLIGHT
G+Y SYS PRESS LO
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/29-Hydraulic/G+Y SYS PRESS
LO
• FCTM/Abnormal Operations/Hydraulic/G+Y Hydraulic Failures
• PDP: DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
AIR COND SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke Protection/
SMOKE-FUMES AVIONICS SMOKE
• FCTM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Fire Protection/Smoke-Fumes
AVIONIC SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke/L(R)
AVIONICS SMOKE
SLATS LOCKED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/27-Slats-Flaps/ SLATS LOCKED
and SLATS FAULT
ENGINE TAIL PIPE FIRE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/TAIL PIPE FIRE
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
C. SUPPORT
• Procedure data package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
* Note: in the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard information related to handling
characteristics
03 – SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

• Demonstrate proficiency in FMS use
• Demonstrate ability to manage failures using the new ECAM interface
• Demonstrate ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
1 :- Use OIS / laptop for performance calculation

- Switch off the KBD to demonstrate the use of soft keyboard and restore after a few
insertions
6 :- Insert engine failure with no damage at 200 ft AGL
9,21 : - Trainee 2:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Show the AFS CP Back up page and all the associated functions
- Demonstrate scroll wheel use and restore: flying demonstration will take place dur-
ing the second part of the session.
- Trainee 1:
- Insert FCU 1 + 2 fault to trigger CAPT AFS CP FAULT. Explain that CAPT and F/O
EFIS CP are also lost in this case.
- Keep the failure until the end of the missed approach
- Provide radar vectors to the crew in order to allow them to practice the use of FCU
back up
10 : - Cabin crew warns the flight crew that smoke is coming from the AIR COND outlets
in the Main and Upper cabin (specific smell: oil burnt)
- The instructor warns the crew that there is also smoke in the cockpit
- Flight crew applies SMOKE / FUMES ABN PROC if the visibility in the cockpit is
sufficient and ECAM is available or refer to the QRH
- Stress communications between cabin crew and cockpit
- No change when PACK 1 is selected to OFF
- When PACK 2 is selected to OFF (after 2 minutes) insert ENGINE 3 - OIL PRESS
LO
- With PACK 2 OFF Cabin crew will advise the crew that smoke starts to disappear
from the Main and Upper cabin and the instructor informs the crew that smoke is
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
removed from the Cockpit
11 :- Highlight the differences compared to the A330 / 340

- Aircraft is in Alternate law but the AP and the ATHR are available
- Call the ECAM F/CTL page and show which surfaces are controlled by the EBHA
or EHA
- Flaps are lost: the handling characteristics will be seen in the FFS
- Approach can be flown with the AP down to 500 ft
- Call the WHEEL page : explain the Landing Gear gravity extension
- Braking with antiskid is available and NWS is available but slow
16,27: - FLS approach in cold weather conditions. Explain that the FLS profile takes into
account the temperature corrections (use of tutorial NPA flown with FLS function,
COLD WEATHER)
17 : - Instructor prepares the aircraft for take-off
18 : - Insert engine failure with damage at 200 ft AGL
19 . - Restore after ECAM actions completed and restart the engine
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
20 : - Insert a L MAIN AVNCS SMOKE and tell the crew that a little bit of smoke is coming
from Pedestal panel
- The crew will apply the ECAM procedure and then refer to the paper checklist
- Cancel the failure when GEN 3 and 4 have been selected to OFF and tell the crew
that the smoke disappears
- Explain the remaining of the procedure if the smoke was still present
26 :- During missed approach, insert a slats locked (by wing tip break) during slats
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
retraction between Conf 1 and Conf 0
29 :- During engine shut down warn the crew that flames are coming out from the Engine
2. Show where to find the Tail pipe fire procedure (No differences from the A330/
340).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 060/10 6000 BKN 005 20/12 1010 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBAIB (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
2 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL FL 120 CRZ TEMP -10°C 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI - 180° TURN ON RUNWAY
6 - CLIMB FL 120 v v v
TRIP WIND HD 20
7 - AIRWORK v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - DESCENT v v v
9 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
540 t 200 t 1:20 10 - LANDING
GW FOB
1 188 000 Ib 440 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
340 t ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ZFW ZFWCG 34 % 250/18 OVC 006
748 000 Ib
Co route PAT 33R
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route 11 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1E) 12 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX 351 13 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
14 - GO AROUND v v
E 1:45 16 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
CAVOK - 350/10
LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t
Co route PAT 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
17 - TAKE OFF v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 18 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
19 - REJECTED LANDING v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 20 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
2:05 21 - LANDING

INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
23 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
ffs1.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 kt 6000 OVC 012 20/12 Q 1010 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:20
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 Co route PAT 33R
24 - TAKE OFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 25 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
27 - LANDING
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°
CI 90 TROPO 36090 2:45 CAVOK 250/18
Co route PAT 33R
TRIP WIND -
28 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
30 - REJECTED LANDING v v
385 t 65 t v v
GW FOB 31 - VISUAL PATTERN
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 34 % INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
704 000 Ib 3:00
ZFW 320 t - FOB 220 t - Co route PAT 33R
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route 33 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v
AIR COND ON (SID 1B)
INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
ANTI ICE OFF
350/10 OVC 006 - Co route AIBAIB1
34 - TAKE OFF v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 35 - CLIMB FL 70 v v v
36 - FMS 1 + 2 FAULT v v v
37 - DESCENT v v v
38 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA 39 - GO AROUND v v
VR 126 v FLEX 57 VR 126 v FLEX 57 03:45 41 - LANDING
42 - AFTER LANDING
43 - TAXI
44 - PARKING

LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t
ffs1.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
• To handle the A380 in normal operations using experience from the A330 / 340
• To practice SOP’s applicable to the A380
• To review specific changes in panels and controls during cockpit preparation
A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• FMS: initialization and use during all flight phases
• Use of OIS / LAPTOP for take-off performance computation

Use of ETACS
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/Video/Description/External and Taxing Aid
Camera System
Use of OANS
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Taxi/Onboard Airport Navigation System
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Airport Navigation
Taxi - 180° turn on 60 m runway
• Briefing guide: Taxi - 180° turn on runway
• FCOM/Standard Operating Procedures/Taxi/180 Deg Turn on 60 M wide Runway
Take-off: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Take-off
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Take-off
Landing: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Landing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Landing
FMS 1 + 2 FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/22-Flight Management System/
FMS 1 + 2 FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Standby Instruments
Rejected take-off
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/Operating Techniques/Rejected
Take-off
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing Guides
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE

• Ability to carry out normal task in accordance with SOP’s
• Ability to handle the aircraft within standard criteria of flight accuracy
• Ability to apply correct take-off and landing technique in cross wind conditions
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE
1 :- Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD

- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, flashing lights)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Oxygen masks

- Demonstrate the use of OIS for performance computation
4 :- Demonstrate the use of ETACS

- Use simulator facilities to show the position of the landing gear, engines and wing
tips
- Use of Onboard Airport Navigation System to follow the taxi clearance
- Back track runway 06 and make a 180° turn using the turning pad
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
7 :Reduce GW to 390 t before exercices
- FD off with the VV
- Practice some steep turns
- Highlight the fact that the handling characteristics are similar to the A330/340
- Protections are identical: no need for demonstration however ask the pilot to
perform an emergency pull up with maximum bank angle
- Transfer controls and repeat for the second pilot
9 : ILS 33R via ROA
13 :For practice only : no differences between A330/340 and A380: however this item
will be checked during skill test.
15 :Increase ceiling to 2500 feet and visibility to 9 km
19,30 :Rejected landing below 100 feet
22,33 :Engine 2 failure at 110 kt
INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 GW 540T :

- F/PLN: RWY 06 - ATN 1E - ATN - MOU - MBY - ROA - ILS 33R
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
36 :- At 4000 ft insert FMC C FAULT: use of reset procedure

- FL 70: insert FMC A+B FAULT
- Insert on the SND 2 or 3 waypoints (MBY: 109.6 - N4632.5 / E00330.0 and
ROA for example) and AIB as a fix.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

courses on RMP STBY RAD NAV.
- Reduce GW to 390t before descent
38 : ILS 33R via ROA

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
CPNY RTE AIBKEF (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
2 - ENGINE START
4 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36300 5 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) v v
TRIP WIND HD 030
7 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - RNAV APP (FLS) - LFZZ 24 v v v
1:20 9 - LANDING - OVERWEIGHT
569 t 219 t 10 - 180° ON RUNWAY
GW FOB
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
350 t ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ZFW ZFWCG 37 % 290/12 BKN 012
770 000 Ib
Co route AIBAIB1
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to Co-route 11 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
AIR COND OFF DEP : Refer to session guide 12 - CLIMB FL 70 v v v
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 450 13 - ADR 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
14 - DESCENT v
15 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v
E 1:50 16 - LANDING
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX

ffs2.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t
2:00 17 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) v v
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 18 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
19 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
20 - LANDING - OVERWEIGHT
CI 90 TROPO 36300 ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
290/12 BKN 012
TRIP WIND HD 030 Co route PAT 33R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
2:30 21 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
22 - CLIMB TO 4000 ft v v v
569 t 219 t
GW FOB 23 - NAV ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE v
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v
350 t 3:05 25 - LANDING
ZFW ZFWCG 37 %
770 000 Ib
NOTES CAVOK 350/10
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route Co route AIBAIB
AIR COND OFF DEP: Refer to session guide
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 400 26 - TAKE OFF v v
28 - ALL GENERATORS FAULT v
29 - DESCENT v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 30 - ILS APP - LFZZ 06 - DIRECT LAW v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 3:45 31 - LANDING
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
IF 2 CAPTAIN: INIT APPROACH LFZZ 06
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
32 - ILS APPROACH (EMER ELEC CONF) v
VR FLEX VR FLEX 33 - LANDING

ffs2.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
- To review differences in emergency electrical configuration procedures
- To practice SOP’s related to the new ECAM interface
- To practice new functions specific to the A380: Back Up Speed, FLS approaches
A. REVIEW
• Non Precision Approach using FLS
• Take-off and landing techniques

Overweight landing
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/80-Miscellaneous/
OVERWEIGHT LDG
• FCOM/Procedures/Not Sensed Procedures/Miscellaneous/OVERWEIGHT LDG
ADR1+2+3 FAULT - Backup Speed Scale
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/Unreliable Speed
Indication
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/
ADR1+2+3FAULT·FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating - Recording/EFIS/PFD/Backup
Scales
• Briefing guide: BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
ELEC EMERGENCY CONFIGURATION
• FCTM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Electrical/Emergency Electrical Configuration
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/24-Electrical/ELEC EMER
CONFIG
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Ability to perform abnormal / emergency operations in accordance with new ECAM
procedures
• Demonstrate proficiency in normal manoeuvers: take-off, approach and landing
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE
4,17 : Clearance for departure : RWY heading to 2000 ft - Right turn to intercept ATN 240°
radial inbound. Climb to FL70. Squawk : 4210
5 :New feature on PFD speed scale for Flaps auto retraction

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
6 :Insert weather cells to demonstrate the use of the Radar
7 :- Decrease GW to 420t
- Return to departure: Radar Vectors for RNAV 24 using FLS function
- Notify the crew that they don’t have enough time for jettison
10 :- 180° turn on a 60 m width runway
13 :- For BUSS demonstration, the instructor will turn off the three ADR, when aircraft is
cleaned up.
- The crew will complete the associated ECAM actions
- Instructor activates the "Crash inhibit" function
Weather : CAVOK
18 :- After ATN radial interception provide radar vectors for VOR-DME approach
RWY 33R
19 :- Decrease GW to 420 t
- The crew will perform the Overweight landing ABN PROC but will not compute the
landing distance (same as previous exercise)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Demonstrate the Flaps auto extension at 205 kts
23 :In downwind, when aircraft is cleaned up, set ADR 2 + 3 OFF.

Then, 1 minute later, insert CAPT L+R PITOT BLOCKED
Weather : CAVOK
29 :Check that the crew computes correctly the landing distance and selects the longest
runway available
32 :- INIT Approach 2
- Complete all ECAM actions before simulator release
Note:
For standard crew, no need to repeat the approach in EMER ELEC CONFIG.
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 300/15 8000 OVC 010 25/12 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
NIGHT VISUAL
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
CPNY RTE PAT 33R (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE -
2 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°C 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI
6 - CLIMB TO 4000 FT v v v
TRIP WIND -
7 - FLAPS LOCKED (WING TIP BRAKES) v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
1:00 9 - LANDING - FLAPS JAMMED
385 t 65 t
GW FOB INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 490 t
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
ZFW 350 t - FOB 140 t
320 t Co route PAT 33R
ZFW ZFWCG 37 %
704 000 Ib
10 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
NOTES 11 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
RWY COND DRY F/PLN : Refer Co-route 12 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFZZ 33R v v
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) 13 - GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
15 - LOC B/C APP (FLS) - ONE ENGINE OUT
v v
LFZZ 15L
E 1:40 16 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 385 t
CAVOK
Co route PAT 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 18 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
19 - SECOND ENGINE FAILURE v v v
2:10 21 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 : GW 560 t
ZFW 360 t - FOB 200 t - CAT II
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF RR TRENT 972 : Conf 1+F - V1:141 - VR:
LFZZ 33R / GW 490 t LFZZ 33R /GW 490 t 164 - V2: 171 - Flex 39° C
V1 131 v TOGA V1 133 v TOGA EA GP 7272 : V1:148 - VR: 165 - V2:171 -
Flex 37° C
VR 139 FLEX VR 139 FLEX v v

22 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FIRE
V2 147 DERATED V2 147 DERATED 2:15 24 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
ffs3.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
NIGHT TIME
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
25 - TAKE OFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 26 - CLIMB 4000 ft v v v
27 - FLAPS LOCKED (WING TIP BRAKES) v v v
ALTN RTE -
28 - NDB APPR - (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
2:40 29 - LANDING - FLAPS JAMMED
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°C
CI 90 TROPO 36090 INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 490 t
ZFW 350 t - FOB 140 t
TRIP WIND - Co route PAT 33R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB 32 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFZZ 33R v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
33 - GO AROUNG - ONE ENGINE OUT v v
320 t 34 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 37 % 35 - VOR - DME APP (FLS) - ONE ENGINE
704 000 Ib v v
OUT - LFZZ 33R
NOTES 3:20 36 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
RWY COND DRY F/PLN : Refer Co-route
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 385 t
ANTI ICE OFF CAVOK
Co route PAT 33R

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 38 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 39 - SECOND ENGINE FAILURE v v v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR FLEX IF TWO CAPTAINS
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 : GW 560 t

ZFW 360 t - FOB 200 t - CAT II
RR TRENT 972 : Conf 1+F - V1:141 - VR:
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR 164 - V2: 171 - Flex 39° C
EA GP 7272: V1:148 - VR: 165 - V2:171 -
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Flex 37° C
LFZZ 33R / GW 490 t LFZZ 33R /GW 490 t
V1 131 v TOGA V1 133 v TOGA 42 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FIRE v v
44 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
ffs3.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
• To practice the engine failure on A380 highlighting the fact that the procedure is similar
• To operate the aircraft in normal and abnormal situations according to SOP’s
A. REVIEW
• Rejected Take-off
B. NEW EXERCISES / REFERENCES

Landing with Flaps locked
• Landing with Flaps locked·FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/
27-Slts-Flaps/FLAPS LOCKED and FLAPS SYS1+2FAULT
Engine Failure during Take-off
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
Approach with two engines out
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/LDG WITH 2 ENGs
INOP ON THE SAME WING
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/80-Miscellaneous/EMER EVAC
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• FCTM
• FCOM
03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

• Demonstrate the ability to perform all exercises, using the correct procedures and
techniques in accordance with SOP’s
• Understanding and assimilation of all A380 new features
• Have reached a satisfactory standard in order to pass the skill test
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE - NIGHT VISUAL
6,26 :Lock the Flaps by wing tip brakes between Conf 0 and Conf 1 during extension
10,30 :- Introduce an engine flame out (with damage) after V1
11,31 :Decrease GW to 380t

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
17,37 :Introduce an engine failure (with damage) at 30 feet
19,39 :Fail the second engine on the same wing

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.00 Page 1

A380 L FQE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.00
CCQ MFTD A syllabus .............................................................Page 1


02-00CCQ.fm
A380 L FQE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.00
02-00CCQ.fm
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
02.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL

This course is designed for qualified pilots to transition from the Airbus single aisle “Fly-by-
Wire” aircraft (A320) to the A380 aircraft.
This course only addresses the differences in procedures and handling characteristics
between the base aircraft (A320) and the difference aircraft (A380).
However, the ground school includes full systems study using CBT.
B. REGULATION REQUIREMENTS
They are listed in the following document :
- JAR-FCL - JAR-OPS
- FAR 121 - FAR 142
- FAA Advisory Circular : AC 120.53
- JAA / FAA / Transport Canada : Common Procedures Document
The differences between the base and the difference aircraft are published in the Operator
Difference Requirement (ODR) tables approved by FAA/JAA.
Airbus course is based on generic ODR tables published by the manufacturer.
C. PREREQUISITES
• Valid and current ATPL
• Qualified on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 3 months of operation on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 150 flight hours on the base aircraft
IMPORTANT :
Pilots entering this course must be highly knowledgeable on base aircraft systems.
A. COURSE DESCRIPTION
a) General
The CCQ training is divided into four different phases:
- Ground phase
- Handling phase
- Skill test
- Base training or ZFTT
A welcome, which takes place before the starting of the course, includes the training
center presentation, all administrative issues and the distribution of all training supports
that will be used by the trainee.
The reference airport used during most of the sessions is a generic airport called Airbus
Training Airport.
b) Ground phase
CBT:
The aircraft systems study is progressively introduced during the first 8 days and is
carried out in a classroom.
02-01.fm
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
The acquired knowledge will be reinforced with the use of the Maintenance and Flight
Training Device (MFTD).
The CBT is not defined to cover aircraft differences only: however, part of some systems
is common to A320 and A380.
MFTD:
The MFTD is used to reinforce the systems knowledge acquired in the CBT and to study
the new SOP’s or major differences between the A320 and A380 (in normal and abnor-
mal operations).
Sessions are prepared by the trainee using the trainee’s booklet, FCOM, Flight Crew
Training Manual (FCTM) and Procedure Data Package (PDP).
Questions and answers are part of the session and will be addressed before or during
the session.
The PDP will be presented at the instructor discretion to either refresh the procedures
common to both aircraft or to introduce new procedures related to the A380.
OIS / Performance:
One full day is dedicated to Onboard Information System (OIS) presentation and to per-
formance computation using the different applications.
Cabin:
Doors and slides operations are conducted in a specific Cabin Trainer device.
Systems test:
At the end of the ground phase the acquired knowledge will be evaluated using an elec-
tronic test based on a randomized questionnaire.
c) Handling phase
This phase conducted in the FFS is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in Normal and
Abnormal operations.
All the differences listed in the approved Operator Difference Requirement (ODR) tables
will be covered during this phase as well as some exercises common to both A320 and
A380.
d) Skill test
The skill test is defined according to the JAA requirements : for the time being, it is not a
skill test that only covers the differences.
e) Base training or ZFTT

Aircraft training (Flight 0:45 h / pilot)
OR
ZFTT (FFS 4:00 h / Crew)
02-01.fm
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
B. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

The following documentation is given to you on the day of your arrival at the CBT room and
will be used throughout the course.


-CCQs TO A380
-QUIZZ
DVD1
(To be given)
-PRE-FANS
-FANS A
-TCAS II COURSE
-CFIT
DVD2
-REJECTED TAKE OFF
VIDEO BRIEFINGS
-UPSET RECOVERY
(To be given)
-COCKPIT DOORS
PAPER CONTENT
TRAINEE’S BOOKLET -RELEVANT CREW COURSE
(extract of FCTP: -BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
Flight Crew Training Program) -Set of 4 coloured cockpit panels
-Extracts from FCOM SOP’s and FCTM STANDARD

CALLOUTS

charts
Extract of QRH
02-01.fm
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
C. INSTRUCTOR BRIEFINGS
Session Briefing Debriefing

MFTD A No No
MFTD 1-2-3 Questions & Answers are included
FFS 1:30 0:30
Skill test 1:00 As required
D. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY
1) SYSTEMS

is never below 80%.

Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s
Record” file (see Page 3).
• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked:

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements:

OR
When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked :
requested.
same identification as the session involved.
02-01.fm
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
E. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
1) SYSTEMS / PERFORMANCE
UNSATISFACTORY
Instructor name
and signature
Code |____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
sticker
Trainee
is never below 80%.
or
SATISFACTORY
signature
Trainee
* *The following session MUST be assessed as

file (see Page 3).

SATISFACTORY

READY FOR NEXT PHASE
• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked ( ):

CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQE)

GROUND PHASE
----> comments are required ( ), and the following session must be assessed as :
- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements ( ):

OR
box is ticked
When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked ( ):
* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training
requested ( ).

Comments*
same identification as the session involved ( ).
Date
Sessions
MFTD A
MFTD 1
MFTD 2
MFTD 3
A380
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
A380 sticker
A380
SATISFACTORY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 1
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 2
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 3
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE
L FQE
Page 6
Issue 04 MAY 2008

SKILL TEST Trainee
A380 sticker

A380
SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
SKTEST
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
RE-SKTEST
INTRODUCTION
L FQE
Page 7
Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
BASE TRAINING Trainee
A380 sticker

A380
QUALIFIED FOR TYPE ENDORSEMENT

❐ FLIGHT ❐ ZFTTFFS Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|____|____|____|____|
BASE TRAINING
INTRODUCTION
L FQE

Page 8
Issue 04 MAY 2008

A380 sticker
PLEASE FIL ONE PIR PER SESSION

A380

|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS |____|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
L FQE
Page 9
Issue 04 MAY 2008
02-01.fm
02-01.fm
A380 sticker
A380
UNSATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORY
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
| FFS |____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
FFS |____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
02.01
|
FFS |____|
L FQE
Page 10
Issue 04 MAY 2008

A380 L FQE
TRAINING FOOTPRINT

N.B. :
1) Except when notified, the allocated time is mentioned in hour/crew
2) Welcome is not part of the training footprint and is completed the day before the beginning
of ground school : all the documentation and training supports will be handled to the trainees
during the welcome briefing.
Total working days 13 working days
GROUND PHASE 8 working days
• CBT : - Aircraft systems study 30:40

- Systems test 4:00
• Cabin trainer 1:00
• OIS / Performance course 5:00
• MFTD A session .................................................. 1 2:00
• MFTD 1-2-3 sessions .......................................... 3 12:00
HANDLING PHASE 4 working days

• FFS session (4 x 4:00).......................................... 4 16:00
SKILL TEST PHASE 1 working day

• FFS session (1 x 4:00).......................................... 1 4:00
BASE TRAINING PHASE 1 working day
• Aircraft Flight......................................................... 1 Minimum 0:45/trainee

or
• FFS session (ZFTT) if applicable.......................... 1 4:00 / crew
Note: If translator is required, CBT and SYSTEM TEST will be Projected CBT with instructor:
the ground school duration must be adapted.
02-02.fm
A380 L FQE
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
02.02

Note: Timing is given for information: your rate of progress could be different from the
standard one, however make sure that the systems study associated to one day has been completed
before the next day.
Day 0: Administration 1:00 - Welcome briefing: 1:30 - Electronic documentation: 1:00
- How to use - Auto flight - Hydraulic system - Fire and Smoke - Fuel system
(ATA 00) 0:10 (ATA 22) 1:00 (ATA 29) 1:00 protection (ATA 28) 3:20
- Aircraft general - Avionics Networks - Flight Controls (ATA 26) 0:35
(ATA 20) 0:20 (ATA 42) 1:00 (ATA 27) 2:30 - Lights
- Indicating & - Electrical - Landing gear (ATA 33) 0:25
Recording (ATA 24) 1:20 (ATA 32) 2:00 - E-logbook 0:40
(ATA 31) 2:40 - APU - Information systems
- Auto flight (ATA 49) 0:15 (ATA 46) 1:30
(ATA 22) 3:30 - Pneumatic
(ATA 36) 0:50
- Power plant
(ATA 70) 0:55
OIS &
MFTD A Performance MFTD 1
(2:00) (5:00) (4:00)

- Navigation - Air conditioning / - Doors / Windows
(ATA 34) 2:20 Pressurization / (ATA 52) 0:30
- Communication Ventilation - CEET (SAFETY)
(ATA 23) 0:30 (ATA 21) 1:55 1:00
- Operating - Ice and Rain
limitations 0:20 Protection
(ATA 30) 0:20
FFS 1 FFS 2
- Oxygen
(4:00) (4:00)
(ATA 35) 0:10
- Cabin presentation Cabin Trainer
(ATA 25) 0:25 (1:00)
MFTD 2 MFTD 3 System Test

(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
Day 11 Day 12 Day 13

Walk around 3D
FFS 3 (1:30)
FFS 4
(4:00)
(4:00)
Skill Test
(4:00)
Base Training (0:45 / trainee) or ZFTT (FFS : 4:00 / crew) if applicable
02-02.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT

CPNY RTE AIBLYS
ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftdA.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
mftdA.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE LFQE Page 2A
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
02.03
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2B
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FMS loaded
SESSION GUIDE :
NOTE :

- Ground spoilers,
- Flaps,
- External lights.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

C. FMS :
do it.
D. OIS :
- FLT OPS STS
- FLT OPS Menu
• T.O. PERF
• LOAD SHEET
• LDG PERF
• IN-FLT PERF
• OPS LIBRARY
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE LFQE Page 2C
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE

- EFIS
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- ECAM
- Alerts
SD :
-
3 zones :
- ATC mailbox
ECP :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- EXT PWR off
Show :
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2D
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
pleted)
- STS indication
- C/L CLEAR bar

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT FL 100
(sensed procedure)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

then

caution
then

level 2 caution
Restore all systems
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE LFQE Page 2E
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE

Explain :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems
Explain :
- Overflow arrow
PAGE.
INOP SYS REDUND,
CANCELLED CAUTION
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems

- Limitations
mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2F
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftdAgd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL T PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBAIB
T 1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS T 2 - BEFORE START
T 3 - ECAM : NORMAL C/L
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C T 4 - ENGINE START - AFTER START
T 5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
1:00 T 6 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 10 T 7 - CLIMB FL 180
T 8 - CRUISE : FMS EXERCISES
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - INSERT NEW WPT
- DELETE WPT
385 t 65 t - OVERFLY
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib - FROM PPOS DIRECT TO
- OFFSET
320 t - POSITION MONITOR
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib - BRG / DIST TO
1:30 T 9 - DESCENT PREPARATION
NOTES T 10 - DESCENT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE T 11 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) 12 - AUTOLAND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 T 13 - AFTER LANDING
T 14 - PARKING
2:10 T 15 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
E
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX 56 °C VR FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd1.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 16 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
18 - ENGINE START WITH
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C EXTERNAL PNEUMATIC POWER &
CROSS BLEED
CI 90 TROPO 36090 19 - AFTER START
HD 10 20 - TAXI
TRIP WIND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - CLIMB FL 150
- ALT CONSTRAINT
385 t 65 t 23 - CRUISE
GW FOB - CAPT EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
- HOLDING
320 t 3:25 24 - DESCENT PREPARATION
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 25 - DESCENT
- MANAGED AND SELECTED
NOTES - SPEED CONSTRAINT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 26 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
AIR COND OFF (SID MOU 1N) T 27 - GO AROUND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 28 - MISSED APPROACH
4:00 29 - DIVERSION
FREEZE

V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX 56 °C VR FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd1.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4A
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
• Highlight the differences in terms of procedures through out all phases of flight in normal
operation
• Apply task sharing and communication
• Study and practice initialization of the FMS and review the various functions using the new
interface
• Present the new systems using ECAM pages
A. REVIEW
Not applicable.
Standard Flight profile - SOP’s
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Task Sharing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS
• PDP : ALL PHASES Flow pattern
FMS: Initialization - New interfaces and functions
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Cockpit
preparation/MFD FMS INITIALIZATION
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22 - AFS-Flight Management System/System description/Flight
Planning
Normal checklists
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Normal Checklists
Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
• FCOM/Procedures/Supplementary Procedures/Engines/Unusual Starting Procedures
Use of RMP
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/23 - Communication/How to use the RMP/How to tune a frequency
FCU Backup
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/22 - AFS - Flight Guidance/Abnormal Operations/FCU Backup
C. SUPPORT
• FCOM
• FCTM
characteristics

• Understanding of the new FMS architecture and new functions
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge and skills when applying procedures during a normal
flight profile
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
1 :Use the ECAM ELEC page to show the electrical supply using external power
and APU :
Highlight the priorities
- During cockpit preparation: highlight the differences in ECAM system pages
(Hydraulic, Fuel, Wheel)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- FMS preparation
- SURV page: check default settings
Highlight that compared to the A320 Radar, EGPWS, TCAS controls are grouped
on a single panel.
Show all the functions on the SURV CTL PNL and then call the MFD specific
page dedicated to SURV.
- INIT hard key: press
- STATUS: explain the page and don’t go to FMS P/N (Part Number)
- INIT: Do not explain all the REQUEST options
- IRS: Show the option to “ALIGN ON OTHER REF”
- DEPARTURE:
-Demonstrate the use of TMPY F-PLN
-F-PLN review according to the electronic F-PLN or to the charts
- NAVAIDS:
-Show TUNED FOR DISPLAY
-Show the TUNED FOR FMS NAV: how to deselect NAVAIDS
- FUEL § LOAD
- PERF:
-Show all the flight phases
- SEC INDEX:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
-SEC 1: import “FROM ACTIVE”

-SEC 2: import “FROM ACTIVE” and modify the runway for departure
Note: During aircraft initialization, highlight the fact that messages are displayed in the
message pad at the bottom of the MFD: CLEAR INFO function is used to clear the
messages
- Demonstrate the use of new RMP design.
2 :Highlight the differences on the ECAM DOOR page
3 :Explain the use of the new ECAM Normal Checklist
4 :- Highlight the differences on the ECAM BLEED page

- Explain the start sequence and engine parameters monitoring
- For F/CTL checks show the new page but do not use controls for the check
(done in FFS)
5 :- Pitch trim: explain the pitch trim setting (PFD display and Pitch trim sw)
- Show the controls for Taxi cameras, Video on ECAM and OANS
mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4C
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
6 :Explain the power setting (METOTS for TRENT engines)

METOTS : Modified Engine Take Off Thrust Setting
7 :Show the PERF pages and highlight the differences
8 :- During FMS exercises demonstrate the access to functions through the short cut
key and through the menu at each revised waypoint
- DIRECT TO: demonstrate the four accesses and highlight the differences in CRS
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
IN and OUT
- OFFSET: highlight the differences
- Different access to BRG/DIST TO
9 :- Descent preparation: use the predefined flow (ACTIVE, POSITION and SEC)
11 :- Highlight the fact that the deceleration rate is slower than on A320: Slats / Flaps
and Landing gear extension takes more time
- Explain the differences on the speed scale displayed on PFD (Flaps auto exten-
sion, short term managed speed)
16 :- Same full cockpit preparation

- Fail the APU BLEED. Emphasize the use of MMEL on OIS
- Demonstrate how to build a SEC F/PLN using SEC INIT
- Demonstrate how to deselect a NAVAID
The crew has already inserted the ZFW / ZFWCG / FOB figures (refer to syllabus) in
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ZFW= 325 T
ZFWCG= 37%
crew in the FMS.
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
• If YES:

SD).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

• If NO:
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 32%
FOB= 83 T
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 38%
Observe the updated GWCG on SD: above 44% and amber.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
reached.
22 :Demonstrate how to insert an ALT constraint using the menu at a revised waypoint
or inserting the constraint directly in the F/PLN
23 :Insert FCU 1 FAULT to get CAPT EFIS CTL PNL: demonstrate the use of FCU
backup: restore after demonstration
25 :Demonstrate how to insert a SPEED constraint at a revised waypoint or at a defined

altitude
26 :Demonstrate FD display in TRACK/FPA and VV
mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4E
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
27 :Select the PERF page and explain the differences compared to the A320: different
phases of flight in go around
After the GA acceleration altitude:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
29 :Demonstrate how to activate (SWAP) a SEC F/PLN after a missed approach proce-
dure
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 9999 15/10 1010


CPNY RTE AIBAIB
3 - ENGINE START - START FAULT
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:55 6 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 030 7 - CLIMB FL 180 : FMS EXERCICES
-TIME MARKER
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - FIX INFO
- CLOSEST AIRPORT
385 t 65 t T 8 - CDS RECONFIGURATION
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 9 - ECAM PHILOSOPHY / MANAGEMENT
1:40 10 - DIVERSION
320 t 11 - ENGINE FIRE - RESTORE
ZFW ZFWCG 34 %
704 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
NOTES
T 14 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFLL 18R
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 2:10 15 - MISSED APPROACH
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) FREEZE
E
LFZZ 33R /GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd2.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 2000 BKN 008 5/2 998
BIKF 200/05 9999 -10/-15 1000 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION

CPNY RTE AIBKEF
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 17 - TAXI
2:40 18 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS OFF
CRZ FL 360 CRZ TEMP -54°C 19 - CLIMB FL 310
20 - SYSTEMS REVIEW
CI 90 TROPO 35500
21 - FMS EXERCICES
TRIP WIND TL 090 - INTERACTIVITY WITH ND
- REVIEW DIRECT TO
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - CMS
- STEP ALT
450 t 130 t 22 - ECAM MANAGEMENT
GW FOB - NOT SENSED PROCEDURES
990 000 Ib 286 000 Ib
T 23 - FUEL LEAK - RESTORE
320 t 3:25 24 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib T 25 - FUEL JETTISON
26 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
NOTES 27 - DESCENT PREPARATION
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 28 - DESCENT
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1E) 29 - LOC APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 250 30 - MISSED APPROACH
31 - FMC B + C FAULT
FREEZE
LFZZ 06 / GW 450 t LFZZ 06/ GW 450 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd2.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
• Practice SOP’s using proper callouts and cross checks
• Highlight the differences in failure handling using the new ECAM procedures
• Study the Non Precision Approaches using the FLS function (if not retrofitted on A320)
• Study and practice new FMS functions
A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization - New interfaces and functions
• SOP: Normal Operations - TASK Sharing
B. EXERCICES / REFERENCES
OIT: Use of Take-off performance and MEL applications·
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Flight Preparation/MEL
ENGINE START FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG START FAULT
ECAM Procedures: new philosophy
• FCTM/OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/ECAM
• PDP: ECAM PHILOSOPHY
CDS reconfiguration
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS/Abnormal Operations
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS
FAULT
FUEL LEAK
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/28-fuel/Abnormal Operations/Fuel leak Detection
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/28-Fuel/FUEL LEAK
DETECTED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FUEL LEAK
BRAKES: system review
• FCOM/ Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/32-Landing Gear/BRAKES
FAULT
FMS: FMC FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22-AFS-Flight Management/Abnormal Operations/ FMC FAULT·
FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/22-Flight Management System/
AUTOFLT FMC FAULT and AUTO FLT FMS FAULT
Non Precision Approach using FLS
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Non Precision
Approach
• FCTM/Normal Operations/Non Precision Approach
• PDP/Non Precision Approach
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
C. SUPPORT
• FCOM
• FCTM
characteristics

• Ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s
• Demonstrate an acceptable knowledge and user skill of the new FMS interface
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge of the new ECAM procedures
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
1 :- Use of OIS for aircraft loading and performance computation

- MMEL item SEC 3 INOPERATIVE
3 :Insert ENG START (4) FAULT due to EGT OVERLIMIT.

When ECAM actions completed, restore, perform a manual engine start on engine 4.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Then, perform a manual start on engine 1 with hot start to highlight the difference of
protections between AUTO and MAN. Restore and perform a quick start through IOS
panel.
7 : Highlight fuel transfer after take-off (load alleviation)
8 :- Highlight the differences between the A320 and the A380

- PFD / ND transfer and Automatic reconfigurations (loss of PFD or EWD) are
identical
- Demonstrate the use of hard key to recover FMS pages: Fail the MFD CAPT side
and push PERF to recover the PERF page on ND
- Call the fuel page : explain fuel transfer according to the actual situation
9 :ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management

ECAM advisory
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Memos on PFD
- STATUS
Restore
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
- Insert a FUEL FEED TK 1 MAIN+STBY PUMPS FAULT and perform ECAM

actions.
Explain the flow before completing all ECAM actions
Complete ECAM actions explaining the use of tick and clear bar
Show the MORE FUEL page
Restore
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and perform ECAM actions

Demonstrate when and how to use DEFERRED PROC
Explain the LIMITATIONS on PFD and ECAM
Show STATUS MORE page
Use of OIS / Laptop for landing performance computation
Restore
10 :- Diversion to LFLL: use the ENABLE ALTERNATE function

- Proceed DIRECT TO TALAR for a VOR-DME 18R
16 :- Initialize the aircraft on Runway 06: engines running

- Use of OIS for performance computation
- Insert flight parameters in the FMS
20 : - BRAKES ALTN BRAKES FAULT

- BRAKES EMER BRAKES FAULT
- CAB PRESS AUTO CTL FAULT
Highlight the differences with the A320: explain braking reconfiguration and
differences in CAB ALT control
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
22 :- Freeze aircraft position for this demonstration

- Demonstrate how to access to the NOT SENSED PROCEDURES using the ABN
PROC pb on the ECP and show the list of procedures
23 :- Insert a fuel leak (1000 kg/minute) - FUEL LEAK DETECTED is triggered: compare
Fuel at departure with fuel used + FOB and complete ECAM actions
1st scenario
- Leak is coming from the engine : after engine shut down, do not reset the failure but
insert 0 kg/min
2d scenario
- Leak is coming from the feed tank
- Do not play this scenario but explain the difference to the trainee
Restore
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
24 :- Proceed DIRECT TO MOU – MOU 1B Arrival – LOC Approach 33R

- Use speed up function if required
25 : - To accelerate the fuel jettison, use fuel tank distribution on the IOS and set XFR
and TRIM TKS to 0 in order to keep FEED TANKS FULL only. Stop at GW 420 t.
29 : Fail the G/S and brief the crew that he must deselect the G/S
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
31 :- Fail FMC B: Demonstrate that FMC C is taking over
- Fail FMC C : Demonstrate FMS SOURCE switching
Restore
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
E
MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025


CPNY RTE AIBAIB
3 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:40 T 6 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - NO DAMAGE
TRIP WIND HD 25 7 - ENGINE RELIGHT
8 - CLIMB FL 120
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT - RESTORE
T 10 - AIR COND SMOKE - RESTORE
385 t 65 t 1:25 11 - HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
320 t 14 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 15 - MISSED APPROACH AT 500 ft - RESTORE
NOTES 2:10 16 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT MDA
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd3.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025


18 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - RESTORE
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
19 - CLIMB FL 120
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 20 - MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE - RESTORE
3:00 21 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 22 - DESCENT PREPARATION
23 - DESCENT
CI 90 TROPO 36090
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - RESTORE
TRIP WIND HD 25 3:25 25 - MISSED APPROACH
T 26 - SLATS LOCKED
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 3:45 27 - NDB APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT 500 FT
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT GATE
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 28 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES 29 - PARKING (TAIL PIPE FIRE)

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
mftd3.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
02.0302.03
• To highlight the differences in abnormal procedures using the new ECAM procedures
• To practice SOP’s using proper call outs and cross checks
• To review new FMS functions
A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization
• SOP: Normal operations
• ECAM procedures: new philosophy
• FCU Backup
B. EXERCISES / REFERENCES
ENGINE FAILURE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
• PDP: ENGINE OUT AFTER TAKE-OFF
ENGINE RELIGHT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG RELIGHT IN
FLIGHT
G+Y SYS PRESS LO
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/29-Hydraulic/G+Y SYS PRESS
LO
• FCTM/Abnormal Operations/Hydraulic/G+Y Hydraulic Failures
• PDP: DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
AIR COND SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke Protection/
SMOKE-FUMES AVIONICS SMOKE
• FCTM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Fire Protection/Smoke-Fumes
AVIONIC SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke/L(R)
AVIONICS SMOKE
SLATS LOCKED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/27-Slats-Flaps/ SLATS LOCKED
and SLATS FAULT
ENGINE TAIL PIPE FIRE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/TAIL PIPE FIRE
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
C. SUPPORT
• Procedure data package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
* Note: in the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard information related to handling
characteristics
03 – SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

• Demonstrate ability to manage failures using the new ECAM interface
• Demonstrate ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
1 :- Use OIS / laptop for performance calculation

- Switch off the KBD to demonstrate the use of soft keyboard and restore after a few
insertions
6 :- Insert engine failure with no damage at 200 ft AGL
9,21 : - Trainee 2:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Show the AFS CP Back up page and all the associated functions
- Demonstrate scroll wheel use and restore: flying demonstration will take place dur-
ing the second part of the session.
- Trainee 1:
- Insert FCU 1 + 2 fault to trigger CAPT AFS CP FAULT. Explain that CAPT and F/O
EFIS CP are also lost in this case.
- Keep the failure until the end of the missed approach
- Provide radar vectors to the crew in order to allow them to practice the use of FCU
back up
10 : - Cabin crew warns the flight crew that smoke is coming from the AIR COND outlets
in the Main and Upper cabin (specific smell: oil burnt)
- The instructor warns the crew that there is also smoke in the cockpit
- Flight crew applies SMOKE / FUMES ABN PROC if the visibility in the cockpit is
sufficient and ECAM is available or refer to the QRH.
- Stress communications between cabin crew and cockpit
- No change when PACK 1 is selected to OFF
- When PACK 2 is selected to OFF (after 2 minutes) insert ENGINE 3 - OIL PRESS
LO
- With PACK 2 OFF Cabin crew will advise the crew that smoke starts to disappear
from the Main and Upper cabin and the instructor informs the crew that smoke is
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
removed from the Cockpit
11 :- Highlight the differences compared to the A320

- Aircraft is in Alternate law but the AP and the ATHR are available
- Call the ECAM F/CTL page and show which surfaces are controlled by the EBHA
or EHA
- Flaps are lost: the handling characteristics will be seen in the FFS
- Approach can be flown with the AP down to 500 ft
- Call the WHEEL page : explain the Landing Gear gravity extension
- Braking with antiskid is available and NWS is available but slow
16,27: - FLS approach in cold weather conditions. Explain that the FLS profile takes into
account the temperature corrections (use of tutorial NPA flown with FLS function,
COLD WEATHER)
17 : - Instructor prepares the aircraft for take-off
18 : - Insert engine failure with damage at 200 ft AGL
19 . - Restore after ECAM actions completed and restart the engine
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
20 : - Insert a L MAIN AVNCS SMOKE and tell the crew that a little bit of smoke is coming
from Pedestal panel
- The crew will apply the ECAM procedure and then refer to QRH.
- Cancel the failure when GEN 3 and 4 have been selected to OFF and tell the crew
that the smoke disappears
- Explain the remaining of the procedure if the smoke was still present
26 :- During missed approach, insert a slats locked (by wing tip break) during slats
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
retraction between Conf 1 and Conf 0
29 :- During engine shut down warn the crew that flames are coming out from the Engine
2. Show where to find the Tail pipe fire procedure (No differences from the A320).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
mftd3gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 310/10 CAVOK 20/12 1010 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - ENGINE START
3 - AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 4 - TAXI
5 - TAKE OFF v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 v v v
6 - CLIMB FL 140
TRIP WIND HD 20 7 - AIRWORK v
8 - DESCENT v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
1:30 10 - LANDING
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib INIT HOLDING 1000 FT - LFZZ 33R -
GW 385 t
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 11 - FINAL APPROACHES v
2:00 12 - LANDINGS
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route
INIT HOLDING LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) WIND 240/25
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 450
13 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 15 - REJECTED LANDING v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2:15 17 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2
TRK-FPA
WEATHER
Time EVENTS
ATHR
LFZZ 310/10 CAVOK 20/12 1010
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT 2:25
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 18 - TAXI
19 - TAKE-OFF v v
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 20 - CLIMB FL 140 v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 21 - AIRWORK v
22 - DESCENT v v v
CRZ FL FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 23 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
03:05 24 - LANDING
CI 90 TROPO 36090
HD 20 INIT APPROACH 1000 FT - LFZZ 33R
TRIP WIND
GW 385 t
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
25 - FINAL APPROACHES v
385 t 65 t 03:35 26 - VISUAL PATTERN v
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib WIND 240/25
NOTES 27 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v

RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route 28 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) 29 - REJECTED LANDING v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 450 30 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
03:50 31 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
32 - TAXI TO THE GATE
33 - PARKING
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
• To handle the A380 in normal, alternate and direct law using experience from the A320
• To practice SOP’s applicable to the A380
• To review specific changes in panels and controls during cockpit preparation
A. REVIEW
• FMS: initialization and use during all flight phases
• Use of OIS / LAPTOP for take-off performance computation

Use of ETACS
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/Video/Description/External and Taxing Aid
Camera System
Use of OANS
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Taxi/Onboard Airport Navigation System
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Airport Navigation
Taxi
• Briefing guide: Taxi
• FCOM/Standard Operating Procedures/Taxi
Take-off: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Take-off
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Take-off
Landing: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Landing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Landing
Rejected landing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Go around/Rejected landing
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing Guides
• FCOM
• FCTM
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE

• Ability to carry out normal task in accordance with SOP’s
• Ability to handle the aircraft within standard criteria of flight accuracy
• Ability to apply correct take-off and landing technique in cross wind conditions
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE
1 :- Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD

- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, torch)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Oxygen masks

- Demonstrate the use of OIS for performance computation
4,32 :- Demonstrate the use of ETACS

- Use simulator facilities to show the position of the landing gear, engines and wing
tips
- Use of Onboard Airport Navigation System to follow the taxi clearance
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
6,20 :Practice FMS during climb
- Place / Bearing / Distance
- Place - Bearing / Place - Bearing
- DIRECT TO on ND
7,21 :- FD off with the VV on

- Practice some steep turns and low speed flight
- Highlight the fact that the handling characteristics are similar to the A320
- Protections are identical: no need for demonstration however ask the pilot to
perform an emergency pull up with maximum bank angle
- Use DIRECT LAW function on IOS: reduce speed to green dot and establish the
aircraft in landing configuration, then clean up the aircraft: practice use of TRIM
switch
11,25 : Five different Approaches for each trainee

- INIT 1000 ft Approach: FD on, ATHR on
- INIT 1000 ft Approach: FD off, VV on, ATHR on
- INIT 1000 ft Approach: FD on, ATHR on - Wind 250/15 kts
- INIT 8 NM - 2NM Left: FD off, VV on, ATHR on - Wind 060/10 kts
- INIT 12 NM: FD on, ATHR on, 6000 - OVC 600 - 010/20 gust 5, turbulence 20%
15,29 : Rejected landing below 100 feet

After go around insert wind 240/10.
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
BIKF 280/10 CAVOK -10 / -12 1007
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 2 - ENGINE START
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -58°C 00:45 5 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) v v
CI 90 TROPO 37100 7 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
8 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
TRIP WIND HD 070
9 - GO AROUND -MISSED APP v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - LOC APP (G/S INOP) - LFZZ 33R v v
11 - LANDING (OVERWEIGHT)
569 t 219 t 01:45 12 - 180° ON RUNWAY
GW FOB
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
350 t ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ZFW ZFWCG 36 %
770 000 Ib 290/12 6000 BKN 012
Co route PAT 33R
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to Co-route 13 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
AIR COND OFF DEP : ATC Clearance 14 - ADR 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 500 15 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
02:10 16 - LANDING
E
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX

ffs2.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1
TRK-FPA
WEATHER
EVENTS
ATHR
LFZZ 270/15 6000 BKN 008 3/1 998 Time
AP
FD
BIKF 280/15 CAVOK -10 / -12 1007
ACTIVE / INIT INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t

Co route AIBKEF
FLT NBR A/L ID 102
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 2:25 17 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) - PACKS OFF v v
18 - CLIMB FL100 v v v
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 19 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 20 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
21 - GO AROUND - MISSED APP v v
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -58°C 22 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v
23 - LANDING - OVERWEIGHT
CI 90 TROPO 37100 03:25 24 - 180° ON RUNWAY
TRIP WIND HD 070
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
290/12 6000 BKN 012
569 t 219 t Co route AIBAIB1
GW FOB
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
25 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
350 t 26 - NAV ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE v
ZFW ZFWCG 36 %
770 000 Ib 27 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
3:50 28 - LANDING
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to Co-route INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t
AIR COND OFF DEP : ATC Clearance
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 500 29 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v

LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX

ffs2.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
- To practice MTOW and overweight landing
- To practice rejected take-off
- To practice new functions specific to the A380: NPA approaches using FLS
- To practice Back Up Speed in Direct law
A. REVIEW
• Take-off and landing techniques

Max Take-off weight
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Take-off/Take-off at heavy weight
Taxi - 180° turn on 60 m runway
• Briefing guide: Taxi - 180° turn on 60 m runway
• FCOM/Standard Operating Procedures/Taxi/180° turn on 60 m wide runway
Overweight landing
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/80-Miscellaneous/
OVERWEIGHT LDG
• FCOM/Procedures/Not Sensed Procedures/Miscellaneous/OVERWEIGHT LDG
ADR1+2+3 FAULT - Backup Speed Scale
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/Unreliable Speed
Indication
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/ADR1+2+3FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating - Recording/EFIS/PFD/Backup Scales
• Briefing guide: BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• FCTM
• FCOM

• Ability to fly the aircraft in direct law using back up speed scale
• Demonstrate proficiency in normal manoeuvers: take-off, approach and landing
• Demonstrate proficiency in FMS use and NPA approaches using FLS
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE
1 : Explain that the flight is planned with landing weight far above MLW for training pur-
pose (Take-off at MTOW consideration)
4,17 :Clearance for departure: RWY heading to 2000 ft - Right turn to intercept ATN 240°
radial inbound.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
On the OANS, demonstrate the use of FLAGS to identify the taxi clearance.
5,17 :New feature on PFD speed scale for Flaps auto retraction
6 :- Insert weather cells to demonstrate the use of the Radar
7,19 :- In order to return to departure choose between the following

- PACK 1 + 2 OVERHEAT at 9000 ft
- Window crack (No diagnostic possible)
- Medical emergency
- Decrease GW to 440t - Cancel runway: wet
- Return to departure: Radar vectors for ILS 33R
- Notify the crew that he is not having enough time for jettison due to problems with
passengers (behavior, sickness, riot …)
- Demonstrate the Flaps auto extension at 205 kts
8 :- Fail G/S at 800 ft
12,24 :- Vacate on runway 24 to make the 180° on a 60 m width runway

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
13,25 :- Insert windshear after rotation (light)

- On Resets /Freezes page activate the crash inhibit function
14 : In downwind, when aircraft is cleaned up, set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demonstration
Weather : CAVOK
20 : Decrease ceiling at 200 ft and fail ILS at 400 ft
26 : In downwind, when aircraft is cleaned up, set ADR 2 + 3 OFF. Then, 1 minute later,
insert CAPT L+R PITOT BLOCKED
Weather : CAVOK
29 :- INIT Take-off 33R

• 1st rejected take-off: 50 kts (engine failure)
• 2d rejected take-off: V1 - 15 kts (engine fire)
Note:
Circling approaches will be performed under specific airline requirement (if approved by the
local Authority): in this case an additional 30 minutes will be required to complete the
session.
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Engines running - NIGHT VISUAL
FLT NBR A/L ID 103
Co route PAT 33R
1 - TAXI
CPNY RTE PAT 33R
ALTN RTE AIB LYS 3 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +8°C 00:45 5 - LANDING - ONE ENG OUT
CI 90 TROPO 36090
INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 24 - GW 500 t
TRIP WIND N/A ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t - DAY VISUAL
330/10
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD SID MOU 1W
385 t 65 t 6 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE

v v
GW FOB 7 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
8 - RNAV APP (FLS) - LFZZ 24 v v v
320 t 9 - GO AROUND v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 10 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
NOTES 1:35 12 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT
RWY COND DRY DEP : N/A
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) INIT BASE LEG - LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A
13 - RADAR VECTORS v v
14 - VISUAL APP - LFZZ 33R v v
E
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF If time permits: Exercises at trainee and
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t instructor discretion

LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t

1+F 2
ffs3.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1
TRK-FPA
WEATHER
Time EVENTS
ATHR
LFZZ 350/10 8000 OVC 008 15/12 1002
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT 2:05 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co route PAT 33R - NIGHT VISUAL
FLT NBR A/L ID 103
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 16 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
17 - CLIMB 4000 ft v v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 18 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - ONE ENG OUT v v
ALTN RTE AIB LYS 19 - LANDING
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°C INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 24 - GW 500 t
ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t - DAY VISUAL
CI 90 TROPO 36090 330/10
SID MOU 1W
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 2:30 20 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v

385 t 65 t 22 - RNAV APP (FLS) - LFZZ 24 v v v
GW FOB 23 - GO AROUND v v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t 25 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % v
704 000 Ib 3:20 26 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT
NOTES INIT BASE LEG - LFZZ 33R

AIR COND ON (SID 1B) 27 - RADAR VECTORS v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A 28 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF RR TRENT 972 : Conf 3 - V1:144 - VR: 160 -
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t V2: 165 - Flex 44° C
EA GP 7272 : Conf 3 - V1:143 - VR: 159 -
V1 122 TOGA V1 128 TOGA V2:164 - Flex 44° C
VR 131 v FLEX 57 VR 131 v FLEX 58 30 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v

31 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v
3:50 33 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t
V1 143 TOGA V1 143 TOGA If time permits: Exercises at trainee and
instructor discretion

1+F 2
ffs3.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
• To practice the engine failure on A380 highlighting the fact that the procedure is similar
• To practice approach and landing with two engines inoperative on the same wing
• To practice the on ground emergency evacuation
A. REVIEW

Engine Failure during Take-off
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
Approach with two engines out
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/LDG WITH 2 ENGs
INOP ON THE SAME WING
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/80-Miscellaneous/EMER EVAC
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• FCTM
• FCOM

techniques in accordance with SOP's
• Demonstrate the ability to perform a one / two engine out approach and landing
• Demonstrate the ability to perform an emergency evacuation using good crew coordination
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE
INIT HOLDING POINT:

- The instructor will prepare the aircraft and the crew will prepare the FMS
- Aircraft will be given to the trainee in Take-off configuration ready for the Before
Take-off checklist
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
2,16 :- Night environment for this traffic pattern

- Insert an engine flame out (with damage) at 30 feet
- Highlight the fact that the engine out profile is the same as the one for A320
6,20 :- LFZZ to LFZZ with MOU 1W Departure

- Insert an engine flame out (with damage) after V1
8,22 :- Insert weather CATII
10,24 :- Decrease GW to 380t

- Weather: CAVOK - 310/10 kts
- Clearance : maintain speed 250 kts to highlight the engine relight with windmilling.
- Insert an engine failure with no damage (second engine on the same wing).
Relight is unsuccessful (insert EGT overlimit)
INIT BASE LEG :

- INIT 8NM - 2NM Left or right
- Slew altitude to 3200 ft
- All ECAM actions and procedure have been completed
- Select V/S: 700 ft/mn to stay on the G/S until LOC interception (with APPR mode
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
armed)
13,27 :- Assist the crew for LOC and G/S interception
30 :- Rejected take-off at 70 kts (engine failure)
31 :- Rejected Take-off at V1-15kts (non extinguishable fire)
Note:
The session allows extra time and some exercises can be repeated at instructor / trainee
discretion.
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
E
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co route PAT 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 104
2 - ENGINE START
CPNY RTE PAT 33R
3 - AFTER START
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 4 - TAXI
5 - TAKE OFF v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +8°C 6 - CLIMB TO 4000 ft v v v
7 - FLAPS SYS 1 + 2 FAULT v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36900
8 - VOR - DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
TRIP WIND N/A 1:15 9 - LANDING - NO FLAPS
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
CAVOK - 060/20
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 10 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
320 t 1:30 12 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
300/15 OVC 008
RWY COND DRY DEP : N/A Co route AIBAIB 1 - SID MOU 1N
AIR COND ON (SID 1B)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A 13 - TAKE OFF v v
15 - ALL GENERATORS FAULT v
E
16 - DESCENT v
17 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2:05 18 - LANDING
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs4.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 2
TRK-FPA
WEATHER
Time EVENTS
ATHR
LFZZ 300/10 8000 OVC 010 20/16 1010
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:15 INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t -
19 - TAKE OFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 20 - CLIMB TO 4000 FT v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 21 - FLAPS LOCKED (WING TIP BRAKES) v v v
22 - NDB APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +8°C 2:40 23 - LANDING - NO FLAPS
CI 90 TROPO 36900 INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t

N/A CO Route AIBAIB1
TRIP WIND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 24 - TAKE OFF v v
385 t 65 t 26 - FMS 1 + 2 FAULT v v v
GW FOB 27 - DESCENT v v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
28 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v
320 t 3:15 29 - LANDING
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES CAVOK - 240/20
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) 30 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A 31 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
IF 2 CAPT: INIT APPROACH - LFZZ 33R

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 33 - ILS APPROACH (EMER ELEC CONF) v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 34 - LANDING
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 3:30 INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 - GW 500 t

ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
35 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FIRE v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 36 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
37 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION

LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t
ffs4.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
02.0302.03
• To operate the aircraft in normal and abnormal situations according to SOP’s
• To practice no flaps approach and landing
• To practice emergency electrical configuration including approach and landing in direct law
A. REVIEW

ELEC emergency configuration
• FCOM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Electrical/Emergency Electrical Configuration
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/24-Electrical/ELEC EMER
CONFIG
Landing with Flaps locked
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/27-Slats-Flaps/FLAPS LOCKED
and FLAPS SYS 1+2 FAULT
FMS 1+2 FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/22-Flight Management System/
FMS 1+2 FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Standby Instruments
C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• FCTM
• FCOM

techniques in accordance with SOP's
• Understanding of all new A380 features
• The trainee is proficient in all exercises listed for the issuance of the type rating
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FFS 4 SESSION GUIDE
1 :- Departure under MEL: FLAPS SYS 1 FAULT
7 :- Insert FLAPS SYS 2 FAULT after Flaps retraction
IF 2 CAPT :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- INIT APPROACH at 12 NM: do not reset the all generators failure
21 :- Insert flaps locked by wingtips brakes when flaps are below 1
INIT HOLDING POINT 33R :

- F/PLN: 33R - MOU 1N - MBY - ROA - ILS 33R
26 : - At 4000 ft insert FMC C FAULT: use of reset procedure

- FL 70: insert FMC A+B FAULT
- Insert on the SND 2 or 3 waypoints (MBY: 109.6 - N4632.5 / E00330.0 and
ROA for example) and AIB as a fix.
courses on RMP STBY RAD NAV.
35 :- Runway 06
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Rejected take-off at V1 - 15 kts
ffs4gd.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.00 Page 1

A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.07.00
02.07.01 - INTRODUCTION
02.07.02 - STANDARD, LANGUAGE ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES
- SCENARIO 1 ....................................................................... Page 1

• TRAINEE 1 - LFLL / LFBO
• TRAINEE 2 - LFBO / LFLL
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- SCENARIO 2........................................................................ Page 2
• TRAINEE 1 - EDDF / LSZH
• TRAINEE 2 - LSZH / LFBO
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
02-07-00.fm
A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.07.00

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
02-07-00.fm
A380
INTRODUCTION
02.07.01INTRODUCTION
SKILL TEST SYLLABI SESSION GUIDE
01 - INTRODUCTION
The Skill test is conducted at the end of the training session(s).
The Skill test session must be conducted by an Authorized examiner and the content of the
session must be approved by the relevant Authority.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
(For Skill tests conducted in the AIRBUS TRTO, refer to guidelines published on Airbus
People intranet)
Assessment of the ability to operate the aircraft in normal, abnormal and emergency
operations to standard in accordance with SOPs and meeting the relevant standards of
accuracy.
A. GENERAL
• A skill test scenario consists in series of exercises in a simulated commercial air trans-
port environment.
• A skill test scenario starts as a line oriented flight in which, some specific events have
been inserted. Depending upon crew decision, these events may lead either to a diver-
sion or a continuation to destination. This will enable to check the candidate making deci-
sions appropriate to the operational situation. The skill test continues with additional
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
items which complete the minimum required per trainee by the JAR-FCL.
• Each scenario fulfils the requirement of JAR-FCL (Arrêté du 29 Mars 1999) with the
arrangements indicated in "DGAC Instruction 10852"
• The FCL item 3.9.3.1 ILS APROACH RAW DATA may be an ILS approach down to a
DH of 200 ft manually flown without FD but with VV (BIRD).
B. FLIGHT PREPARATION
Prior to starting the briefing, the crew receives the session documents (files available in the
“INST SUP FLIGHT” menu on Airbus People server) : computerised FPLN, loadsheet, the
list of airport forecast and NOTAMs.
The fuel quantity to be boarded is decided by the trainees.
The crew will be given a slot for departure in order to avoid too long preparations. The
Examiner will check the ability of the candidate to plan the flight from this material.
02-07-01.fm
A380
INTRODUCTION
C. CONDUCTING THE SESSION

- The briefing should cover the following :
• The objective of the test
• Freedom for the crew to ask questions
• Check licenses as necessary
• SOP’s to be followed
• Operating capacity and roles of the PF, PNF and the examiner
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Radio AIds to be identified by the trainee, visually or aurally

• A list of the SKILL TEST mandatory requirements, not necessarily in sequence
- In the Simulator
• Follow the approved scenario. If the simulator does not perform properly, call
maintenance and interrupt the session
• Ensure that the test is completed efficiently and without wasted time
• Exercice sound judgement and be impartial throughout. To assist with this, each
examiner should maintain a record of the test/check so that all aspects may be
debriefed comprehensively
- Debriefing
• Conduct a fair and unbiased debriefing based on identifiable factual items
• 02.07.0
D. SUGGESTED BRIEFING
The candidates are briefed by the Examiner as suggested :
• "The skill test comprises 2 main parts. It starts as a line oriented flight in which some spe-
cific events have been inserted. Follow the departure clearance and deal with any prob-
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
lems or emergencies as they occur using the procedures and techniques learnt during
the training course. Take all appropriate decisions .
• You should use Airbus standard procedures or your own company procedures, if differ-
ent.
• You are responsible for liaison with ATC, safe operation and navigation of the aircraft.
Make sure that you correctly understand ATC instructions.
• The second part comprises the remaining items in order to meet the Authorities require-
ments. It will be necessary for me to initialize the simulator in order to carry out the exer-
cises. I will keep you advised when I have control of the simulator and when I return
control to you.
• You may communicate to each other in your mother language to facilitate procedures,
but keep me informed about what you are doing and remember you must speak English
to ATC.
• Treat this session as if it was a normal commercial flight. Do not waste time but do not
allow yourselves to be rushed. You must tell ATC what you require.
• Make good use of the published documentation for en-route and terminal areas. Set and
observe the appropriate minima.
02-07-01.fm
A380
INTRODUCTION
D. SUGGESTED BRIEFING (END)

• Make full use of the aircraft equipment and all resources at your disposal including the
automation. However for the purpose of the skill test I will indicate during the second
part, which level of automation you are authorized to use for instance it is required you
demonstrate your ability to fly manually one engine out approach.
• Remember the importance of task sharing and good crew coordination. You are
assessed as PF and PNF.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Use headsets. Consider me as ATC, ground engineer and cabin crew.
• The weather or aircraft parameters might vary for some sequences. I will advise you of
the changes.
• For departure, use the data given on the provided forms."
04 - PROFICIENCY CRITERIA
The candidate shall demonstrate its ability to :
• perform normal and abnormal procedures according to SOP.
• perform manoeuvres required with smoothness, using the correct procedures and
techniques, according to the standard of accuracy required by regulations.
• understand and apply crew co-ordination,
• communicate effectively with the other crew member
The following limits are for general guidance :

- Height Generally ............................................................................... +/- 100 feet
- Starting a go-around at decision height ........................................... + 50 feet / -0 feet
- Minimum descent height/ altitude ..................................................... + 50 feet / -0 feet
- Tracking on radio aids ....................................................................... +/- 5°
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Precision approach............................................................................ half scale deflection,
azimuth and glide path
- Heading
• all engines operating ...................................................................... +/- 5°
• with simulated engine failure .......................................................... +/- 10°
- Speed
• all engines operating ...................................................................... +/- 5 knots
• with simulated engine failure........................................................... + 10 knots/ -5 knots
PASS/FAIL CRITERIA AND RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE EXAMINER :

The applicant shall pass all sections of the skill test/proficiency check. Failure in more than
5 items will require the applicant to take the entire test/check again. Any applicant failing 5 or
less items shall take the failed items again.
Failure in any item of the re-test/re-check including those items that have been passed at a
previous attempt will require the applicant to take the entire test/check again.
Further training may be required after a failed test/check. Failure to achieve a valid pass in all
sections in two attempts shall require further training as determined by the examiner. There is
no limit to the number of skill tests/proficiency checks that may be attempted.
02-07-01.fm
A380
INTRODUCTION
04 - PROFICIENCY CRITERIA (END)

At the discretion of the Examiner any manoeuvre or procedure of the test/check may be
repeated once by the applicant, e.g. if a pilot fails to achieve a satisfactory standard on an
item, the Examiner may repeat that item. As a general guidance the Examiner should only
exercise his discretion to repeat an item when he considers that the applicant does not require
remedial training, this is most likely to occur when the error is of a procedural or technical
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
nature. Such repeats must be indicated on training records, they are not entered on the
LPC/LST MPA form.
The Examiner may stop the test/check at any stage if it is considered that the applicant's
competency requires a complete re-test/re-check.
05 - SESSION GUIDE
Refer to scenarii on the the “INST SUP FLIGHT” on the server.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
02-07-01.fm
A380
STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.07.02STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES

JAR FCL TRK
Time REF SKILL TEST FFS - SCENARIO 1 AP FD ATHR
FPA
TRAINEE 1 - LFLL / LFBO
1.4 1 - TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
1.4 2 - BEFORE START
1.4 3 - ENGINE START
1.4 4 - AFTER ENGINE START
00:35 1.5 5 - TAXI OUT
1.6 6 - BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS
00:40 2.2 /.3.6.5 7 - TAKE-OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
3.9.1 8 - SID v v v
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
00:55 9 - CLIMB v v v
01:10 3.4.5 10 - CRUISE - YELLOW HYD LO PRESS v v v
01:20 3.6.9 11 - DESCENT - TCAS EVENT v
3.9.1 12 - STAR v v v
01:30 3.9.4 13 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
01:35 5.1 14 - LANDING - Restore v v
INIT T/O
01:45 2.5.2 15 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE 1 FAILURE between V1 and V2 v v
02:00 16 - RADAR VECTORS v v
3.9.3.4/
v v
3.9.3.1 17 - ILS APPROACH 1 ENGINE OUT
02:05 4.3 18 - GO AROUND 1 ENGINE OUT v v
19 - DOWNWIND ENGINE 2 FIRE - AP AVAILABLE v v v
3.6.8 20 - PROCEDURE 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
21 - ILS APPROACH 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
02:25 5.6 22 - LANDING 2 ENGINE OUT - Restore v v
INIT TAKE OFF /

CAT 1 WEATHER
3.6.1 23 - ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 (UNEXTINGUISHABLE FIRE) v v
2.6 24 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
02:35 3.6.1 25 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
TRAINEE 2 - LFBO / LFLL
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT HOLDING
1.5 27 - TAXI OUT
02:45 2.5.2 29 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE 4 FAILURE between V1 and V2 v v
3.4.4/3.9.1 30 - SID - RADAR VECTORS - GEN X FAULT v v v v
3.9.3.1/ 31 - ILS APPROACH 1 ENGINE OUT
3.9.3.4
v v
03:05 4.3 32
- - GO AROUND 1 ENGINE OUT v v
3.4.0 33
- - RADAR VECTORS - RESTORE AP - ENGINE 3 OIL LOW PRES. v v v
3.6.8 34
- - PROCEDURE 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
03:25 5.6 36 - LANDING 2 ENGINE OUT - RESTORE v v
INIT T/O
2.2 37 - TAKE OFF v v
3.9.4 39 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
03:45 5.1 40 - LANDING v v
IF NON STANDARD CREW

INIT TAKE OFF /
CAT 1 WEATHER
TRtest.fm
A380
STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.07.0202.07.02STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES

JAR FCL TRK
Time REF SKILL TEST FFS - SCENARIO 2 AP FD ATHR
FPA
TRAINEE 1 - EDDF / LSZH
1.4 1 - TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
1.4 2 - BEFORE START
1.4 3 - ENGINE START
00:35 1.5 5 - TAXI OUT
00:40 2.2 /.3.6.5 7 - TAKE-OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
3.9.1 8 - SID v v v
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
00:50 3.4.5 9 - HYD GREEN SYSTEM OVERHEAT v v v

01:00 10 - CRUISE v v v
01:10 3.4.6 11 - DESCENT - FCTL SINGLE RUDDER FAULT v v v
3.9.1 12 - STAR v v v
01:20 3.9.4 13 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
01:25 5.1 14 - LANDING - Restore v v
INIT T/O
01:35 2.5.2 15 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE 1 FAILURE between V1 and V2 v v
01:50 16 - RADAR VECTORS v v
3.9.3.1
v v
01:55 4.3 18 - GO AROUND 1 ENGINE OUT v v
19 - DOWNWIND ENGINE 2 FIRE - AP AVAILABLE v v v
3.6.8 20 - PROCEDURE 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
02:15 5.6 22 - LANDING 2 ENGINE OUT - Restore v v
INIT TAKE OFF /

CAT 1 WEATHER
TRAINEE 2 - LSZH / LFBO

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT HOLDING
1.5 27 - TAXI OUT
02:35 2.5.2 29 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE 4 FAILURE between V1 and V2 v v
3.4.11/ 30 - SID - RADAR VECTORS - PNF DU CDS UNIT FAULT
3.9.1 v v
3.9.3.4
v v
02:55 4.3 32
- - GO AROUND 1 ENGINE OUT v v
3.4.0 33
- - RADAR VECTORS - RESTORE AP - ENGINE 3 OIL LOW PRES. v v v
3.6.8 34
- - PROCEDURE 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
35
- - ILS APPROACH 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
03:15 5.6 36 - LANDING 2 ENGINE OUT - RESTORE v v
INIT T/O
2.2 37 - TAKE OFF v v
3.9.4 39 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
03:35 5.1 40 - LANDING v v
IF NON STANDARD CREW

INIT TAKE OFF /
CAT 1 WEATHER
TRtest.fm
BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
BASE TRAINING SYLLABI 02.08.00 Page 1

A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.08.00 -
02.08.01 - AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TRAINING BRIEFING
02.08.02 - STANDARD, LANGUAGE ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES

(Base training duration = 1 day)
ZFTT FFS ..............................................................................Page 1

OR
AIRCRAFT FLIGHT ...............................................................Page 3
02-08-00.fm
A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
02.08.00
02-08-00.fm
A380
AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TRAINING BRIEFING
02.08.01AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TRAINING BRIEFING
01 - TRAINING OBJECTIVE
In order to reply to questions raised by Airbus Operators concerning the use of ground
spoilers during Base Training and to harmonize the procedure, the following would be recom-
mended :
Aircraft base training objective is intended to confirm the "transfer of knowledge" from the FFS
to the aircraft.
Additionally it gives the trainee the opportunity to experience for the first time the real
aircraft behavior in basic manoeuvers such as landing, flare, derotation, etc..
Therefore, we do recommend to arm the spoilers during landing exercises in Base Training.
Nevertheless should any operator wish to continue with the old procedure, we have no objec-
tion to do so.
This procedure extensively tested by the Flight Test Division and the Training Division (in
addition to those done by Airlines) proved to be very realistic from the point of view of aircraft
behavior and has no safety related impact.
The detailed procedure is explained in item “e. Touch and Go”.
To summarise, upon landing, at nose wheel touch down, the TRI will disarm the spoilers by
pushing on the speedbrake lever to initiate the retraction sooner.
Disarming the spoilers will also display the pitch trim on the PFD.
The purpose of this procedure instead of waiting for the automatic retraction while advancing
the thrust levers is due to the physical position of the thrust levers. Depending on the Fly-By-
Wire aircraft, the automatic retraction will start between a TLA ranging from 20° up to 35°,
which is well above the setting for spool up of the engines.
Trainees should read the briefing to understand the content and requirements of the session.
A full briefing will be given by the TRI prior to the flight.
NOTE : when transitioning from another Fly-By-Wire aircraft, following points will be
highlighted during the base training briefing :
• overall cockpit layout
• rotation, pitch attitude target
02 - SCHEDULE
Pre flight briefing duration = 1:00
The TRI will ensure that the trainee has reviewed the walkaround 3D.
03 - GENERAL
Training flights must be conducted in accordance with Airbus training regulations. Training
flights at Toulouse or nearby airports will be conducted under the direct authority of the Airbus
Training Director. In the above case the AI/ST Operations Department will be responsible for
the organisation, documentation and coordination of the flight training. Flight training away
from Toulouse will be undertaken under the joint authority of the AI/ST Team leader and the
Chief Pilot of the customer Airline, using the operational resources of that Airline. Where such
training is undertaken, Flight Instructors will observe the Airbus rules regarding the conduct of
the Flight Training.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
04 - CREW REPORTING PROCEDURE

Trainees are normally required to report 2 hours before scheduled departure time to Airbus
Training where they will meet their instructor. Whenever a technical delay is known or
expected, Airbus Training Operations will advise all persons concerned of the delay and the
revised reporting time.
05 - CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS
The carriage of passengers is limited to technical observers from Airbus or the customer Air-
line, ATC controllers and other specifically approved by the Airbus Training Director or his
Deputy, and with the agreement of the instructor. The number of passengers may not exceed
two. If the aircraft is under customer foreign registry, approval must also be obtained from the
Airline's Representative. Passengers' names will be provided to Airbus Training Operations
for inclusion in the flight program.
06 - CONDUCT OF TRAINING FLIGHTS
A. SEATING POLICY
Trainees will occupy their respective operating seats under the supervision of their
instructor until cockpit preparation is complete. The instructor will then occupy the
appropriate non-flying pilot's seat. Normally, Captain trainees will occupy the left seat, First
Officer trainees the right seat. However, if a First Officer is being type-rated and the
licensing authorities require it, the First Officer trainee will be trained in the left seat. The
observers' seat will be occupied by the non-flying trainee Pilot.
B. FLIGHT TRAINING POLICY

As a general rule, all the items in the training syllabus should be completed and repeated,
if necessary, until proficiency is achieved.
a. Unauthorized Manoeuvres
NO unauthorized manoeuvre which might jeopardize the safety of flight will be allowed.
In addition, NO demonstrations of the flight envelope protection systems will be inten-
tionally carried out unless expressly authorized by the Airbus Training Director or his
Deputy.
b. Engine Failure Simulation (if applicable) :

No simulated engine shutdown is allowed for training purposes. Engine failure will be
simulated by setting the thrust lever to the idle stop (having first checked the correct
functioning of the other engine. Engine failure on take off or touch and go should only be
simulated after the gear has been selected up and, during go around, only after a steady
climb attitude has been achieved. Touch and go after a simulated one engine out land-
ing should only be made in exceptional circumstances, a full stop landing should nor-
mally be performed.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
06 - CONDUCT OF TRAINING FLIGHTS (CONT’D)
B. FLIGHT TRAINING POLICY (CONT’D)
c. Check-lists
Full check-lists will be performed. The ECAM landing memo may then be used at
instructor discretion to replace full check-lists.
d. Accelerate / Stop
No acceleration / stop training will be conducted in the aircraft. The decision to reject a
take-off during a Base Training flight is made exclusively by the instructor who will
immediately take over control of the aircraft. A briefing in this regard will be made prior
to flight and reinforced during the take-off briefing.
e. Touch and Go
Touch and go are used to reduce the amount of training time wasted in taxying the air-
craft back to the holding point and awaiting take-off clearance. In order to maintain a
high level of safety they must be conducted in a properly disciplined manner.
The following technique is to be used :
Prior to EVERY touch and go, the instructor will confirm with the trainee that :
- reverse thrust will not be used
- brakes (auto or manual) will not be used
The trainee will : - land the nosewheel after main gear touchdown
- track the runway centreline using rudder pedal inputs only
The instructor will : - disarm spoilers :

During touch and go, pitch trim will reset automatically to the
takeoff position and pitch trim display will appear on PFD
after one of the following action :
- ground spoilers disarmed or
- Slats/Flaps lever moved or
- at least 3 thrust levers out of idle position
Pitch trim display will also appear if crew presses the pitch
trim switches
- call ’’STAND UP’’
The trainee will : - advance the thrust levers approximately 2" (5 cm) forward
(to prevent engines reducing to ground idle)
The instructor will : - move flap handle to position 3 and confirm the flaps are running
- reset the rudder trim if necessary
- monitor the forward movement of the pitch trim on the PFD
- place one hand behind the thrust levers ensuring they are advanced
approximately 2" (5 cm)
- call “GO” when aircraft is in the correct configuration (flaps 3 and pitch
trim in the green band).
01BFGflight.fm
A380
The trainee will :- advance the thrust levers to the TOGA detent
- maintain the runway centreline.
The instructor will : - monitor engine acceleration

- check FMA announciation (when appropriate)
- check TOGA thrust obtained and call "THRUST SET"
- call "ROTATE" at VAPP
- maintain his hand behind the thrust levers to ensure no inadvertent
reduction of power or no unwanted stop
The trainee will : - rotate the aircraft to the pitch attitude commanded by the SRS or 12.5°if no
FD is available.
(See following diagram)
Note: Aircraft will be safe to fly if the pitch trim is within the green band of the display. However,
the optimum take-off handling characteristic will be obtained with the pitch trim in the magenta
band sector of the display.
01BFGflight.fm
02.08.01
•After take-off checklist

•Activate approach
•Approach checklist
•Set managed speed
A380
•FD OFF F1
•TRK/FPA ON
Abeam threshold start timing of •Flaps 1

1500 ft/AAL •Select S speed
3’’ per 100ft above AAL and correct
for wind by +/ - 1’’ per 1 kt
Following gear retraction

Call ’’CLB thrust ’’
F2
After main landing gear touch down
TRAINEE INSRUCTOR
•Land nose wheel
•Disarm spoilers
500 ft/AAL •Call ’’stand up’’
F3 •Thrust levers 2’’ forward
•Track centerline
•Set flaps 3
BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
•Reset rudder trim

•Flaps 2 Full Aircraft stabilized with •Check fwd movement of pitch trim
•L/G down
flaps full at target speed on the PFD
•SPLRS armed
•Call ’’GO’’
When L/G down

•Set TOGA
•Flaps 3
•Call ’’THRUST SET’’
•Call ’’rotate’’ at VAPP
•When on profile Flaps full • Rotate
•Landing checklist
02.08.01
•Instructor confirms ’’no brakes, no reverses’’

Page 5
Issue 04 MAY 2008
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01

e. Touch and Go (END)
• Following gear retraction the instructor will call for CLB thrust.
• The trainee will move the thrust levers to the CLB detent
(the FMA will read THR CLB | SRS | GA TRK).
At acceleration altitude or ALT*, whichever occurs first, and F speed : select FLAP 1 and
S speed. Approach may be activated at this stage.
Emergencies :
If the instructor wishes to abandon the touch and go he will call "STOP"
simultaneously taking control of the aircraft and bring it to a halt using maximum
braking and reverse. Once the aircraft has stopped he will call for any appropriate
ECAM actions. The decision to discontinue a touch and go after the application of
TOGA must only be taken if the instructor is certain that the aircraft cannot safely fly.
Remember there is no V1 on a touch and go. Note that the take-off configuration warn-
ing may sound if the application of TOGA is made while the flaps or pitch trim are
resetting but still outside of the take-off range.
f. Radio Communications / External Lookout

The instructor is responsible for all radio communications and maintaining a visual look-
out for conflicting air traffic. The trainees (including the observer in the jump seat) should
be encouraged to back up the instructor in this regard and to immediately inform him of
any potential conflict.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
06 - CONDUCT OF TRAINING FLIGHTS (CONT'D)
B. FLIGHT TRAINING POLICY (CONT'D)
g. Next Exercise
The instructor will inform the trainee of the next exercise to be performed during the
downwind leg, and he will confirm the trainees' understanding of this exercise. During
each approach, the instructor will remind the trainee whether a full stop, a touch and go,
or a go around will be performed.
h. Instructor Take-over
1. In Flight :
On the A380 there is no intermediate step for corrections between voice recommen-
dations (oral guidance) and total take-over by pressing the push-button on the sides-
tick. Because of the nature of the "fly by wire" system, additive control inputs by the
instructor may be of negative value for instruction purposes and can generate confu-
sion in the handling of the trajectory. This should be emphasized and reviewed with
the trainees during the preflight briefing. If take over becomes necessary during the
flight, the instructor will clearly call "I HAVE CONTROL" and press sidestick priority
pushbutton. The trainee will acknowledge by calling "YOU HAVE CONTROL",
release the sidestick and observe the red arrow on the sidestick priority panel on the
glareshield. Instructor will keep his side priority pushbutton depressed until the air-
craft is under full control and it is safe to return control to the trainee. However there
may be cases where it is necessary to apply back stick without warning in case of a
very late flare. It must be emphasized that a take over is a very rare occurence and
that if a take over is necessary the trainee should not regard this as a negative devel-
opment but the normal take over method for an A380.
2. On Ground :
It should be emphasized that the nosewheel steering tiller should NOT be used at
high speeds (GS > 30 kt) because of overcontrolling. Steering inputs from both tillers
are additive, and corrective inputs by the instructor can be confusing and potentially
dangerous. Should a take over be necessary, the instructor will immediately call out "I
HAVE CONTROL", and if necessary, be prepared to use differential braking to regain
control or bring the aircraft to a stop.
i. Fuel Management
For normal flight training sessions, the normal fuel load should be such that the first
landing would be performed at approximatly Max LW - 10 tonnes.
(Average consumption: - 13 tonnes / hour).
01BFGflight.fm
A380
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM- Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.08.01
j. Automatic Landings
For demonstration purposes, instructors may carry out automatic landings provided the
weather and the ILS meet CAT 1 criteria or better. The instructor should be prepared to
take manual control immediately if the flight path or roll out deviate. Trainees should be
reminded of all the conditions and limitations required prior to conducting an automatic
landing during low visibility procedure.
NOTE : See FCOM references for limitations on the use of the automatic landing
system.
k. FMS Use
The FMS should be initialised for the intended flight either by data base company route
or by waypoint and PBD. Managed lateral navigation may be used to intercept the first
ILS assisted approach and when weather makes visual flight impossible. All visual cir-
cuits should be flown with FD off and TRK/FPA selected. The fact that the approach and
runway will remain displayed is of considerable assistance for positioning the aircraft on
final approach.
l. Cockpit Preparation and Engine Start

The trainee crew will occupy the left and right seat for cockpit preparation with the
instructor supervising from the jumpseat. Just prior to engine start the instructor will
occupy either the right or the left seat.
m. Taxi
Little if any power above idle thrust will be required to get the aircraft moving at
training weights. Thrust should be used symmetrically. Avoid high thrust settings at low
ground speeds due to the risk of ingestion (FOD). Avoid placing engines over unconsol-
idated or unprepared ground e.g. over the edge of taxiways. Brakes may be checked
once the aircraft is moving and thereafter the normal maximum taxi speed should be 30
kt in a straight line, 8 kt for a sharp turn. Due to the position of the flight deck, in between
the upper and the lower cabin deck, the pilot eye height of 24ft will be different from
many other aircraft. PFD when using ETALS Monitor ND ground speed displays to help
assess the taxi speed. Do not "ride" the brakes, as 30 kt is exceeded, apply brakes
smoothly and decelerate to 10 kt, release the brakes and allow the aircraft to accelerate
again.
NOTE : Use of engine anti-ice increases ground idle thrust, care must be taken on
slippery surfaces. Nosewheel steering is also fly by wire. The inputs of the
nosewheel steering tillers are additive (just like the sidestick).
Care is needed to steer the aircraft smoothly with small tiller inputs.
Sharp turns particularly need care as the rate of response of the nosewheel
to tiller input is not linear.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
n. Take-off
For crosswind take-off, routine use of into-wind aileron is not recommended. In strong
crosswind conditions, small amounts of lateral control may be used to maintain wings
level, but the pilot should avoid using excessive amounts. This causes excessive spoiler
deployement, which increases the aircraft tendency to turn into wind. A two stage power
application to TOGA or FLEX is made and the aircraft is kept straight by use of the rud-
der. At 100kt the connection between the nosewheel steering and the rudder pedals is
progressively reduced from 6° to reach 2° at 150kt.
At VR, use a constant pitch rate of about 3°/sec and rotate to a typical all-engine attitude
of about 12.5°.
• If some lateral control has been applied on the ground, center the side stick during
rotation so that the aircraft gets airborne with a zero roll rate demand.
• After lift off, follow the SRS pitch command bar.
• If one engine has failed, at VR, rotate the aircraft smoothly, using a continuous pitch
rate to an initial pitch attitude of 10°.
o. Initial Climb
Having confirmed a positive rate of climb, the gear is retracted and the aircraft climbs
away following the FD commands. Care should be taken to restrict control inputs to
those necessary to change or correct the flight path only i.e. avoid overcontrolling.
At thrust Reduction Altitude "CLB" will flash on the upper left portion (ATHR) of the PFD.
Move the thrust levers to the CLB detent (two "clicks" from TOGA or one "click" from
FLEX).
The autothrust is now active. At acceleration altitude or ALT*, whichever occurs first,
and F speed : select FLAP 1 and S speed. Approach may be activated at this stage.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
p. Circuit Handling
Remember that in pitch the sidestick is demanding "g load" and that in roll it is demand-
ing roll rate. All visual circuits MUST be flown with FD off and TRK/FPA selected, bank
angle should be limited to 30°. It is usual to switch FD off at the begining of the down-
wind leg. Use of managed speed is normal procedure as well as use of autothrust. The
standard timing of 3 sec per 100 ft above AAL and corrected for wind by
1 sec per 1 kt may be used from abeam the end of the runway prior to turning base leg.
Turning base leg (end of timing), select F2, gear down and arm spoilers.
The most useful PFD display is the VV symbol to assist in setting the aircraft up on the
correct downwind, approach path, to maintain altitude and to avoid gross errors.
NOTE : With FD off, the speed target remains magenta VAPP target since approach
phase is activated.
q. Final Approach and Landing

ILS guidance may be used, if available, for the first ILS assisted visual approach, after
this the use of the ILS should be restricted. Trainees are required to demonstrate their
ability to fly a visual approach without ILS or VASI guidance. The FD are not to be used
for visual approaches. The VV symbol is the most useful aid to establish the correct
approach path. Autothrust is normally used, again however, trainees must demonstrate
their ability to fly the approach using both manual and automatic thrust. The speed trend
arrow is particularly useful for achieving timely and correct thrust response. Care should
be exercised to avoid descent through the correct approach path with idle thrust. Late
recognition of this situation without prompt thrust increase may lead to considerable
speed decay and altitude loss. Endeavour to have the aircraft "stabilised" by 500 ft AGL,
that is on the correct approach path at VAPP (and correct configuration) with the appro-
priate thrust applied ; if stabilisation is not achieved, a go around should be considered.
Avoid any tendency to "duck under" in the later stages of the approach. One dot below
the glide at 50 ft is 14 ft below the ideal glide path,
2 dots is 28 ft. When the aircraft's glideslope antenna is at 50 ft the main gear is at 36 ft
AGL and at threshold the main gear is at 34 ft. In any event, avoid destabilisation of the
approach in the last 100' to give the best chance of achieving a good touchdown at the
required position.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
06 - CONDUCT OF TRAINING FLIGHTS (END)
B. FLIGHT TRAINING POLICY (END)
r. Flare and Landings
1. Standard Landings :
The pilot's view from the cockpit during approach and landing is particularly good.
The cockpit cut off angle is 19° which gives a superb view of the runway close to the
aircraft. Students must make sure that they look well ahead during the flare and land-
ing to enhance their ability to judge the position of the aircraft relative to the ground.
Commence a gentle progressive flare at around 40 ft and allow the aircraft to touch
down without a prolonged floating flare. At 20 ft "Retard" will be called. Reduce the
thrust levers promptly to idle. Do not attempt to "hold the aircraft off" as considerable
float may be followed by a hard touchdown.
2. Crosswind Landings :
Either the "forward slip" or the "decrab" technique may be used. The preferred tech-
nique is the decrab method ; allow the aircraft to point into wind, pushing it straight
with gentle use of rudder during the flare. If the decrab is gentle, little use of into wind
aileron will be required if any. For rapid decrab using large or fast rudder inputs, the
aircraft will roll conventionally and aileron sidestick inputs will be required.
REMEMBER the sidestick demands roll rate, once the wings are level centre the
sidestick.
3. Caution
Avoid flaring high and prolonged "hold offs". Tailstrike will occur if the pitch attitude
exceeds the value given 11.5° gear compressed and 13.5° gear not compressed.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
07 - DOCUMENTATION
The following documentation will be provided, as appropriate, prior to the commencement of
the flight. In particular, the weather folder, notams, ATC flight plan, overflight clearances and
computerized flight plan (where necessary), will be provided by AI/ST Operations by the time
the crew report for briefing
A. AIRCRAFT UNDER AIRLINE REGISTRATION AND F.O. REGISTRATION

a. Aircraft Documentation
- Contract - Radio station licence

- Certificate of insurance - OIS (Onboard Information System)
- Airworthiness certificate - QRH (Quick Reference Handbook)
- Certificate of aircraft registration - Airline maintenance LOG (if needed)
b. Training Documentation
- Weight and balance report * - AI/ST-T flight LOG and briefing book
- Charts documentation* - Airbus maintenance LOG
- Notams * / Weather folder * - Flight syllabus
- Take-off data cards (if needed)
c. ATC Flight Plan
d. Documentation for Flight Outside France
- Certificate of insurance * - Manifests for passengers and cargo *

- Crew general declaration * - Overflight and landing permits *
e. Personal Documents
- Flight crew licence

- Individual licence validation or copy of a telex indicating that the instructor is duly
authorized by the relevant Authorities to conduct the Flight Training.
NOTE : Items marked * are under Airbus Training OPS responsibility, but if any other
document is missing, they will coordinate with the appropriate Office.
f. Flight Logs and Trainees Files
• AI/ST Flight log must be filled in at Airbus Training OPS counter.

• The daily flight log (blue cover) must be filled in.
• The trainee syllabus must be filled in, signed by the instructor AND the trainee (the
orignal must be brought back to AI/ST).
• The type rating certificate and certificate of Course completion must be signed by the
instructor : originals to be given to the trainee.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
02.08.01
07 - DOCUMENTATION (END)
B. AIRCRAFT UNDER AIRBUS REGISTRATION (FWW...)

a. Aircraft Documentation
• Permit to fly : DGAC "LAISSER PASSER EXCEPTIONNEL" **

• Certificate of insurance **
• QRH (Quick Reference Handbook) **
• Airbus maintenance LOG **
b. Training Documentation
- Weight and balance report * - AI/ST-T flight LOG

- Charts documentation * - AI/ST-T briefing book
- Notams * - Flight syllabus
- Weather folder * - Take-off data cards (if needed)
c. ATC Flight Plan *
d. Documents for Flight Outside France
- Certificate of insurance - Manifests for passengers and cargo

- Crew general decleration - Overflight and landing permits
e. Personal Documents
- Flight crew licence

- Instructor licence
NOTES :
• Items marked * are under Airbus Training OPS responsiblity, but if any document is
missing contact Airbus Training OPS who will coordinate with the appropriate Office.
Items marked ** are under AI/EV - OPS responsibility.
• AIRBUS FLIGHT LOG must be filled in at AI/EV - OPS after the flight.
01BFGflight.fm
A380
01BFGflight.fm
02.08.02STANDARD, ADAPTED AND
BASE TRAINING SYLLABI 02.08.02 Page 1 |

A380
STANDARD, LANGUAGE ADAPTED AND
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM CCQ TYPE RATING COURSE Issue 03 NOV 2007
Time ZFTT FFS

(4 hour session : 2 hours per pilot)
LH RH ATH
VISUAL RWY COND WIND Observations
pattern pattern R
Day Dry Headwind 10 kt TOW = MLW CM1 CM2
1 - TAXI - NORMAL - 90° ONTO RWY
2 - TAXI - 180° ON RWY
3 - TAXI - 180° BACK TRACK
4 - TAKE-OFF
5 - VISUAL CIRCUIT - ILS ASSISTED - TOUCH AND GO ON
6 - VISUAL CIRCUIT - NON ILS ASSISTED - TOUCH AND GO ON
7 - VISUAL CIRCUIT - NON ILS ASSISTED OFF
Day Dry Left Xwind 15 kt TOW = MLW CM1 CM2

8 - TAKE-OFF
Day Dry Tailwind 10 kt Very light weight CM1 CM2

10 - TAKE-OFF
11 - VISUAL CIRCUIT - NON ILS ASSISTED ON
12 - LOW LEVEL GO AROUND (not below 50 ft) DUE BLOCKED RWY
Right Xwind 15 kt
Day Dry Gust 25 kt with windshear alert TOW = MLW CM1 CM2
Turbulence 25%
14 - TAKE-OFF
16 - LANDING IN CONFIG 3
Dusk Wet Tailwind 10 kt MTOW CM1 ONLY

17 - TAKE-OFF
18 - ENGINE FLAME OUT 15 KT BELOW V1
19 - REJECTED TAKE-OFF
Dusk Wet Xwind 10 kt MTOW CM1 CM2

20 - TAKE-OFF
21 - N -1 AFTER LANDING GEAR RETRACTION COMPLETED then
REDUCE TO MLW
22 - N -1 VISUAL CIRCUIT - NON ILS ASSISTED ON
23 - N -1 GO AROUND FROM CAT 1 MINIMUM
24 - N -1 VISUAL CIRCUIT - NON ILS ASSISTED OFF
Night Dry Left Xwind 10 kt TOW = MLW CM2 CM1

25 - TAKE-OFF
26 - VISUAL CIRCUIT - ILS ASSISTED ON
Night Wet Tailwind 10 kt MTOW CM1 CM2

27 - TAKE-OFF
28 - VISUAL CIRCUIT - NON ILS ASSISTED AT MLW OFF
02FFSZFTT.fm
02.08.02

A380
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM CCQ TYPE RATING COURSE Issue 03 NOV 2007
02FFSZFTT.fm
02.08.02
BASE TRAINING SYLLABI 02.08.02 Page 2A

A380
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 04 MAY 2008
ZFTT FFS SESSION BRIEFING
01 - GENERAL
ZERO FLIGHT TIME Base Training is proposed to customers having a prior agreement on
this subject with their respective regulatory authority.
02 - PREREQUISITES
The Airbus Training Policy regarding the ZFTT is compliant with the JAR-FCL 1 Subpart F,
Appendix 1 to JAR-FCL 1.261 (c) (2).
A. PILOT EXPERIENCE
In addition to the standard Airbus prerequisites, ZFTT shall only apply to candidates of
multi-pilot aeroplanes having more than :
• 500 hours flight time or 100 routes sectors on a relevant aircraft type if a level D FFS is
used
• 1 500 hours flight time or 250 route sectors on a relevant aircraft type if a level C FFS is
used.
NOTE : a relevant aircraft type is defined as a turbo jet transport category aeroplane
having a MTOW of not less than 10 tons or an approved passenger seating
configuration for not less than 20 passengers.
B. OPERATOR CRITERIA
• See appendix 1 to JAR FCL 1.261(c)(2)
03 - ZERO FLIGHT TIME BASE TRAINING DESCRIPTION

• The session briefing shall include exterior inspection (Video or PowerPoint presentation)
(wall around 3D).
• The trainee occupies his respective seat while the AIRBUS instructor is in the other seat.
The second trainee observes the session from the jump seat.
• A minimum of 6 Take-Offs and 6 manual Full Stop Landings in varying winds, turbulence,
see syllabus RWY status and visual conditions (A.THR On or Off) are required.
• TOW = MLW, except as defined for the applicable exercise.
• Visual Circuits shall be flown at 1500 ft AGL Weather is CAVOK with turbulence 15%,
except if otherwise specified.
• Selection of airport is at the discretion of the instructor but preferably on a limited RWY fitted
with ILS, VASI and/or PAPI.
• Performance to be computed by the Trainee for the applicable RWY conditions / ATIS at
MTOW and TOW = MLW
• Remaining time may be devoted to repeat patterns as required.
02FFSZFTTgd.fm
02.08.02
BASE TRAINING SYLLABI 02.08.02 Page 2B

A380
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 03 NOV 2007
02FFSZFTTgd.fm
A380
STANDARD, LANGUAGE ADAPTED
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.08.02
AIRCRAFT FLIGHT LH SEAT RH SEAT
DAY GA TG FS NIGHT GA TG FS
Flight time : Flight time :
Weather : Malfunctions :
1 - EXTERIOR INSPECTION
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION (1)
3 - ENGINE START (1)
4 - TAXI
5 - TAKE-OFF - EXTENDED DOWNWIND
6 - VISUAL APPROACH (ILS SUPPORTED IF AVAILABLE)
7 - TOUCH AND GO (2)
8 - GO AROUND ALL ENGINES
9 - FULL STOP LANDING ALL REVERSERS (3)
According to AMC FCL 1.261(c)

For multi-pilot aeroplanes where the student pilot (captain and first officer) has more than 500 hours
MPA experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance, Base Training should include at least 4
landings of which at least one should be a full stop landing.
(1) Item to be completed only by the Trainee starting the base training flight
(2) Repeat 'Touch and go' up to proficiency with the following minima :
- each pilot shall complete at least 3 touch and go

- each pilot shall complete 1 circuit in manual thrust
(3) Each pilot shall complete 1 full stop landing
ONE APPROACH ONE ENGINE OUT if required by local authority
02flight.fm
A380
STANDARD, LANGUAGE ADAPTED
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.08.02
02flight.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.00 Page 1

A380 L FC4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
04.00
04.02 - TRAINING SYLLABI
RECURRENT TRAINING FFS syllabus ..................................Page 1

RECURRENT CHECKING FFS syllabus .................................Page 3
04-00.fm
A380 L FC4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
04.00
04-00.fm
A380 L FC4
INTRODUCTION
04.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
Airbus Recurrent Training and Checking Program is designed as a unique service for the Cus-
tomer Airlines.
The analysis supporting this recommended program has been conducted in accordance with
JAR-OPS requirements. This program only covers requirements for systems review and
simulator recurrent training and checking
The operator remains responsible for:

• Adapting this program to meet requirements of their authorities and/or to embed airline
specifics
• Emergency & Safety equipment training and checking
• CRM refresher
• Line Checks
• Other refresher courses. E.g. dangerous goods
The operator is also responsible for the RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING FOLLOW
UP in order to ensure that each pilot completes the applicable program at the required inter-
val.
02 - COURSE DESCRIPTION
The course consists of:
• Aircraft systems review
• Aircraft systems test - only if crew member's licence to be revalidated or renewed
• One 4 - hour simulator training session given by an SFI (or TRI) consisting of:
• A briefing covering technical and CRM aspects
• The Full flight simulator session on level B or higher certified simulator
• A debriefing covering technical and CRM aspects
• One 4 hours simulator checking session given by a TRE consisting of:
• A briefing covering technical and CRM aspects
• The Full flight simulator session on level B or higher certified simulator
• A debriefing covering technical and CRM aspects
There are 5 different programs - (systems review and simulator sessions). The applicable pro-
gram is identified by a letter - A to E - determined using the table below:
Define Applicable Last Digit Current Year

Program 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Current 1 to 6 A C E B D A C E B D
Month 7 to 12 B D A C E B D A C E
The normal interval between 2 Recurrent Training and Checking programs is 6 months.
04-01.fm
A380 L FC4
INTRODUCTION
03 - RECURRENT CBT GUIDE
SCENARIO
A B C D E
ATA 26 ATA 21 ATA 22 ATA 27 ATA 24
ATA 28 ATA 29 ATA 35 ATA 30 ATA 31
AIRCRAFT
ATA 32 ATA 34 ATA 33 ATA 46
SYSTEMS
ATA 42 ATA 49 ATA 36
ATA 52 ATA 70
04 - FLIGHT PREPARATION
The session documents files are available in the “INST SUP FLIGHT” menu on Airbus People
server :
- Recurrent training: the airport used is the generic airport called Airbus Training Airport (LFZZ).
- Recurrent checking scenarios:

Events part 1: Marseille / Lyon (LFML / LFLL)
Events part 2: Lyon (LFLL)
04-01.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING

A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
04.00
RECURRENT TRAINING
Weather report for scenario
A Summer 260/09 9999 F020 TCU 040 28/26 1020 CB in the vicinity
B Cross wind 260/18 9999 FEW030 S045 20/16 998
C Winter 270/05 1500 SNSH OVC008 -1/-3 1005
D Turbulence / Windshear 280/17-25 9999 BKN025 OVC040 15/13 995
E Wet 280/09 4000 RA FEW008 OVC025 7/5 1015
Time Total Events part 1 PF JAR FCL REF

00.25 Cockpit preparation - aircraft electrically supplied
ZFW = 320T ZFWCG = 36% FUEL = 65T Cm2 1.1/1.3/1.4
00.25 Insert route AIBAIB1 - MOU 1N DEP
00.10 Engine start ATA 70
A. Start fault, hot start followed by manual engine start
B. Start valve stuck closed
Cm2 3.4.0
C. Start fault, hung start followed by manual engine start
D. APU fault / Engine start with ground pneumatic power
00.35 E. Start engine 1 + 2 then 3 + 4
00.10 00.45 Taxi - before take off RWY 33R Cm2 1.5/1.6
00.05 Take off... windshear (moderate) on rotation 2.2/3.6.5
A. ATA 28 Fuel leak detected 3.4.3
B. ATA 34 F/O ATT disagree (pitch) 3.4.11
Cm2
C. ATA 27 Flaps locked 3.4.13
D. ATA 21 COND DUCT OVERHEAT cabin 3.4.1
00.50 E. ATA 70 norm mode fault : ...altn mode 3.4.0
00.10 During climb
3.43.
A. ATA 22 AFS / EFIS cp fault
3.4.5
B. ATA 29 HYD system overheat
Cm2 3.4.2
C. ATA 34 Blocked pitot
3.4.6
D. ATA 27 Flight control stabilizer fault
3.4.4
01.00 E. ATA 24 ELEC AC ESS bus fault
00.15 Radar vector - non precision approach RWY 33R 3.9.4
A. CM1 pilot incapacitation 3.6.7
B. Windshear ahead 3.6.5
Cm2
C. Destabilized approach
D. ATA 34 MMR 1 + 2 fault* 3.4.11
01.15 E. ATA 32 L/G not locked down left BLG 3.4.12
Go around Cm2 4.2
00.10 01.25 Radar vector for visual (cavok) RWY 33R Cm2
00.10 5.1 or 5.2 or 5.3 or
Landing Cm2
01.35 5.4
00.05 Init take-off MTOW RWY24
Same weather Cm1 2.4
01.40 ZFW = 350T ZFWCG = 36 FUEL = 219T
Engine failure after V1 Cm1 2.5.2
00.15 Jettison procedure, then set XFR & Trim Tk to Zero on IOS fuel distri-
Cm1 3.6.4
01.55 bution page
00.05 02.00 Precision approach manually with FD RWY 33R Cm1 3.9.3.4
Go around Cm1 4.3
00.10 02.10 Visual RWY 33R, increase to 10km OVC 026 Cm1 5.5
FFS_training.fm
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
RECURRENT TRAINING

PART 2 - init holding point 33R
ZFW = 320T ZFWCG = 36 FUEL = 65T
Insert route AIBAIB1 - MON 1N DEP
Take-off RWY 33R 2.2 or 2.3
Cm1
02.20 Take-off ... windshear (moderate) after rotation 3.6.5
During climb
A. ATA 26 SMOKE MAIN AVIONICS left (stop after GEN 3 + 4 OFF) 3.6.2
or AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE
B. ATA 24 ELEC EMER CONFIG Cm1 3.6.8
C. ATA 29 Dual HYD failure 3.4.5
D. ATA 70 INIT FL 350 : all ENG flame out followed by 2 ENG out app 3.6.8
E. ATA 21 INIT FL 350 : EMERG DESC 3.6.6
Precision approach manually RWY 33R Cm1 3.9.3.2
00.30 5.1 or 5.3 or 5.4 or
Landing Cm1
02.50 5.6
00.05 Init take-off MTOW RWY 24
Same weather Cm2 2.4
02.55 ZFW = 350T ZFWCG = 36 FUEL = 219T
Engine failure after V1 Cm2 2.5.2
00.15 03.10 Reduce weight to 400T Cm2
00.05 03.15 Non precision approach RWY 33R Cm2 3.9.4
Go around Cm2 4.3
00.10 03.25 Visual and landing RWY 33R, increase to 10km OVC026 Cm2 5.5
00.20 Init take-off RWY 33R
Cm1 6.2/6.3/6.4
Insert route PAT 33R
03.45 CAT II/III training. 1 take-off, 1 go-around, 1 landing
03.50 Rejected T/O and EVAC Cm1 2.6/3.6.1
FFS_training.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.02 Page 2A
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
04.02
RECURRENT TRAINING FFS SESSION GUIDE
• Review normal, abnormal, emergency procedures and handling according to the flight
manual
• Review the selected CRM items
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• Crosswind take-off / De-icing / Contaminated take-off according to scenario
• Non precision approach (FLS approach)
• Engine out procedure and handling
• Jettison and overweight procedure
• Windshear recovery procedures
• Failure management according to selections
• CRM
A. Communication
B. Leadership and teamwork
C. Workload management
D. Situation awareness
E. Problem solving and decision making
B. INTRODUCE
NIL
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Ability to demonstrate the maneuvers prescribed in this session in proper use with qualities
of prudence and care in selecting a course of action.
• Ability to apply CRM skills in all phases of flight.
FFS_training_gd.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.02 Page 2B
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
04 - SESSION GUIDE
Items preceeded by :
PART 1
Engine start
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. Insert a HOT START on engine 4. After ECAM completion, restore and perform a manual
engine start on engine 4. Highlight the difference of protections between AUTO and MAN.
FADEC provides a passive monitoring of the start sequence in MAN. Review limitations.
B. Insert "START VALVE fault CLOSED". Emphasize the MMEL consultation. Dispatch with
the start valve inoperative on the corresponding engine and perform the manual start
valve operation
C. Insert a HUNG START on engine 1 due to low air pressure. After ECAM completion,
restore and perform a manual engine start on engine 1. Highlight the difference of
protections between AUTO and MAN. FADEC provides a passive monitoring of the start
sequence in MAN. Review limitations
D. Insert APU fault during preparation. Emphasize the MMEL consultation. Dispatch with
APU inoperative.
E. Ask the crew to start ENG 1+2 first using the supplementary procedure. Explain the
purpose of this procedure. See level 2 of supplementary procedure.
Take-Off:
A. Insert a fuel leak of 1000 kg/min on FEED TANK 1 to trigger "FUEL LEAK DETECTED"
(consider leak from engine) which takes around 3 minutes.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
After analysis and engine shutdown, consider leak continue. Consequently engine is
restarted.
For information:
- A fast fuel system leak is detected for 2T lost in 30 min.
- A slow fuel leak system is detected for 7T lost from the beginning of the flight
- For engine leak refer to FCOM aircraft system
B. Warning will be triggered after a discrepancy of 5°. The CHECK ATT message will flash for
9sec then remains steady on both PFD
C. Insert the "FLAPS locked" just before reaching Conf 1.
D. Insert cabin duct overheat. The cabin trim air valve receives a full open order. Remove the
problem. Only if temperature control system (TCS) reset is done by the crew.
E. Insert ENG 2 NORM MODE FAULT: When the ENG ALTN pb is pressed, all engines revert
to the ALT mode (4% THR penalty). FLEX and DTO not available if malfunction appears
on ground
FFS_training_gd.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.02 Page 2C
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
During cruise:
A. Insert FCU 1+2 Fault. FCU backup is available on CAPT and F/O sides. Keep the problem
until approach. System will be recovered during approach.
If one channel is failed, associated EFIS CP is lost. If both channels are failed, AFS CP
and both EFIS CP are lost.
B. HYD system overheat : Insert an overheat on GREEN system and keep the overheat till
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
landing
C. Blocked PITOT : Fail both channels. insert failure on Cm1 side 2000ft before reaching the
top of climb
Radar vectors:
A. Ask (private call) Cm1 to be incapacitated and let Cm2 work alone for the approach and
the go around
B. Insert a predictive windshear about 2 miles on final
C. Destabilized approach : keep the trainee high in approach and introduce some tailwind.
Being not established at 1000ft, the trainee must go around
D. MMR 1+2 fault will induce the failure of LS 1 + 2
E. Insert Left BLG not locked down. Keep the failure inserted. The gravity extension
requested by ECAM will allow the affected gear to downlock.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS_training_gd.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.02 Page 2D
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS_training_gd.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING

A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
04.00
RECURRENT CHECKING
Weather report for scenario
LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS
LFLL 300/6 200m OVC001 6/5 1003
LFML 170/7 125m OVC001 8/7 1002
LFBD 240/8 5000 OVC009 8/7 1004

00.30 Cockpit preparation - aircraft electrically supplied
ZFW = 350T ZFWCG = 36 FUEL = 45T 1.4
00.30 Insert route MRSLYS
00.15 00.45 Taxi - before take-off RWY 13L Cm1 1.5/1.6
00.05 Take-off and SID 2.2/3.9.1
During initial climb :
A. ATA 34 ADR 2 fault 3.4.2
B. ATA 21 VENT AVIONICS BLOWING fault (remove if AVC reset done) Cm1 3.4.1
C. ATA 21 CAB PRESS AUTO CTL fault 3.4.1
D. ATA 22 AUTO FLT FMS fault (FMC B+C fault) 3.4.11
00.50 E. ATA 31 MFD CDS UNIT fault on Cm2 side 3.4.11
00.15 During climb
A. ATA 22 AUTO FLT FCU 2 fault 3.4.11
B. ATA 29 RSVR LOW LEVEL on GREEN 3.4.5
Cm1
C. ATA 27 RUDDER PEDAL fault 3.4.6
D. ATA 36 INR WING LEAK 3.4.1
01.05 E. ATA 24 ELEC AC BUS 1 fault 3.4.4
00.10 01.15 During cruise : TCAS Cm1 3.6.9
00.15 01.30 Radac vector - for ILS CAT II/III approach RWY 36L Cm1 6.2
Go around Cm1 6.3
00.10 01.40 Landing on ILS CAT II/III approach RWY 36L Cm1 6.4
00.05 Init T/O - LFLL - RWY 36L
LFLL 280/15 6km OVC008 15/8 1003 Cm1
01.45 ZFW = 325T ZFWCG = 36 FUEL = 65T
Engine failure then fire between V1 and V2 Cm1 2.5.2
00.15 02.00 Radar vector for LOC G/S out approach RWY 36L Cm1 3.9.4
00.05 Fail AP before minima 3.4.8
Cm1
02.05 Go around one engine out 4.3
00.15 Radar vector for ILS approach RWY 36L without AP 3.9.3.4
Cm1
02.20 Landing one engine out 5.5
FFS_checking.fm
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
RECURRENT CHECKING
Weather report for scenario / LFLL / 280/15 6km ovc008 15/8 1003

PART 2 - Init holding point RWY 36L
V1=..... VR=...... V2=..... CONF=..... FLEW=
02.30 Insert route LFLL-LFLL
00.15 Take-off RWY 36L 2.3
Cm2
02.45 Take-off ... windshear (moderate) after rotation 3.6.5
00.15 During climb
3.4.12
A. ATA 32 L/G not locked up
3.4.13
B. ATA 27 FLPAS locked at retraction between 1 and 2
Cm2 3.6.8
C. ATA 26 MLG Bay fire
3.6.2
D. ATA 26 smoke cargo smoke aft
3.4.1
03.00 E. ATA 21 Air pack 1 + 2 fault
Radar vector - for ILS approach RWY 36L 3.9.3.1
Cm2
AUTO FLT AP and FD fault 3.4.8
00.10 03.10 Crosswind landing Cm2 5.3
00.05 INIT T/O - LFLL ... RWY 36L
Same weather
Cm2
03.15 V1=..... VR=...... V2=..... CONF=..... FLEW=
Engine fire and failure between V1 and V2 Cm2 2.3/5.2
00.15 03.30 Radar vector for VOR approach RWY 36R Cm2 3.9.4
00.05 Fail AP before minima 3.4.8
Cm2
03.35 Go around one engine out 4.3
00.15 Radar vector for ILS approach RWY 36L without AP 3.9.3.4
Cm2
03.50 Landing one engine out 5.5
00.05 Init T/O... LFLL ... RWY 36L
LFLL 340/7 125m ovc001 8/7 1002
Cm2
ZFW=325T ZFWCG = 36 FUEL = 35T
03.55 V1=..... VR=...... V2=..... CONF=..... FLEW=
00.05 04.00 Rejected take-off due to engine unextinguishable fire Cm2 2.6/3.6.1
FFS_checking.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.02 Page 4A
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI
04.02
RECURRENT CHECKING FFS SESSION GUIDE
• To be able to execute normal and abnormal procedure and handling.
• To attain sufficient proficiency for the recurrent check.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
NIL
B. INTRODUCE
NIL

Crew should demonstrate their ability to:
• operate the aeroplane within its limitations
• complete all manoeuvres with smoothness and accuracy
• exercise good judgment and airmanship
• apply aeronautical knowledge
• maintain control of the aeroplane at all times
• understand and apply crew co-ordination and incapacitation procedure if applicable
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• communicate effectively with the other crew members
• flight within the flight test tolerance prescribed by the JAR FCL,
04 - SESSION GUIDE
NIL
FFS_checking_gd.fm
RECURRENT TRAINING 04.02 Page 4B
A380 L FC4
TRAINING SYLLABI

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS_checking_gd.fm
INITIAL TYPE RATING INSTRUCTOR COURSE
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.00 Page 1

A380 L F11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
11.00
11.02 - FOUNDATION MODULE
11.03 - CORE MODULE
11.04 - TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE (INITIAL)
11.05 - AIRBORNE PHASE
11.06 - AIRBUS PILOT TRANSITION (APT) TRAINING
11-00.fm
A380 L F11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
11.00
11-00.fm
A380 L F11
INTRODUCTION
11.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
The objective of the Airbus Pilot Instructor Course is to train to the level of proficiency neces-
sary for the issue of a TRI (A) rating. The course is designed to give adequate training to the
applicant in theoretical knowledge instruction, flight instruction and synthetic flight instruction
in order to instruct for Airbus (see JAR-FCL 1.365).
The privileges of the holder of a TRI rating are to instruct license holders for the issue of a
multi-pilot aero plane type rating, and the instruction required for multi-crew co-operation. The
privileges of the holder of a SFI authorization (Synthetic Flight Instructor) are to carry out syn-
thetic flight instruction for type ratings and the instruction required for multi-crew co-operation.
02 - PREREQUISITES
It is the responsibility of the airline :
• To select instructor candidates with the level of airmanship and behavior
corresponding to the role and responsibility of an airline instructor.
Type Rating Instructor (TRI)

Type Rating Instructor (TRI) - Multi Pilot Aero planes (MPA) - (JAR-FCL 1.365)
Prior to undertaking the Airbus Pilot Instructor Course, an applicant for the initial issue of a
TRI (MPA) rating shall have:
1.Completed at least 1500 hours flight time as a pilot of multi-pilot aero planes;
2.Completed within the 12 months preceding the application at least 30 route sectors, to
include take-offs and landings as pilot-in-command or co-pilot on the applicable aero plane
type, or a similar type as agreed by the Authority, of which not more than 15 sectors may
be completed in a flight simulator.
Synthetic Flight Instructor (SFI)

Prior to undertaking the Airbus Pilot Instructor Course, an applicant for the initial issue of an
SFI (MPA) authorization shall:
1. Hold or have held a professional flight crew license issued by a JAA Member State or a
non JAR-FCL license acceptable to the Authority.
2. Have completed the simulator content of the applicable type-rating course at an
approved TRTO
3. Have at least 1500 hours flying experience on multi pilot aero planes
4. Have passed a proficiency check in accordance with JAR-FCL 1.240.
5. Have completed within a period of 12 months at least three route sectors as an observer
on the flight deck of the applicable type (1).
(1) The three route sectors may not be necessarily completed before the beginning of the Air-
bus Pilot Instructor Course and could be done after the full and successful completion of the
Airbus Pilot Instructor Course.
Initial Operating Experience (IOE) Instructor

The applicant should perform the Ground Phase (Core Course) of the Airbus Pilot Instructor
Course, and the FFS FIF session prior to deliver on line training.
11-01.fm
A380 L F11
INTRODUCTION
Ground School Instructor

Course prior to deliver training, and have completed the relevant System test.
11-01.fm
A380 L F11
INTRODUCTION
11.01
IOE
Foundation Core course FFS FIF
2 days 5 days 1 day
Initial TRI
Airborne
Foundation Core course Ground FFS sessions
FFS FIF + Flight
2 days 5 days 2 days 6 sessions
2 days
Initial Restricted TRI

Foundation Core course Ground FFS sessions FFS FIF
2 days 5 days 2 days 6 sessions 1 day
Initial SFI
Foundation Core course Ground FFS sessions
2 days 5 days 2 days 6 sessions
Airbus Pilot Transition Training
APT training
3 days
11-01.fm
A380 L F11
INTRODUCTION
04 - COURSE DOCUMENTATION
Trainees will be provided with the following support material:
• Trainee's booklet, including the course syllabus (FCTP)
• Instructor media DVD
• Trainee DVD 1
• Jeppesen charts (for type specific course, can be provided by customers)
• Core course materials will be given during the course
• Laptop including OIS applications
a. FOUNDATION MODULE
At the end of the day 2, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is never below 80%.
Unsatisfactory examination:
Trainee continues the course until the end of the core module.
A new satisfactory foundation module will be required before type specific module.
b. CORE COURSE
Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee's performance using "Trainee's record" file
(see next pages).
They are quoted "Satisfactory" or "Unsatisfactory".
c. TYPE SPECIFIC COURSE INITIAL

(see next pages).
The last FFS session is a check.
d. AIRBORNE PHASE
Refer to airborne chapter.
11-01.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE
Trainee s
CORE MODULE sticker
A380
A380
SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Day 3
PROGRESS
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Day 5
INTRODUCTION
COURSE COMPLETION
11.01 AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE
L F11
* : - Write None if no specific comments are needed

Page 5
Issue 04 MAY 2008
11-01.fm
11-01.fm
Trainee s
TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE (INITIAL) sticker
A380
A380

SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 1
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 2
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS3
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

INTRODUCTION
FFS4
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS5
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

11.01
L F11
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
FFS check
Page 6
Issue 04 MAY 2008

Trainee s
AIRBORNE PHASE sticker
A380
A380
SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
FFS FIF
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
FLIGHT FIF
INTRODUCTION
L F11

Page 7
Issue 04 MAY 2008
11-01.fm
11-01.fm
Trainee s
PROGRESS INCIDENT REPORT (PIR) sticker
A380
A380

|____|____|____|____| |____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

INTRODUCTION
L F11
Page 8
Issue 04 MAY 2008

Trainee s
ADDITIONAL TRAINING SESSIONS sticker
A380
UNSATISFACTORY
A380
SATISFACTORY
Name
|____|____| / |____|____| / |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|____|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
L F11
* : Please give the name of the session involved (ex. FFS2)

Page 9
Issue 04 MAY 2008
11-01.fm
A380 L F11
INTRODUCTION
11-01.fm
A380 L F11
FOUNDATION MODULE
11.02FOUNDATION MODULE
01 - GENERAL
The objective is to give to the instructor candidate some materials to teach areas relevant to
trainee's usual weakness.
DAY 1 DAY 2
• Welcome, introduction 09.30 - 10.10 • Performance review 09.00 - 11.15

• Flight Crew Licensing 10.10 - 10.40 • Introduction to APT* 11.30 - 12.30
• Instrument Flight Rules 10.50 - 12.10 • Normal operations 13.15 - 14.15
• Airbus cockpit Philosophy 13.30 - 16.00 • Abnormal operations 14.15 - 15.15
• Test 15.30 - 17.00
* APT: Airbus Pilot Transition
11-02.fm
A380 L F11
FOUNDATION MODULE
11.02
11-02.fm
A380 L F11
CORE MODULE
11.03CORE MODULE
01 - GENERAL
The objective is to develop the ability to train aviation based knowledge, skills and attitudes,
including human factors.
The successful instructor trainee will have completed the first module of training towards
achievement of a TRI (A) rating or SFI authorization.
By the end of the course instructor trainees will be able:
• To recognize the need for adequate subject knowledge.

• To learn how to make adequate preparation for the conduct of training.
• To develop their confidence to use different training techniques.
• To learn how to develop effective relationships with trainees.
• To clearly define the objectives of a training session.
• To understand trainees needs & how they want to be trained.
• To transfer information and key messages effectively and efficiently.
• To manage a training session appropriately.
• To understand the subject of human factors.
• To learn how to manage CRM issues on training sessions.
• To be able to manage difficult situations and people effectively.
• To assess a trainees performance against a defined standard.
• To recognize the importance of making adequate progress reports.
• To know how to continuously develop their own training skills.
CORE MODULE FOOTPRINT

1.02
DAY 1 DAY 2
• Learning processes and styles 01:30 • Understanding behavior 01:30

• Training experiences 00:30 • Managing behavior 01:30
• Elements of effective training 01:00 • Training preparation 01:30
• Communication 02:30 • Body language 01:30
DAY 3 DAY 4
• Briefing techniques 04:00 • Exploring training techniques 01:30

• Understanding human factors 01:00 • Questioning techniques 01:30
• Crew resources management 01:00 • Training exercices 01:00
• Receiving and giving criticism 01:30
DAY 5
• Report writing 01:00

• Exercices 04:00
• Closure 01:00
11-03.fm
A380 L F11
CORE MODULE
11-03.fm
A380 L F11
TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM INITIAL Issue 04 MAY 2008
11.04TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE INITIAL
01 - GENERAL
A. AIMS
The aim of the TRI (A) is to train to the level of proficiency necessary for the issue of a TRI (A)
rating. The course is designed to give adequate training to the applicant in theoretical knowl-
edge instruction; flight instruction and synthetic flight instruction in order to instruct for the Air-
bus (see JAR-FCL 1.365).
B. PREREQUISITES
TRI Instructor – Multi Pilot Aeroplanes (MPA) (JAR-FCL 1.365)
Prior to undertaking the APIC Type Specific Module (Initial), an applicant for the initial issue of
a TRI (MPA) rating shall have:
1. Completed at least 1500 hours flight time as a pilot of multi-pilot aeroplanes;
2. Completed within the 12 months preceding the application at least 30 route sectors,
to include take-offs and landings as pilot-in-command or co-pilot on the applicable
aeroplane type, or a similar type as agreed by the Authority, of which not more than
15 sectors may be completed in a flight simulator
3. Completed approved instructor Core Instructor Competencies (Teaching and
Learning) training.
SFI Instructor
Prior to undertaking the APIC Type Specific Module (Initial), an applicant for the initial issue of
an SFI (MPA) Authorization shall :
1. Hold or have held a professional flight crew license

approved TRTO
3. Have at least 1500 hours flying experience on multi pilot aeroplanes
4. Have passed a proficiency check in accordance with JAR-FCL 1.240
5. Have successfully completed approved Core Instructor Competencies (Teaching and
Learning) training
C. OBJECTIVES
The successful students will be able to:
• Operate a simulator, qualified and approved in accordance with JAR-STD 1A for the
purpose of carrying out flight instruction.
• Carry out instruction for type rating on the Airbus , including the planning, briefing,
training, assessment and de-briefing of type technical and non-technical skills.
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be eligible for the issue of:
• Type Rating Instructor rating (multi-pilot aeroplane) (TRI(MPA))

The privileges of the holder of a TRI (MPA) rating are to instruct licence holders for the
issue of a MPA type rating, and the instruction required for multi-crew co-operation
(see JAR–FCL 1.261(d), Appendix 1 to JAR-FCL 1.261(d) and AMC FCL 1.261(d)).
11-04.fm
A380 L F11
OR
• Synthetic Flight Instructor
The privileges of the holder of an SFI (A) authorization are to carry out synthetic flight
instruction for type rating, and the instruction required for multi-crew cooperation (see
JAR-FCL 1.261 (d), Appendix 1 to JAR-FCL 1.261 (d) and AMC FCL 1.261 (d)).
Where indicated in the documentation a reference to TRI also includes SFI
For clarity and ease of reference, the following terminology will be used in the course
documentation, and during the conduct of the course:
TRI TUTOR TRI course tutor or tutor/s

TRI STUDENT TRI under training (TRI STUDENT A or B as necessary)
Trainee TRI tutor when performing the role of trainee
02 - COURSE PREPARATION
A. BACKGROUND
This course assumes that the TRI STUDENT has a high level of knowledge of aircraft sys-
tems and procedures.
The customer is responsible to ensure that the TRI STUDENT has the potential to complete
the course successfully.
The course is intended for experienced pilots who have assimilated a high level of
technical knowledge and been selected for training as TRI.
It is expected that TRI STUDENTS will spend time preparing for the course in advance.
The course is not intended to make good any shortfall in technical knowledge; those
students who do not prepare are unlikely to succeed.
The function of the course is to introduce and practice the training skills appropriate to type
transition and check/refresher training.
The course syllabus uses selected elements of exercises from a typical Type Rating Transi-
tion Course and sessions, to provide the environment for the development of instructional
technique.
B. USE OF ROLE PLAY

TRI TUTORS will play the role of the trainee
It is assumed that this trainee will have assimilated the knowledge from a ground school
course but will have had no exposure to the cockpit environment.
The trainee will operate from the appropriate pilot seat, with the non-operating TRI STUDENT
occupying the vacant seat and performing in a competent manner.
The trainee will display a range of abilities and behaviours, consistent with the role adopted
for the session. Errors observed by the TRI STUDENT should be analysed and corrected,
concentrating on the underlying problems encountered by the trainee. The TRI STUDENT
should concentrate on root error causes and deficiencies of technique and not simply offer
advice to correct the error symptom.
11-04.fm
A380 L F11
C. TRAINING TECHNIQUES
The skills required to deliver type transition and recurrent training include briefing, demonstra-
tion (handling), observation, objective analysis, facilitation, feedback and report writing. The
primary training skills developed in the core instructor competencies (teaching and learning)
course will be reinforced with practical examples.
The TRI STUDENT will be expected to prepare simulator briefing, during which the TRI
TUTOR will examine, selected topics relevant to the simulator session. The TRI STUDENT
will then give a simulator session brief to the trainee. He or she is expected to use all relevant
documentation (OIS applications).
TRI STUDENTS will be required to prepare lessons plans, adapting the information provided
in the course session
During the sessions the TRI STUDENT will be required to demonstrate procedures and
manoeuvres, to observe the trainee’s performance, to provide analysis/feedback and write a
clear objective trainee’s report. The TRI TUTOR will provide technique training and feedback
for the TRI STUDENT. The course makes extensive use of video recording and playback to
maximise TRI STUDENT learning.
Successful completion of the final check will enable an application for TRI Rating (simulator
only) to be made. The check is a confirmation that the TRI STUDENT has reached the
required level of competence required for rating issue.
Upon successful completion of the course, a recommendation will be made to the customer
that the TRI STUDENT can be issued with a TRI rating (simulator), subject to any national
licensing authority requirements. Prior to exercising the privileges of this rating, Airbus will rec-
ommend a period of supervision for the successful TRI STUDENT. This period could be any-
thing from the conduct of 1simulator session under supervision, to a complete transition
course under supervision. The recommendation will be tailored to meet perceived individual
TRI STUDENT needs. It is not mandatory but recommended.
D. SUPPORT
TRI STUDENTS will be provided with the following support material:
1) Trainee Booklet including the course syllabus
2) All Instructor Media DVD
3) Trainee DVD 1
4) Selected relevant Airport Charts
5) Task sharing and callouts booklet
6) Extract of QRH
7) Course Schedule with relevant contact information
8) A laptop including OIS applications
Using this material, the TRI STUDENT will be expected to start preparing for the simulator
exercises outlined in this syllabus.
The course can be fully customized, in which case items 4 and 6 will be provided by the cus-
tomer
11-04.fm
A380 L F11
Trainees
The 2 trainees will be role played by the TRI TUTOR/S. They will be:
Trainee A
Captain (tutor first name) Crusty
55 years old. 15,000 flying hours. 6,000 hours flying a B737 300/400/500 or equivalent
Trainee B
First Officer (tutor first name) Green
23 years old. 600 flying hours mainly single and light twin piston. No airline experience.
Completed ELT.
E. COURSE TIMETABLE & OVERVIEW

The first day involves facilitated discussions of training techniques in addition to the prepara-
tion of briefing material for the first simulator session. The TRI STUDENTS will be expected
to prepare a short 20-minute presentation on the following subject:
A review of one human factors related Airbus fly by wire accident
The next 6 days follow the format of 2 hours of briefing and classroom work for the 2 TRI STU-
DENTS (except for the final day 6 which has 3 hours), followed by a 4 hour full flight simulator
(FFS) session, and finishing with a one-hour de-briefing and re-briefing for the following day.
Each TRI STUDENT will in turn, deliver 30 minutes of briefings to the trainee. The main brief-
ing topic should require 20 minutes coverage, with the other topic requiring 10 minutes.
The TRI TUTOR will analyse these briefings and provide feedback to the TRI STUDENT prior
to the Sim session.
Each half of the Sim Session (1:30) will be a practical lesson based on these briefings. The
TRI STUDENT will plan the session and order of events as appropriate. The trainee will fly the
session as briefed; it may be obvious that one or more of the items is causing significant prob-
lems to the trainee, necessitating a demonstration from the TRI STUDENT. The exercises are
continued until either the trainee reaches a satisfactory standard, or the TRI TUTOR decides
to terminate that particular item and to move on to the next.
On completion of the simulator exercise, TRI STUDENT will debrief the trainee, before writing
handover notes. The TRI TUTOR will then debrief the TRI STUDENT.
For this TRI STUDENTS will be provided with fictitious trainee files.
The emphasis throughout will be on quality of instruction, the accuracy of analysis, and the
relevance of any remedial action recommended by the TRI STUDENT, rather than amount of
material covered.
11-04.fm
A380 L F11
The list below covers the major items to be covered during each simulator session:
Cockpit preparation, taxi, normal takeoOff, climb

FFS 1 Descent and approach preparation, ILS approaches, go around, after landing to
shutdown, autothrust logic, engagement and disengagement conditions
FBW Protections, visual pattern, crosswind takeoff and landing, sidestick logic,
FFS 2
take over methods, windshear recovery
ECAM handling, non precision approaches, ground speed mini function,

FFS 3
use of anti-ice systems, fuel leak procedure
Engine-out handling and demonstration, engine failure between V1 and V2,

FFS 4 engine-out ILS and go around, relight, rejected takeoff
Two engine inop handling
Emergency descent, dual hydraulic failures, handling with abnormal slat/flap

FFS 5
configuration
FFS 6 Final check including engine-out handling
F. SIMULATOR SEATING
There will be 2 TRI TUTORS for each day. The role-play will be split with one TRI TUTOR
allocated to each trainee (A or B) The simulator sessions will be divided so that the TRI
TUTOR for the session occupies the PF seat, e.g.
Session FFS x IOS IOS supervision PF PNF
1A TRI STUDENT A TUTOR A TUTOR B TRI STUDENT B
1B TRI STUDENT B TUTOR B TUTOR A TRI STUDENT A
The TRI STUDENT conducting the session occupies the IOS.

The other TRI STUDENT occupies the PNF seat
Normally each TRI STUDENT will complete 3 consecutive sessions with one trainee (A OR B)
Normally the order of events for the TRI STUDENTS will reverse each day, e.g. for FFS 1, TRI
STUDENT A will brief first and act as the TRI for the first part of the session, and B for the sec-
ond. On the following day TRI STUDENT B will brief first and act as TRI for the first part of the
session, and so on.
11-04.fm
A380 L F11
G. ASSESSMENT
TRI STUDENT progress will be continually assessed throughout the course, and he or she
will only be presented for the Final Check if the Course TRI TUTOR is confident that the
required standard will be achieved.
If there is doubt as about successful outcome of the course, the TRI STUDENT will be
advised and any necessary remedial action discussed.
For the Final Check the TRI STUDENT will be asked to construct a simulator session and
briefing based on one of the 4 Test Scenarii. The test will begin with a briefing for the exer-
cises shown on the test scenario. The simulator exercise will last no longer than 1hour 30 min-
utes for each TRI STUDENT. This will be followed by analysis, assessment and feedback of
the trainee’s performance, including recommendations for further training as appropriate.
03 - TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE (INITIAL) FOOTPRINT
DAY 1 (ground) DAY 2 (ground)
• Welcome - administrative 00:45 • Review 00:15

• Introduction 01:00 • FFS1 briefings 01:30
• Expectations from the course 00:20 • Abnormal procedures 01:00
• Accident presentation 01:30 • Simulator and simulator session 01:30
• Normal procedures 01:00 • Exercise 01:00
• Briefing guidance 01:00 • Assessment and debriefing techniques 01:00
DAY 3 DAY 4
• Briefing 02:00 • Briefing 02:00

• FFS 1 session 04:00 • FFS 2 session 04:00
• Debriefing 01:00 • Debriefing 01:00
DAY 5 DAY 6

DAY 7 DAY 8

• FFS 5 session 04:00 • FFS 6 session (check) 04:00
11-04.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6A
A380 L F11
11.01INTRODUCTION
DAY 1 (Ground)
During introductory discussions, make sure TRI STUDENTS are both prepared to present an
Airbus fly by wire accident
Ensure TRI STUDENTS have all the required materials. Escort them as necessary to obtain
the instructor laptop.
Welcome Briefing (0.30)

TRI STUDENTS will receive the normal Airbus Welcome Briefing. If the course is to be deliv-
ered in customer facilities the welcome briefing should be adapted accordingly.
TUTOR ONLY
Course Introduction (1.00)
Using the Introduction Section, present a short briefing outlining the content and philosophy of
the course:
Pre-requisites (knowledge and experience)
Talk about assumptions and the need for a high level of technical knowledge
Course Objective
Be concise and tell them the objective is to prepare them so that they can adapt to any sylla-
bus and have the basic tools needed to brief, operate the simulator, observe, teach, demon-
strate and debrief.
JAR-FCL Requirements
Briefly introduce the regulation or adapt to local regulations for TRI
Course Method and the use of role-play
Describe the purpose of role-play, for the TUTOR to control the instruction and ensure TRI
STUDENTS exposure to different types of trainee.
Describe each role and ensure TRI STUDENTS understand
TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR PF
TUTOR IOS
TRI STUDENT
Trainee
Captain Crusty/First Officer Green
Facilitate a brief discussion on the relative challenges that each trainee may present use of
video recording and playback.
Explain the purpose and use. Ensure TRI STUDENTS know the tapes will be destroyed
Video will only be used until briefing skills reach the required standard
day1_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6B
A380 L F11
Introduction to the Trainees:

Course Materials
Describe each briefly including usage and resolution of any conflicting information (FCOM is
the primary course).
Format and Timings
Discuss the published programme and outline expectations.
For the first 3 sessions at least, briefings will be de-briefed prior to the simulator session.
There will be a short introduction each day to clarify any outstanding issues.
Instructor competence standard
TUTOR ONLY
Outline the purpose of the test but make it clear there will be assessment throughout and TRI
STUDENTS will not be entered for the test unless there is a high probability of success.
Hopes and concerns
Ask the trainees to write their hopes and concerns (what they do want, what they do not want)
about the course and then collect them explaining that they will be used in the final part of the
course
Hand out post it notes each (2 colours) – (used in final collective debrief)
EFFECTIVE TRAINING
Question to the TRI STUDENTS:
“Think back to who was a good instructor, have their name in mind. Identify 2 or 3 character-
istics and write them down, individually.”
TUTOR ONLY
Ask 1 TRI STUDENT to collect the characteristics on a flip chart
Do the same exercise, question:
“Think back to who was a poor instructor, have their name in mind. Identify 2 or 3 character-
Ask 1 TRI STUDENT to collect the characteristics on a flip chart
Tell the TRI STUDENT that this defines effective instruction/ineffective training and appropri-
ate/inappropriate behavior
day1_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6C
A380 L F11
ACCIDENT PRESENTATIONS
Student Presentations
TRI STUDENT A will deliver a 20-minute presentation as follows:
A review of human factors related fly-by-wire Airbus accidents. The presentation should not
exceed the allotted time and may include any available tools. e.g:
-White Board
-Flip Chart
TUTOR ONLY
-PowerPoint
Information is available from a variety of sources, including : http://aviation-safety.net

Presentation material must be prepared solely by the TRI STUDENTS
The objective of this exercise is to :

Evaluate TRI STUDENT presentation skills and provide for a short subsequent discussion (20
minutes) about potential weaknesses in crew training, in addition to any areas where effective
crew training could have prevented the accident.
TRI STUDENT B to deliver a 20-minute presentation
PROCEDURES (1.00)
TRI STUDENT B will complete a short review summarizing normal procedures from ‘COCK-
PIT PREPARATION’ to ‘CLIMB’ (0:30) as though he would describe the process to a new
trainee having completed only CBT ground training. The TUTOR/S will interrupt as necessary
with questions to check understanding.
TUTOR ONLY
TRI STUDENT A will complete a similar review describing normal procedures from ‘CRUISE
‘to ‘SHUTDOWN’ (0:30)
Ask them to use the cockpit panel diagrams as appropriate.
The purpose of this is to demonstrate to the TRI STUDENTS the difficulties in simply talking
and describing a familiar sequence of events in a simple way that can be understood by new
trainees.
day1_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6D
A380 L F11
BRIEFING GUIDANCE (1:00)

Review the information from the Core Instructor Competencies (teaching and learning)
Course:
Who
The audience. Describe the potential population, experience levels, abilities and the possibil-
ity that they have not been carefully selected
Why
Need for the training and developing training objectives. Do they want to train? Be aware that
motivations are wide-ranging and sometimes non-existent
TUTOR ONLY
What
They must know, should know, and need to know. Governed by the course syllabus material.
There is some limited flexibility to adapt to the trainee’s needs, but all topics must be covered
in accordance with the approved course
Where
Ensure any health and safety requirements are fully understood. Know the limitations and
functionality of any venue
When
How Long. It is important for trainees to know how long the training will last. They have per-
sonal needs and should have clear expectations.
How
Tell them what, tell them, and tell them what you’ve told them.
Visual aids
Explain the purpose of the briefing for this course (normally each TRI STUDENT briefs 2 top-
ics and the briefings are split between 2 TRI STUDENTS – Use a session guide as example)
TUTOR ONLY
General guidance on the construction and planning of briefings

- Session objectives
• Key points
• Use of available tools
• White Board
• Cockpit mock up
• Laptop presentations (not for this course)
- Setting the Scene
• Managing Body Language
• Tone
• Sitting or standing
• Use of language
• English as a second or third language – challenges
• Speak slowly
• Check understanding
• Reinforce key points
• Timekeeping
day1_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6E
A380 L F11
General points to consider

- Arrive on time
- Prepare room if necessary
- First contact with trainees. Allow 5 min to get to know each other.
- Questions from previous sessions or more general if 1st session
- Introduce session as per FCTP
- Explain objectives
- Explain DATA
- Compute performance where necessary
- Review the exercises sequentially
- Emphasise the key points for each exercise
TUTOR ONLY
- Finish the briefing about 10 min prior start of session
- On the whiteboard:
• Draw pictures, diagrams rather then text
• Use appropriate colours; avoid writing sentences in red
- Address both trainees
- Ask questions
- Refer to approved documents only
Day 1 – Briefing Preparation for FFS 1
The TRI STUDENTS will prepare a brief of approximately 30 minutes duration for FFS 1,
based on the FFS1 session guide. They should be encouraged to order the briefing to suit
them, and to insert additional briefing items if they feel that to do so will make the detail
flow more effectively.
TRI STUDENT B - Normal procedures: T/OFF sequence and A/THR
TRI STUDENT A - Normal procedures: ILS approach and go around
TUTOR ONLY
They should be encouraged to order the briefing to suit them, and to insert additional
briefing items if they feel that to do so will make the detail flow more effectively.
The briefings should be constructed to use only the white board and cockpit panels.
day1_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6F
A380 L F11

TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR ONLY
day1_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6G
A380 L F11
TR 0111.01INTR UCTIO
DAY 2 (Ground)
REVIEW (00:15)
Ask the TRI STUDENTS how their preparation has gone.

Answer any questions and ensure once again that they understand what is required
BRIEFINGS FOR FFS 1 (1:30)
TRI STUDENTS will conduct 30-minute briefings for FFS 1
TUTOR ONLY
The purpose of this exercise is to practice briefing technique and make any refinements prior
to the final briefing for FFS 1 to be given prior to the session.
Record and de-brief the exercise in sequence.
Emphasise any positive aspects of the TRI STUDENT performance. Ask them what they will
do differently next time. Limit negative comments as much as possible.
Having already discussed the briefing for FFS 1 on day 1, the presentation should flow rea-
sonably well. You are looking for technical accuracy, style, content and effective time man-
agement. The TRI STUDENT will almost certainly have difficulty fitting the briefing into the
time available.
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES (1:00)
Review the philosophy of abnormal procedure handling. Talk about Airbus or customer pro-
cedures as applicable and clarify PF/PNF roles.
Use of ECAM
- Limitations to use
• Not always showing appropriate procedure.
TUTOR ONLY
• Cross check with system display
- Common errors in use
Use of FCOM and QRH, facilitate a discussion about:

- Landing Configuration and Approach speeds
- Emergency Procedures
- Abnormal Procedures
- Emergency Evacuation
- Landing distances – discuss margins / use of auto brake
- OIS applications
- OEB’s
Ensure the TRI STUDENTS have a clear sequence in mind for ECAM handling and the man-
agement of abnormal and emergency situations.
day2_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6H
A380 L F11
LUNCH (1:00)
SIMULATORS (1.00)
The purpose of this is to review the operation of simulators as follows:
- Approvals and Documentation
- Role
- Design, including safety systems
- Limitations
- The basic functions – key points
- The purpose and use of the simulator session guide.
TUTOR ONLY
Using the PPT, cover the following topics:
SIMULATOR OPERATION (0:30)

- Approvals and Documentation
- Role
- Design, including safety systems
- Limitations. No combinations of failures, respect FCTP
- The basic functions – key points
- Safety Briefing
• How to stop the simulator
• Location of fire extinguisher
• Location of emergency exits
• Escape routes
• How to call maintenance
- Setting up
• Cleaning headsets and masks
• Initial IOS setup subject to session requirements
• Use of harnesses, headsets, sound, motion
- Session Conduct
TUTOR ONLY
• Use of FREEZE functions

• Use of speed up functions
• Instructor responsibility during REPOS
• Setting the scene after REPOS
• Appropriate commentary
• Need for breaks
• Time management
• Ending the session
• Resets
• Tech Log – use of DRTOOL
Remind them that the simulator is the most powerful tool available to the instructor, and if
used incorrectly has the ability to demoralise and destroy the trainee. Many trainees are
apprehensive of simulators, due to past experiences, and the TRI STUDENTS must do every-
thing possible to utilise the device in a positive manner so as to encourage and develop
trainee skills. Explain the value of simulator session guides – but point out that they must
learn the fundamentals of simulator operation first.
Where possible in a break between simulator sessions as time permits, take the TRI STU-
DENTS and demonstrate the key IOS functions (MASTER INDEX, INIT, REPOS)
day2_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6I
A380 L F11
Ensure they are given a copy of the safety briefing and know how to perform the setup,
reposition, and flight plan copy.
EXERCISE (1:00)
Explain to the TRI STUDENTS that one of the main challenges of training is to take complex
topics and present them in a simple and uncomplicated manner.
Tell them they have 30 minutes in which to prepare a short 10-minute presentation on one of
the following subjects:
TUTOR ONLY
- FBW engine failure above V1, rotation technique.
- FBW crosswind landing technique or GPWS recovery.
The presentation should be directed towards a pilot with no technical knowledge of the air-
craft, as though he/she is part of a team assessing the potential purchase of a FBW Airbus.
Emphasis should be on practical application and the operational advantages of the system,
plus detailed information on flying techniques.
Allow them the use of any available material, including extracts from the FCTM.
The briefing should be done on a white board.
ASSESSMENT AND DEBRIEFING TECHNIQUES (1.00)
A review of the tools and skills required assessing and improving trainee performance:
Organization
Observation
Listening
TUTOR ONLY
Note taking
Intervention
Proficiency standards
Session Objectives
Planning the de-brief
day2_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6J
A380 L F11
Training Techniques - Revision
Using the PPT

Revise the 3 elements of training:
Knowledge
Skill
Attitude
=
Competence
TUTOR ONLY
Question to the TRI STUDENTS: Describe a technique to train knowledge?

Answer: Show, tell
Question: What about a technique to train skill?

Answer: Show, tell
Question: Ok yes but is there another way, what about an active training method that does
not involve showing or telling? Use a practical example (e.g. riding a bike)
Allow a discussion to develop, but this should be revision, so the answer is
Answer: They figure it out (facilitation)
Tell the trainees: Ok now we have 2 teaching techniques the important thing is to decide
when to use each
Question: What about knowledge, we have said we normally instruct knowledge, but can
we facilitate?
Answer: Try to find an example to show how exhausting facilitation could be when the
trainees do not have the knowledge.
TUTOR ONLY
Question: So what about skill?

Answer: Either technique can be used and may be appropriate in different situations.
Question: So what about attitude? Can we tell someone to change his or her attitude?
Answer: Use the example of teenagers, ask the TRI STUDENTS how effective it is to tell
them to change behaviour/ attitude. Talk about examples, e.g. ‘ joy riders’ (young people
who steal cars and drive them at high speed)
Ask why telling them to change their behaviour does not work?
Tell them that, although they may know what they are doing is socially unacceptable, within
their peer group they believe it is the right thing to do at the time
Make a link to CRM in aviation with an experienced captain who refuses to discuss actions
in abnormal procedures with his co-pilot. Give an example of telling and ask how effective
this will be?
Give an example of facilitation in handling the captain
day2_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6K
A380 L F11
Summarise saying that the vast majority of accidents have a human element. As design
reliability improves the only way to drive down the accident rate is to address the human
element, in particular behaviour. To do this requires development of facilitation skills.
Tell them they will have opportunities to practice facilitation throughout the remainder of the
course, both in the simulator and in debriefs.
SHOW VIDEO
ASSESSMENT AND DEBRIEFING
TUTOR ONLY
A short discussion about the tools needed to assess and debrief trainees. Encourage the TRI
STUDENTS to think about root causes rather than symptoms. The key to this is effective
observation, listening organization and note taking.
Remind the TRI STUDENTS that the session guide constructed is just a guide and contains
objectives to be achieved. Nothing should prevent them changing a plan if it becomes neces-
sary to reinforce some lessons. The TRI is in command of the session. Encourage them to
intervene and change the sequence of events as necessary to respond to the needs of the
trainee.
Assessment is always necessary to measure performance against a prescribed standard and

the learning objectives. Every effort must be made to build trainee confidence whilst ensuring
that praise is justified.
Talk about the general structure and timing of a debrief.
Identify instructional and facilitative techniques and the uses of each. There is no point in
facilitating when the trainee does not have the knowledge or self-awareness to arrive at the
TUTOR ONLY
desired conclusion.
day2_tutor.fm
AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE 11.04 Page 6L
A380 L F11
Talk briefly about behavioral markers and the CRM assessment and development systems
- Session Management
- Observational skills
- Note taking (trainees memorize the content of the session, TRI STUDENTS must use
notes
- Recurrent Errors
- Information for debriefing
- Structure and Timing (Give the trainees a short break – compose notes)
- Facilitate Introduction – add to this
- Do they have any questions
TUTOR ONLY
- Objectives achieved or not – (trainees will now be ready to listen)

- Highlight positive trends and things done well
- Session Review including
• Items to be improved
• Analysis
• Ask questions to confirm understanding
- Concentrate on causes not symptoms
- Behavior and CRM
• Use of facilitative techniques
• Behavioral Markers
- Timing (Maximum 30 minutes)
- Reports and Proficiency Standards
- Anticipate the following session and define the next meeting
Note: Ensure they have a copy of and are familiar with the Airbus CRM standards
TUTOR ONLY
day2_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM INITIAL Issue 05 FEB 2009
E
FFS 1
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 330/10 CAVOK 20/10 QNH 1010 QFE 981 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1
FLT NBR A/L 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - FFS SAFETY
2 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 3 - ENG START / AFTER START
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 4 - TAXI
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -7°C 6 - CLIMB FL 120 v v
7 - A/THR DEMO v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 8 - DES-STAR v v v
9 - ILS APP v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
10 - LANDING
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
INIT TAKE OFF
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 1:20 11 - TAKE OFF
12 - RADAR VECTORS v v
320 t 13 - ILS APPROACH v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 14 - GO AROUND v v
15 - ILS APPROACH v v
NOTES
16 - LANDING
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 17 - AFTER LANDING
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N) 18 - TAXI
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 1:50 19 - PARKING
ANTI ICE OFF E
E
Briefing Topics
TRI STUDENT B
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Take off sequence and A/THR
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA TRI STUDENT A
ILS Approach and Go around
Note : Each TRI STUDENT will conduct the entire
session plan.
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1.fm
A380 L F11
ffs1.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
• Practice cockpit preparation (real environment).
• Introduction to aircraft handling characteristics.
• Use of A/THR.
• Practise ILS approach go around and landing.
A. REVIEW :
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• TAKE OFF
• USE OF A/THR
• ILS APPROACH
• GO AROUND
• LANDING
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
D. REFERENCES
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Landing + ILS approach
• FCOM
• FCTM
- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb+ Descent Preparation +
Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Go Around + After Landing + Parking + Standard
Callouts

• Ability to apply correct take off and landing techniques.
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE
DAY VISUAL (Select visibility 25 km)
Presentation of the IOS guide leaflet including Emergency Procedures
2 : - Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD

- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, torch)
- Oxygen masks

4 : Aircraft component location : use components visualization menu in the reposition-

ning function page to display on visual : gears, engines, wing tips position.
9 : Stabilized approach to allow the trainee to feel the aircraft configuration changes
through his manual handling.
10,16 : Reinforce flare technique before landing.
13,15 : Decelerated approach.
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 1 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
COCKPIT PREPARATION
Detailed information on preparing the cockpit for departure is to be found in FCOM and in the
FCTM. For the first session, the trainees perform a preliminary and a complete cockpit prep-
aration. Initially you can help your trainees when the configuration is incorrect but after a few
sessions they should be able to do it themselves.
Try to focus your attention on the trainees and keep the IOS inputs as simple as possible
Create realism by ensuring the aircraft is at the gate, the cockpit is correctly set, doors are
open.
Set the environment according to the session guide.
Try to simulate the normal sequence of events, e.g. fuel loading, pax boarding, doors closing,
final load information.
Task sharing and areas of responsibility may need to be clear explanation. Encourage ensure
good crew communication and crosschecking.
Listen to the briefing to make sure you understand what is said.
TAKE-OFF AND INITIAL CLIMB

Common error :
• Runway wasted during line-up and initial power setting.

• Aircraft held on the brakes during power application.
• Use of nosewheel steering tiller during take-off roll.
• Not starting the CHRONO.
• FMA callouts incomplete, late, or missed.
• FMA callouts not acknowledged.
• “Thrust set” call missed or made before parameters stabilised and checked.
• “Positive climb” call made without confirming on radio altimeter and VSI.
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
Climb
Try not to freeze the simulator position, much better to give a sequence of vectors.Try to
maintain your own situation awareness and the distance to the airport appropriate for a
descent and approach without wasting time.
Descent And Approach
Arrival
Radar vectors should give the trainees some little time to settle down before making the
Approach. Final vectors should allow for a 30° - 40° intercept heading. Encourage awareness
of the TO WPT and flight plan sequence.
Typical briefing
1- Start on time, room ready

2- Remaining questions from the previous day
3- Objectives of the session and expected performance
4- Session DATA review:
Weather
Airport
Aircraft
5- Performance DATA check: Flaps setting, speeds, Flex Temp…
6- Session global review including key points review for each exercise
7- Answer any questions on the exercises briefed
8- Finish on time (10mn before session)
9- Manage a break before entering the simulator
Typical debriefing
1- Start debriefing after a short break

2- Request trainees feelings
3- Announce first if objectives are reached or not
4- Point out positive items first. Be open-minded
5- Review all exercises, give remedies, answer questions
6- CRM Standards are to be taken into account
7- Prepare next session, syllabus, documentation, next meeting time
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
FFS 1 TUTOR NOTES
GENERAL
Ensure the TRI STUDENTS have an opportunity to ask questions before starting their brief-
ings, to clear up any uncertainties.
Arrange the video so you can see the white board and STUDENT. Try to make a note of any
interesting aspects of behaviour or body language. At this stage pay close attention to style
and delivery as well as technical content.
TUTOR ONLY
The briefing may overrun the planned time of 30 minutes. Allow a small overrun for this ses-
sion but emphasise to the TRI STUDENTS the need for good time management. The STU-
DENTS will almost certainly be nervous.
TUTOR SESSION HANDLING

As this is the first exposure to the simulator in the course role-play should be consistent and
therefore appropriate from both trainees, typical for this stage of training. The role-play should
not compromise the conduct of the session.
Complete the cockpit preparation at normal speed as a competent pilot so as not to waste
time, but make some minor mistakes.
For the IOS Tutor, give positive instruction and guidance in setting the IOS, appropriate levels
of commentary, when to intervene. The emphasis at this stage is on telling the TRI STU-
DENTS when to act and how to act. Try to allow the TRI STUDENT to manage the session
as much as possible. Excessive tutor interventions can reduce the value of the exercise.
TUTOR ONLY
DEBRIEF AND PREPARATION
The TRI STUDENTS will deliver a short debrief after the session. Ensure that they identify
the key learning points and test learning and summarise the session.
The TRI TUTOR will then debrief the TRI STUDENTS. Offer advice and encouragement and
keep criticism to a minimum. Try to use open questions to enable self-learning. Remember
that the workload for the TRI STUDENTS is now extremely high and they will be feeling con-
siderable pressure.
The TRI STUDENTS must begin work on their briefing for the conduct of FFS 2. This session
deals with FBW protections, visual patterns and crosswind take-off/landing. An experienced
Airbus FBW pilot should feel comfortable with these subjects.
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F11

TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR ONLY
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
E
FFS 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT
FLT NBR A/L 102
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - COCKPIT SETUP FOR TAKE OFF BY TRI
STUDENT
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 2 - TAKE OFF v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - CLIMB FL 120 v v v
4 - DEMO NORMAL LAW AND v
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -7°C PROTECTIONS
5 - DES - STAR v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - SIDESTICK PRIORITY (DEMO) v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
1:00 8 - LANDING
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
INIT TAKE OFF - WIND 050/20
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 9 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
10 - VISUAL PATTERN (ILS ASSISTED) v v
320 t 11 - GO AROUND v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 12 - VISUAL PATTERN (ILS ASSISTED) v v
1:20 13 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
NOTES
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE INIT TAKE OFF - WIND 050/10
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 14 - TAKE OFF - REACTIVE WINDSHEAR v v
ANTI ICE OFF 15 - VISUAL APPROACH (ILS ASSISTED) - v v
EXTEND DOWNWIND
E
16 - WINDSHEAR ON APPROACH v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 17 - GO AROUND v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 18 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 1:50 19 - LANDING
E
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA Briefing Topics
VR 127 v FLEX 58 VR 126 v FLEX 57 TRI STUDENT A

Long - FBW protections
V2 133 DERATED V2 132 DERATED Short - Reactive windshear recovery
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR TRI STUDENT B

Long - Visual pattern
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Short - Crosswind take-off and landing
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX session plan.
ffs2.fm
A380 L F11
ffs2.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
• Introduction to “Normal Law” - Envelope protections.
• Practice visual pattern, go around and landing.
• Practice windshear.
A. REVIEW :
• TAKEOFF
• ILS APP
• GO AROUND
• LANDING
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• NORMAL LAW - PROTECTIONS
• SIDE STICK PRIORITY
• VISUAL PATTERN
• WINDSHEAR
• CROSSWIND TAKEOFF AND LANDING
C. SUPPORT :
• FCOM
• FCTM
D. REFERENCES
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Landing + Normal Law + Visual Pattern + Velocity Vector + Windshear
• FCOM
Normal Law
- Aircraft systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Flight Control System / Normal Law
Protections
- Aircraft systems / 22 - 27 - Flight Envelope / Operating Speeds + Protections
Side stick priority and indications

- Aircraft systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Controls and Indicators / Side Sticks + Side Stick
Priority + Side Stick Indication on PFD
- Aircraft systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Guidance / Controls and Indicators / Sidestick
- Aircraft systems / 25 - Equipment / Cockpit / Cockpit Seats
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F11

• Understanding of Normal Law protections and sidestick logic.
• Ability to apply correct windshear procedures.
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE
4 : VV design
• Color means

AP OFF - FD ON - A/THR ON
- Level flight: Speed 280 kts
(auto trim)
- Stability in roll
Protections
configuration.
AP OFF - FD ON - A/THR OFF
• From the above ask the pilot to practice 45° bank angle turns
• Ask the pilot to increase bank angle to the maximum (67°)
displayed on SD
• Emphasize maximum pitch up to 30° reduced to 25° at low speed
normal flight
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F11
4 : - High speed: speed around 280kts

• Set a pitch down at 5° and release the side stick
Disconnect A/THR
• Increase pitch attitude: explain that at α PROT the auto trim ceases
• Between α PROT and α MAX the α FLOOR engages: disconnect it
• Demonstrate the maximum bank angle
7 : Decelerated approach.
14 : Insert windshear after rotation.
16 : Insert windshear on approach.
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F11
E
FFS 3
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 290/10 5000 M RA OVC 005 8/6 QNH 1003 Time EVENTS
ATHR
QFE 974
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT
FLT NBR A/L 103
STUDENT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - FLAP AUTO RETRACTION DEMO v v v
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -7°C 5 - ECAM DEMONSTRATION v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 7 - VOR DME APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
HD 15 8 - GO AROUND FROM MDA v v v
TRIP WIND
9 - VOR DME APPROACH (SELECTED) v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 1:00 10 - LANDING
385 t 65 t
GW FOB INIT TAKE OFF
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
11 - TAKE OFF v v
320 t 12 - FUEL LEAK (FROM ENGINE) v v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 13 - VOR DME APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
1:30 14 - LANDING
NOTES
INIT TAKE OFF
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1N)
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 15 - TAKE OFF v v
ANTI ICE ON 16 - PACK 1 OVHT v v v
E
18 - LOC / FLS APPROACH v v v v
1:50 19 - LANDING
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF E
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t Briefing Topics
TRI STUDENT B
Long - Selected non-precision approach.
Short - ECAM handling process
V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED TRI STUDENT A
Long - FLS approach
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR Short - Fuel leak procedure
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA session plan.
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs3.fm
A380 L F11
ffs3.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
• Practice Non Precision Approaches.
• Practice ECAM handling.
A. REVIEW :
• TAKEOFF
• CLIMB
• GO AROUND
• LANDING
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• NON PRECISION APPROACHES
• ECAM HANDLING
• FUEL LEAK
• PACK OVHT
C. SUPPORT / REFERENCES :
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Apply good crew coordination and task sharing.
• Proper use of automation.
• Non precision approaches understanding.
• Proper ECAM handling
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE
3 : When conf 1+F, ask to the trainees to maintain configuration until observing autore-
traction at 212 kts and charge on PFD 1+F to 1.
5 : ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management

(Advisory) use of FCOM to look for
ECAM advisory
Insert BW STEER FAULT (level 1)

- Memos on PFD
- Deferred procedure and limitations : Approach deferred proc is inserted
chronologically before approach check list, because the deferred actions to per-
form can modifiy the STATUS and the briefing. Consequently, the approach C/L
which refer to STS and briefing is the last protection about aircraft status aware-
ness.
- STATUS
Dot not perform any ECAM actions.

Restore.
there are few procedures whose management is different. Those PROC are dis-
played until the landing, disregarding normal C/L.
ECAM system management : Insert ENG 1 FIRE and perform ECAM actions.
Restore
9 : On the IOS, insert GPS PRIMARY LOST to get F-APP + RAW. Then on the position
monitor MFD page, insert RNP less than EPU to get NAV ACCU LOW and FLS: raw
only
12 : Insert a fuel leak of 1000 kg/min on FEED TANK 1 to trigger “FUEL LEAK
DETECTED” (consider leak from engine) which takes around 3 minutes. On IOS do
not clear malfunction but select a leak of 0 kg/min.
After analyse and engine shutdown, consider leak stopped.
Consequently engine is kept shutdown.
For information:
- A fast fuel leak is detected for 2T lost in 30 min.
- A slow fuel leak is detected for 8T lost from the beginning of the flight.
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
COMMON ERRORS – NON-PRECISION APPROACHES

- Raw data information not monitored closely throughout approach.
- NAV accuracy not confirmed or checked.
- TO waypoint validity not checked on ND
- Navigation aids not manually tuned and course not inserted.
- Confusion over use of FD and appropriate modes
- VAPP not stabilized at FAF.
- Incomplete or rushed briefing.
- Aircraft descent preparation late.
- Go around altitude set incorrectly.
- Going below MDA during a Missed Approach.
COMMON ERRORS – ECAM HANDLING

- Clearing action without crosscheck.
- STATUS page reviewed at the wrong time.
ffs3_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
FFS 3 TUTOR NOTES
GENERAL
The TRI STUDENTS should now have a clear idea of the strengths and weaknesses of the
trainees and should adapt the FFS 3 session accordingly, as well as covering the required syl-
labus of precision and non-precision approaches, and simple failures.
The briefings and simulator handling should be improving. They should now be able to identify
and debrief the majority of the errors made by the trainees. There may be a tendency for them
to examine performance closely and look for minor errors, as they will be keen to demonstrate
that they see everything. Concentrate on the areas they consider may require remedial train-
TUTOR ONLY
ing for the trainee to reach proficiency.
ROLE PLAY – SESSION HANDLING

The trainee captain tries to disrupt the briefings with a flat refusal to accept some benefits of
the A380 technology.
Possible errors:
- Resistance to technology and use of TRK/FPA
- Late configuration, high on the profile, chasing from above
- Not selecting or monitoring raw data
- Poor visual transition at MDA, FD remain on and ‘ducks under’ the slope
There should be plenty to debrief. Make sure the TRI STUDENTS are prioritising correctly,
and have a clear strategy of the remedial training that may be needed.

The TRI STUDENTS should by now be reasonably confident in the de-brief, and the way they
handle the trainee. Don’t forget the emphasis on training to proficiency; encourage the TRI
TUTOR ONLY
STUDENTS to give praise as well as criticism and to end the debrief on a positive note.
FFS 4 is the first major failure handling exercise with engine failure. TRI STUDENTS should
be left to prepare the session. Encourage them to use the tools provided.
REVIEW
The course tutor/s should review the TRI STUDENTS progress at this point. Be honest about
progress to-date; give praise where appropriate; ensure that where there is doubt about
progress there will be a further review after each day. The course is very time limited and
there is little scope for remedial training.
NEXT SESSION ROLE PLAY

At FFS4 and after, swap TRI STUDENTS, this will ensure that they have exposure to both
characters and seats.
ffs3_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
E
FFS 4
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 300/10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 QNH 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
QFE 991
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT
FLT NBR A/L 104
STUDENT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - ENGINE OUT FAMILIARIZATION v v
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -7°C INIT TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 0:30 4 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAIL AFTER V1 v v

HD 15 5 - ENG RELIGHT v v v
TRIP WIND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD INIT TAKE OFF
385 t 65 t v v
GW FOB 1:10 6 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAIL AT V2
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 7 - ILS APPROACH - ONE ENG OUT v v
8 - GO AROUND v v
320 t 9 - ILS APPROACH - TWO ENG OUT v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 10 - LANDING - TWO ENG OUT
NOTES
1:50 INIT TAKE OFF
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N) 11 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 E
ANTI ICE OFF Briefing Topics
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 TRI STUDENT A
Long - Engine failure between V1 and V2
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Short - Rejected Takeoff
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA TRI STUDENT B
Long - 2 engines out approach
VR 126 v FLEX 59 VR 126 v FLEX 58 Short - Emergency evacuation

session plan.
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs4.fm
A380 L F11
ffs4.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
• Engine-out ILS approach and go around - manually flown
• Rejected Takeoff - EMER EVAC
• Practice two engines inop landing
A. REVIEW :
• Takeoff
• ECAM management
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• Engine failure after V1
• Engine relight
• 2 engines inop approach and landing
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Ability to perform a take off with one ENG OUT.
• Ability to perform rejected Takeoff and EMER EVAC.
• Ability to perform approaches with one and two engines inop.
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 4 SESSION GUIDE
3 : Freeze POS and ALT at 500 ft after take off.

SRS commands satisfied, wings level, side stick released, feet off rudder pedals.
Select F/CTL page. Select IDLE thrust on one engine.
Adjust pitch attitude to that required by SRS (the current speed or V2, whichever is
greater up to V2 + 15 kt).
Hands off: observe response of FBW system. Stabilized bank angle 7~9°, spoilers
and ailerons deployed, rudder pedals feedback, flying the pitch as adjusted
before.Sideslip index is blue now and displays the BETA TARGET.
Fly the aircraft. Use continuous rudder input to center the BETA TARGET.
Trim out the foot load and observe the flight controls status on F/CTL page.
Repeat up to proficiency.
4 : Engine fail with no damage, until acceptable proficiency, if not, TRI STUDENT
demonstration
6 : Engine fail with damage.
9 : On downwind, fail 2nd engine on same wing.
11 : Insert engine flame out at 110 kt (TRI STUDENT A).

Insert unextinguishable engine fire at 110 kt (TRI STUDENT B).
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F11
Issue 06 02.04
ENGINE FAILURE OR FIRE AFTER V1

Do not hesitate to freeze the simulator if an unsafe situation develops during training, and
demonstrate if needed.
Common Errors:
- Over rotation on take off leading to speed below V2.
- FMA changes not announced.
- ß Target not fully centred.
- Not trimming the rudder.
- ECAM non-reversible actions carried out without proper crew confirmation.
- Missed Approach procedure or ATC instructions not accurately followed.
- Poor maintenance and monitoring of required track.
- Lack of task sharing discipline during manual flight (FCU actions).
- Not rotating to correct pitch attitude on go-around.
- Not aware of MSA.
REJECTED TAKE-OFF
Common Errors:
- Disarming of auto brake due to instinctive manual braking.
- ATC and / or Cabin crew not informed.
- Reversers remain engaged after aircraft stop.
- Omitting to set parking brake on.
- Inability to use mechanical seat controls once the aircraft no longer has a source of AC
power.
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
FFS 4 TUTOR NOTES
GENERAL
Ask one TRI STUDENT to brief engine failure between V1 and V2, and the other the engine-
out approach profile and actions through to an ILS and go-around, ENG OUT landing, RTO &
EVAC.
ROLE PLAY - SESSION HANDLING

TUTOR ONLY
Despite the ease with which the one engine out may be flown, the trainee will have problems.
Typical errors:
- Over-rotation,
- Not using rudder trim,
- Centering the beta target with trim only,
- Over controlling in pitch,
- Under rotating during the Go Around,
- Not following the Engine Out Go Around profile,
- GA TRK when following a missed approach procedure.
Any weak areas must be thoroughly examined. TUTORS ensure the TRI STUDENT is given
an opportunity to develop and demonstrate his proficiency. There should be at least one
opportunity for the TRI STUDENT to demonstrate from a seat, as this is a test requirement.
Do not tell him when to demonstrate but make the role play clear so he is easily able to judge
the correct moment

There should be plenty of material for the TRI STUDENTS to debrief. The TRI should deliver
TUTOR ONLY
a clear debrief, delivered with conviction, prioritising on the main areas of weakness. Any
remedial training required should be detailed to the tutor at this stage.
Re-emphasise the necessity of writing clear and precise notes and if necessary a PIR.
- The briefings, conduct of the detail, and debriefings, will by now certainly be indicative of
the standard likely to be achieved during the conduct of the final assessment.
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
E
FFS 5
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 240/10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 QNH 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
QFE 991
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT
FLT NBR A/L 105
STUDENT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - DOWNWIND - BUSS DEMO v
0:40 4 - LANDING DIRECT LAW
INIT FL 350
CI 90 TROPO 36090
HD 15 5 - EMERGENCY DESCENT - EXCESSIVE v v v
TRIP WIND
CAB ALT - RESTORE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 6 - HYD G+Y SYS PRESS LO v v
385 t 65 t 1:20 8 - LANDING ALTN LAW
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
INIT TAKE OFF
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 9 - TAKE OFF
10 - FLAPS LOCKED BY WTB DURING v v
NOTES
RETRACTION
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 1:50 11 - LANDING WITH FLAPS LOCKED
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N) E
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 Briefing Topics
ANTI ICE OFF
E TRI STUDENT B
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 Long - Emergency descent (structural damage)
Short - Approach and Landing with flaps locked
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t TRI STUDENT A
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA Long - HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
Short - Emergency descent (no structural damage)

session plan.
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs5.fm
A380 L F11
ffs5.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
• Practice Emergency Descent
• Practice dual hydraulic failure event
• Practice SLATS / FLAPS malfunction techniques
• Practice BUSS
A. REVIEW :
• NIL.
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• Emergency descent
• HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
• Landing with flaps locked
• BUSS DEMO
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Ability to perform Emergency Descent
• Ability to perform Dual Hyd Failure procedure and landing with no flaps
• Ability to handle the aircraft with no flaps or no slats for landing
• Ability to land in direct law
• 02.04
ffs5gd.fm
A380 L F11
FFS 5 SESSION GUIDE
3 : Set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demo. Explain that the lower part of the green band is the
target to fly before extending S/F configuration. The higher part is the target to
retract.
When configurated, target to fly is the middle of the green band.
5 : Clearance: proceed direct to MOU. Insert CAB PRESS EXCESS CAB ALT. Repeat
EMERGENCY DESCENT to proficiency.
6 : insert HYD G + Y RSVR LEVEL LO.
10 : At flaps retraction between 1 and 0, insert a flaps locked by WTB.
ffs5gd.fm
A380 L F11
OCTTR 0302.04
EMERGENCY DESCENT
First repos to FL350 and run through the procedure without inserting a malfunction.
Next, repos and insert a malfunction. Allow the trainee to perform this several times if neces-
sary to consolidate the procedure.
Finally insert a failure and allow the trainees to fly the whole descent using oxygen masks to
FL100.
FLAP AND SLAT MALFUNCTIONS

There are normally four ways to simulate slats or flaps failures :
1. No hydraulic pressure to move FLAPS.
2. No electrical signal to give the order to move.
3. Asymmetric movement so locked by the Wing Tip Brake.
4. Flap handle inoperative.
Normally, insert FLAPS or SLATS LOCKED BY WTB.
COMMON ERRORS
- Rushing procedure.
- Starting approach before completing all procedures.
- Rough handling.
- Use of managed speed on final approach.
- Go around procedure not briefed.
ffs5_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
FFS 5 TUTOR NOTES
GENERAL
One TRI STUDENT to brief Emergency Descent in full plus slat or flap malfunctions; the other
to brief dual hydraulic failures plus a summary brief for the high speed emergency descent.
The subject matter is complex and will be a test of prioritisation and time management, plus
good simulator handling.

TUTOR ONLY
TRI STUDENT weaknesses should be apparent by this stage, so any role-play should be tai-
lored to fit the situation. If there are still weaknesses in knowledge, question deeply in your
role as trainee; if there are weaknesses in training technique, show poor understanding as a
trainee in order to get a better explanation from the TRI STUDENT. It is important to focus on
individual needs at this stage, and to develop where necessary to achieve proficiency in the
final test.
The trainee may fly the session in a reasonably accomplished manner, making only a few
minor mistakes. This will be a surprise to the TRI STUDENTS, given trainee performance to
date, and it will be interesting to see if there is a tendency to over criticise.

Debrief the TRI STUDENT fully. Highlight any weaknesses and any possible problems in
achieving proficiency in the final test. For the FFS 5 briefing preparation, discuss RTO.
Provide assistance only when the documentation has been properly examined.
MANDATORY EXERCISES:
TUTOR ONLY
Landing with flaps or slats locked,

G & Y hydraulic system failure,
Emergency descent.
ffs5_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
E
FFS 6
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L 106
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
ALTN RTE AIBLYS

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND HD 15
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
NOTES
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250
ANTI ICE OFF
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs6.fm
A380 L F11
ffs6.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
• Engine failure between V1 and V2.
• Engine-out ILS approach and go around - manually flown.
• Determined by the TRI (E).
A. REVIEW :
• NIL.
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Control of the aircraft after engine failure to standard for Skill Test.
• Engine out handling, ILS and Go Around to standard for Skill Test.
• As determined by the TRI (E).
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 6 SESSION GUIDE
• TEST ITEMS AS BRIEFED BY THE TRI EXAMINER.
• Items will be specifically allocated by the TRI (E) but will include the following (mandatory)
- ENGINE OUT HANDLING either :
• ENGINE FAILURE BETWEEN V1 AND V2,
OR
• ENGINE-OUT ILS APPROACH AND GO AROUND (MANUALLY FLOWN).
ffs6gd.fm
A380 L F11
02.04
FFS 6 - TEST SESSION
TEST ITEMS
SCENARIO 1

- Managed non precision approach (FLS)
- High speed protections
- Go around 1 engine out
SCENARIO 2

- ILS approach one engine out & GA
- Dual Hydraulic system failure
- Low speed protections
SCENARIO 3

- Non precision approach (FLS) & GA
- RTO and evacuation procedures
- Buss demo
SCENARIO 4

- ILS raw data approach to minima and GA
- Flaps failure during extension, including landing in abnormal configuration
- RTO & evacuation
ffs6_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
TRI FINAL TEST / TRI SIMULATOR TEST

Brief For Final Assessment
- Each TRI STUDENT briefs his allocated session.
Conduct Final Assessment Session
- TRI STUDENT A conducts the first part of the session (1H30), TRI STUDENT B the sec-
ond part.
De-Brief
- TRI STUDENT A de-briefs the trainee in isolation from TRI STUDENT B,

- TRI STUDENT B then de-briefs,
- TRI STUDENTS make their assessment as to whether the trainee is suitable for the next
phase of training and write short handover notes.
TRI Examiner De-Brief And Final Assessment
- The TRI Examiner will de-brief the TRI STUDENTS and give his final assessment,
- (H = START TIME OF SIM),
- A 4-hour session will be planned for two TRI STUDENTS,
- H - 2:00: TRI Examiner briefs students,
- H - 1.45: Briefing for final assessment session.
ffs6_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
OBJECTIVES
Final assessment
Duties Student Time

Briefing A/B 0:30/0:30
Exercise conducted by A 1:30
B 1:30
TUTOR ONLY
De-briefing A 0:30
B 0:30
SIMULATOR SEATING
Simulator Operator TRI STUDENT A/B,

Pilot Seats Course Tutor + B/A, or the TRI Examiner,
Observer's Seat TRI Examiner unless required to take a pilot seat.
TEST
Examiner's Notes
An approved TRI Examiner will conduct the final test.
Explanations to STUDENTS
TUTOR ONLY
“Your final session will be with two new candidates that you have been asked to train.
They may have the same names as your original candidates, Capt CRUSTY and/or First
Officer GREEN but you have not met them before today”.
“Captain CRUSTY and/or First Officer GREEN had a problem with their last simulator ses-
sion. Although they received a full briefing on Engine Failure at Take-off from their previ-
ous instructor because of a technical problem with the simulator they were unable to fly the
exercise in the simulator. It has taken a few days to find another simulator session to
replace their original session. You are their new instructor for this session”.
“Your task is to brief Captain CRUSTY and First Officer GREEN for the Engine failure
exercise and to conduct this exercise in the simulator. They will not need a full briefing on
engine failures again but they will need a short briefing on this subject to refresh their
memory”.
“In addition, you will be asked to conduct a full briefing on one other subject and con-
duct the associated exercise in the simulator. This subject is new to Captain CRUSTY
and First Officer GREEN, they have not been briefed before today”.
ffs6_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
Content of assessment
Briefing for the test session notified to the student on the day preceding the test. One of the
subjects to be briefed in full, the other nominated exercises in summary. Briefing period will be
30 minutes plus or minus 10 minutes.
Simulator safety briefing will be required.
A training exercise of approximately 1.30 duration to include teaching demonstrations from a

pilot's seat and teaching from the instructor panel.
TUTOR ONLY
Student de-brief of the session.

Writing of handover notes.
Simulator/briefing time management.
Knowledge of JAR-FCL, F & H.
Note :
The TRI STUDENT is to use as the basis of his judgement, the trainee's suitability to be pre-
sented to a TRI/TRE for the final phase of training and testing.
Test exercise lists
The Examiner will select the scenario and advise the TRI STUDENT as to which items he
wishes to be briefed in full and which items may be briefed in summary. In tests conducted by
a TRI examiner with an additional course tutor as the trainee, the examiner should nominate
exercises to be poorly flown and those requiring demonstration. The TRI STUDENT should
not be told which exercises may require demonstration or significant intervention.
TUTOR ONLY
Candidate test preparation
- The TRI STUDENTS will be required to include in their Test Lesson Plan, Engine failure
between V1 and V2 or Engine out ILS to minima and an Engine-out Go-Around. The TRI
STUDENT will be told to expect to demonstrate one of the selected exercises as a result
of trainee's inability to complete the exercise satisfactorily.
- Where possible the Course Tutor will act as trainee, but the TRI Examiner may also fulfil
this function.
- The TRI STUDENTS must have access to all required facilities and material to enable
them to adequately prepare their Lesson Plan.
ffs6_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
Standard TRI Examiner Briefing
- Invite questions.
- State the purpose of the test.
- State that the whole exercise will be de-briefed by the Examiner.
- Define the schedule of events.
- Efficient time management in both briefing and conduct of the session (max session time
1.30).
- State that the TRI STUDENT should treat the trainee appropriately, and not as a Course
Tutor.
- State that the TRI STUDENT should demonstrate from a pilot's seat any exercises he/she
TUTOR ONLY
feels appropriate.
- State that the TRI STUDENT is to continue with training to proficiency or until will not ben-
efit from further input.
- State that the other TRI STUDENT is to act as PNF and be competent but passive or
operate the instructor panel as required by the TRI STUDENT under test.
- Brief the candidate to take responsibility for the simulator tech log (DR tool as appropri-
ate) both prior to and after the session.
- Provide a TRI application form.
- Ensure that the TRI STUDENT has the materials and facilities necessary for preparation
of the session.
- Check understanding of the test briefing.
Post Test Action
PASS
Complete the Test Report and Examiners Certificate on the TRI Application Form. Brief the
TUTOR ONLY
student that rating privileges cannot be used.
FAIL
Complete the Test Report and Examiners Certificate on TRI Application and Form 252 as
appropriate.
Notes :
For initial TRI Test, keep in mind the TRI STUDENT'S likely lack of training experience
beyond the Core and Type Specific courses.
Completion of the engine-out exercise and the 'demonstration' exercise are mandatory; other-
wise there is no requirement to complete all of the exercises. Apply the principle of quality
rather than quantity.
'Errors' will be typical of those made by trainees and the trainee's progress will reflect the
quality of the instruction given.
ffs6_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
For the Test the TRI STUDENT will be asked to construct a simulator session and briefing
based on one of the 4 Test scenarii. The TRI Examiner will determine the order and priority of
items and brief the TRI STUDENT accordingly. The TRI Examiner will also brief the student on
the trainees background and progress to-date. The test begins with a briefing, during which
the TRI STUDENT will brief the trainee for the exercises shown on the test program selected.
The simulator exercise must last no longer than 1hour 30 minutes for each TRI STUDENT.
This is followed by analysis, assessment and feedback of the trainee pilot's performance to
the trainee pilot, and to include recommendations for further training if appropriate.
TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR ONLY
ffs6_tutor.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11.05AIRBORNE PHASE
01 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT
This phase MUST be performed on the simulator and aircraft the TRI will be qualified (A380).
DAY 1 DAY 2
FFS FIF FLIGHT FIF
- Right hand seat familiarisation (PF) - Right hand seat familiarisation (PF)
- Base training practice (PNF) - Base training practice (PNF)
- Typical students reactions
Briefing / Debriefing 3:00 Briefing / Debriefing 3:00

FFS session (per trainee) 3:00 (1) Flight (per trainee) 0:45
(1)
1:30 per trainee
11-05.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11-05.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
E
FFS FIF
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 33R 240/10 13/10 1013 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 201 Co-route PAT 33R
CPNY RTE PAT 33R EVENTS: Refer page 4
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
CRZ FL 4000 FT CRZ TEMP -2°C

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
NOTES
RWY COND DRY (SID 1B)
ANTI ICE OFF
E
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
FFSFIF.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
Note : 1.30 per pilot

11.05
Time - FFS FIF -
(3:00)
PART A : Operation of the aircraft AS A PILOT (PF) from the right hand seat
1 - TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION

2 - ENGINE START
3 - TAKE-OFF
4 - VISUAL PATTERN
5 - ILS / VISUAL APPROACH
6 - TOUCH AND GO / CONTINUE TO PROFICIENCY
7 - IMC TAKE OFF - EFTO
8 - RADAR VECTORS TO ILS APP. MAN FLIGHT
9 - 1 ENGINE OUT GO AROUND FROM ILS MINIMA
10 - 1 ENGINE OUT VISUAL APPROACH
11 - FULL STOP LANDING
PART B : Operation of the aircraft AS AN INSTRUCTOR (PNF) from the right hand seat
• The FFS is treated in with respect to real aircraft being used for base training; i.e. engine failures
are simulatedby setting the thrust lever to idle stop.
• This part is flown with the supervisor instructor playing the student in order to expose the
instructor candidate to typical trainee reactions and problems (error recovery)
CIRCUITS AND APPROACHES PERFORMED UNTIL SATISFACTORY STANDARD IS REACHED

12 - TAKE-OFF
13 - VISUAL PATTERN
14 - ILS / VISUAL APPROACH
15 - TOUCH AND GO - GO AROUND
INCLUDING :
NORMAL OPERATIONS :
- TAKE-OFF CONFIG WARNING
- OVERCONTROLLING DOWNWIND
- NO RETARD
- HIGH FLARE - LONG FLOAT
- FLAP 3 (GPWS)
- LONG FLARE
- IMMEDIATE GO FROM TOUCH
- TOO HIGH ON APPROACH - NO FLARE
- LANDING GEAR FORGOTTEN
- MISUSE OF RUDDER
- OVERCONTROL IN ROLL DURING FLARE
- INCAPACITATION
ENGINE OUT OPERATIONS :

- WRONG RUDDER INPUTS
- MISHANDLED FLARE
- FAILURE OF OPERATING ENGINE
- FULL STOP LANDING
= mandatory items
FFSFIF.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11.07 12.05
FFS FIF SESSION GUIDE
01 - SESSION OBJECTIVES
This module is designed to :
• provide familiarisation with the operation of the aircraft from the right hand seat with limited
assistance from the trainee
• familiarise the instructor candidate with the specific techniques of conducting base training,
and to expose him to typical trainee reactions and problems
A. BRIEFING
As much as possible, the FFS will be treated as the real aircraft being used for base
training i. e. engine failures are simulated by retarding the respective thrust lever.
Ensuing drills will generally be touch drills.
Of course, genuine failures might occur during training flights. Examples of these will be
introduced using the full capabilities of the simulator and handled using the necessary drills
and check-list procedures.
In the event of a genuine failure, the action must be made clear during the first take-off
briefing i. e. TRI student will assume control of the aircraft clearly calling "I have control"
and expecting the response from the TUTOR acting as trainee "You have control".
The failure then would be handled using the appropriate abnormal/emergency procedures.
a. General right hand seat familiarization demonstration practice

Normal preparation, explanation of seat controls, adjustments, use of red and white
balls to have optimum visual references during low minima approach.
b. Use of FMS
Refer to FCTP Base Training chapter : “AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TRAINING BRIEFING”
section.
c. Touch and go
section.
d. Late final descent clearance

section.
FFSFIFgd.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11.05 12.05
FFS FIF SESSION GUIDE (END)
03 - TRAINING TOPICS (END)
e. Error recovery
During this part the TUTOR will behave as a trainee and introduce common trainee
problems and reactions. The TRI student, while noticing the error, should not simply
highlight the solution but try to analyse the possible reasons behind it.
The TRI student should be aware of the trainee receptive state when pointing out errors.
It could be better to fly the aircraft or use the AP while summarizing a problem so that
the trainee does not have to divide his attention trying to listen and to fly at the same
time. If small errors increase progressively during a session he has to recognize the
level of stress early enough by removing all pressures to prevent trainee's
depression.
f. Instructor take over

section.
• The TRI student must be able to recognize situations when take over becomes neces-
sary.
• In that case, and to avoid side stick interference (dual input) the instinctive disconnect
p/b shall be used.
FFSFIFgd.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11.05 12.05
FLIGHT FIF
Minimum flight time : 0h45 / trainee
LH SEAT RH SEAT
NOTE : each exercise will be performed until satisfactory standard is reached.
Right Hand Seat familiarization (Pilot Flying)
1 - TAKE-OFF
2 - VISUAL CIRCUIT (OR INSTRUMENT / RADAR PATTERN ACCORDING TO LOCAL CONDITIONS)
3 - TOUCH AND GO
4 - REPORT DOWNWIND
Base Training practice (Pilot Non Flying)
5 - FROM DOWNWIND
7 - TOUCH AND GO

9 - SIMULATED ENGINE FAILURE IN DOWNWIND
10 - 1 ENGINE SIMULATED INOPERATIVE FULL STOP LANDING
11 - TAKE OFF - SIMULATED ENGINE FAILURE (AFTER GEAR RETRACTION AND NOT BEFORE 400’)
12 - INSTRUMENT APPROACH TO REQUIRE MINIMUM DH, MANUAL ONE ENGINE SIMULATED
INOPERATIVE
13 - 1 ENGINE SIMULATED INOPERATIVE GO AROUND FROM REQUIRED DH APPROACH
14 - INCAPACITATION OF LEFT HAND SEAT PILOT
VISUAL CIRCUIT (OR INSTRUMENT/RADAR PATTERN ACCORDING TO LOCAL CONDITIONS)
15 - INSTRUCTOR CANDIDATE TAKE OVER
1 ENGINE SIMULATED INOPERATIVE FULL STOP LANDING
FLIGHTFIF.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11.05 12.05
FLIGHTFIF.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
12.0511.05 12.05
FLIGHT FIF SESSION GUIDE
01 - SESSION OBJECTIVES
This module is designed to put the instructor candidate at ease when operating real aircraft for
base training.
Safety is the top priority of this session. All the potential dangerous situations coming from
trainee’s wrong reactions or problems have been practised in the simulator. Therefore the
supervisor instructor playing the trainee will act as a “good” trainee.
A. APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS :
The base training flight has to be conducted in accordance with the relevant
Operation Manual 8.7 Operating procedures, Non Revenue Flight.
B. BRIEFING (1:00)
(Refer to FCTP Base Training chapter : “AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TRAINING BRIEFING”)
• The supervisor performs the normal briefing for the training flight, giving special
emphasis to the safety during the flight.
He will train up to proficiency.
Before the flight, it is important to ensure that when the control is handled from one pilot
to the other it is handled over clearly and unambiguously (I have control / You have con-
trol) and the instinctive disconnect p/b is used.
Also the actions in the event of instructor incapacitation should be covered i.e. declare
an emergency and prepare aircraft for an automatic approach and landing (if applicable).
1. During side step manoeuvre with very crisp roll control a possible overcontrol
during this exercise can be anticipated.
CAUTION : Some civil aviation Authorities have defined a minimum height for such a
manoeuvre.
2. Go around from 50 ft :
Similar to a normal go around but taken during the flare.
- Apply power while rotating to arrest the sink rate, call for "Go around flaps".
The main gear may touch the ground during the manoeuvre.
- Check positive climb before retracting gear.
3. Immediate go from touch

When landing roll continuation is not possible.
- Select TOGA
- Maintain configuration (ignore take-off config warning)
- Rotate to 10° pitch and maintain until safely airborne
- When above VLS, retract flaps to conf 3 and continue with normal procedure.
• The TRI student performs the visual circuit and the touch and go briefing.
FLIGHTFIFgd.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBORNE PHASE
11.05 12.05
FLIGHT FIF SESSION GUIDE (END)
02 - TRAINING TOPICS (END)
C. FLIGHT
The airplane shall be operated :
• in compliance with the relevant Flight Operating Manual
(in particular : Chapter 8.7 Non Revenue Flight)
• in compliance with technical and training policy contained in the FCTP Base Training
chapter : “AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TRAINING BRIEFING” section”
FLIGHTFIFgd.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBUS PILOT TRANSITION TRAINING
11.06AIRBUS PILOT TRANSITION TRAINING
01 - GENERAL
The objective of the course is to deliver the latest Airbus Pilot Transition (APT) course.
02 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT
DAY 1 DAY 2
• APT presentation • MFTD demonstration

• APT welcome briefing • Use of materials
• APT documentation • MFTD training sessions study
• MFTD sessions review • MFTD self study
• FFS syllabus review
DAY 3
• APPI module
• Procedure Data Package study
• Briefing guides, laptop, medias
• Closure
11-06.fm
A380 L F11
AIRBUS PILOT TRANSITION TRAINING
APT INDOCTRINATION GUIDE

DAY 1:
• APT presentation: PPT to present the general philosophy and training philosophy of the
course.
• APT Welcome briefing used to present the APT course, including general presentation,
footprint, documentation and the daily program.
• APT Documentation: show and study the content of a trainee documentation bag for a
standard course:
- Trainee’s booklet.
- DVDs content (trainees DVD 1, DVD 2 and instructor media DVD).
- Task sharing and callouts booklet.
- Action flows booklet.
- A380 Jeppesen Leaflet.
- QRH Leaflet.
- Laptop: OIS presentation.
LFZZ: Presentation of Jeppesen charts to be used during training.

FCTP: guided lecture of standard course introduction, including generalities, grade sheets,
footprint, ground phase, CBT program, MFTD sessions and Handling phase.
DAY 2:
• MFTD: demonstration of all possibilities, including shaded area of touch screen, CBT mode,
schematics if available, tutorials (PDP), and IOS familiarization.
• PDP demonstration with "use of tutorial" and study, then practice as trainee and instructor
alternatively, using parts of appropriate lesson plans from ground phase, normal and
abnormal.
• MFTD sessions: Practice as trainer and trainee.
• MFTD: Monitored self-practice of IOS and PDP.
DAY 3:
• APPI: presentation of APPI, including the objectives of APPI, as "making the risk visible",
the user guide study and answering any potential questions.
• PDP: guided self-study for reinforcement of knowledge, with simulated trainees' questions.
• Briefing guides: review all of them following the syllabus, only mention the additional ones,
no study required for APT.
• Laptop: menu of trainee’s laptop.
• Closure: Questions before being an APT instructor, and feedback if any.
11-06.fm

A380 L F12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12.00
12.02 - FOUNDATION MODULE

Refer to chapter 11.02
12.03 - CORE MODULE

12.04 - TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE (TRANSITION)

12-00.fm
A380 L F12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12.00
12-00.fm
A380 L F12
INTRODUCTION
12.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
02 - PREREQUISITES
TRI instructor
Previously qualified TRI on another type.
Prior to undertaking the APIC type specific module (transition), an applicant for the extension
of a TRI (MPA) rating to another type shall have:
type, or a similar type as agreed by the Authority, of which not more than 7 sectors may be
completed in a flight simulator.
3. Completed approved instructor Core Instructor Competencies (Teaching and Learning)
training.
SFI instructor
of a SFI (MPA) authorization to another type shall have:
approved TRTO
5. Have completed within a period of 12 months at least three route sectors as an observer
on the flight deck of the applicable type (1).
6. Successfully completed approved Core Instructor Competencies (Teaching and
Learning) training.
(1) The three route sectors may not be necessarily completed before the beginning of the Air-
bus Pilot Instructor Course and could be done after the full and successful completion of the
Airbus Pilot Instructor Course.
Ground School Instructor

Course prior to deliver training, and have completed the relevant System test.
12-01.fm
A380 L F12
INTRODUCTION
Transition TRI
Core course Airborne
Foundation Ground FFS sessions
5 days FFS FIF + Flight
2 days 1 day 4 sessions
(optional) 2days
Transition Restricted TRI

Core course
Foundation Ground FFS sessions FFS FIF
5 days
2 days 1 day 4 sessions 1 day
(optional)
Transition SFI
Core course
Foundation Ground FFS sessions
5 days
2 days 1 day 4 sessions
(optional)
12-01.fm
A380 L F12
INTRODUCTION
• Trainee DVD 1
• Core course materials will be given during the course
• Laptop including OIS applications
a. FOUNDATION MODULE
At the end of the day 2, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is never below 80%.
Unsatisfactory examination:
Trainee continues the course until the end of the core module.
A new satisfactory foundation module will be required before type specific module.
b. CORE COURSE
(see next pages).
c. TYPE SPECIFIC COURSE TRANSITION

(see next pages).
The last FFS session is a check.
d. AIRBORNE PHASE
Refer to airborne chapter.
12-01.fm
12-01.fm
Trainee s
CORE MODULE sticker
A380
A380
SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Day 3
PROGRESS
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
Day 5
INTRODUCTION
COURSE COMPLETION
L F12
* : - Write None if no specific comments are needed

Page 4
Issue 04 MAY 2008

Trainee s
TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE (TRANSITION)
sticker
A380
A380

SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 1
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS 2
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FFS3
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
FFS check
L F12

Page 5
Issue 04 MAY 2008
12-01.fm
12-01.fm
Trainee s
A380
A380
SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
FFS FIF
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
FLIGHT FIF
INTRODUCTION
L F12

Page 6
Issue 04 MAY 2008

Trainee s
PROGRESS INCIDENT REPORT (PIR) sticker
A380
A380

|____|____|____|____| |____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

INTRODUCTION
L F12
Page 7
Issue 04 MAY 2008
12-01.fm
12-01.fm
Trainee s
ADDITIONAL TRAINING SESSIONS sticker
A380
UNSATISFACTORY
A380
SATISFACTORY
Name
|____|____| / |____|____| / |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|____|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
L F12
* : Please give the name of the session involved (ex. FFS2)

Page 8
Issue 04 MAY 2008

A380 L F12
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TRANSITION Issue 04 MAY 2008
12.04INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
OBJECTIVES
The successful students will be able to:
• Operate an A380 simulator, qualified and approved in accordance with JAR-STD 1A

for the purpose of carrying out flight instruction.
• Carry out instruction for type rating on the Airbus , including the planning, briefing,
training, assessment and de-briefing of type technical and non-technical skills.
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be eligible for the issue of :
• Type Rating Instructor rating (multi-pilot aeroplane) (TRI(MPA))

The privileges of the holder of a TRI (MPA) rating are to instruct licence holders for the
issue of a MPA type rating, and the instruction required for multi-crew co-operation
(see JAR–FCL 1.261(d), Appendix 1 to JAR-FCL 1.261(d) and AMC FCL 1.261(d)).
OR
• Synthetic Flight Instructor
The privileges of the holder of an SFI (A) authorization are to carry out synthetic flight
instruction for type rating, and the instruction required for multi-crew cooperation (see
JAR-FCL 1.261 (d), Appendix 1 to JAR-FCL 1.261 (d) and AMC FCL 1.261 (d)).
Where indicated in the documentation a reference to TRI also includes SFI
For clarity and ease of reference, the following terminology will be used in the course docu-
mentation, and during the conduct of the course:
TRI TUTOR TRI course tutor or tutor/s

TRI STUDENT TRI under training (TRI STUDENT A or B as necessary)
TRAINEE TRI tutor when performing the role of trainee
A. BACKGROUND
This course assumes that the TRI STUDENT has a high level of knowledge of aircraft sys-
tems and procedures.
The customer is responsible to ensure that the TRI STUDENT has the potential to complete
the course successfully.
The course is intended for experienced TRI/SFI’s on another type pilots who have
assimilated a high level of technical knowledge and been selected for training as TRI.
It is expected that TRI STUDENTS will spend time preparing for the course in advance.
The course is not intended to make good any shortfall in technical knowledge; those
students who do not prepare are unlikely to succeed.
The function of the course is to introduce and practice the training skills appropriate to type
transition and check/refresher training.
12-04.fm
A380 L F12
The course syllabus uses selected elements of exercises from a typical Type Rating Transi-
tion Course and sessions, to provide the environment for the development of instructional
technique.
B. USE OF ROLE PLAY

TRI TUTORS will play the role of the TRAINEE
It is assumed that this trainee will have assimilated the knowledge from a ground school
course but will have had no exposure to the cockpit environment.
The TRAINEE will operate from the appropriate pilot seat, with the non-operating TRI STU-
DENT occupying the vacant seat and performing in a competent manner.
The TRAINEE will display a range of abilities and behaviours, consistent with the role adopted
for the session. Errors observed by the TRI STUDENT should be analysed and corrected,
concentrating on the underlying problems encountered by the TRAINEE. The TRI STUDENT
should concentrate on root error causes and deficiencies of technique and not simply offer
advice to correct the error symptom.
C. TRAINING TECHNIQUES
The skills required to deliver type transition and recurrent training include briefing, demonstra-
tion (handling), observation, objective analysis, facilitation, feedback and report writing. The
primary training skills developed in the core instructor competencies (teaching and learning)
course will be reinforced with practical examples.
The TRI STUDENT will be expected to prepare simulator briefing, during which the TRI
TUTOR will examine, selected topics relevant to the simulator session. The TRI STUDENT
will then give a simulator session brief to the trainee. He or she is expected to use all relevant
documentation (OIS, ...).
TRI STUDENTS will be required to prepare lessons plans, adapting the information provided
in the course session
During the sessions the TRI STUDENT will be required to demonstrate procedures and
manoeuvres, to observe the trainee’s performance, to provide analysis/feedback and write a
clear objective trainee’s report. The TRI TUTOR will provide technique training and feedback
for the TRI STUDENT. The course makes extensive use of video recording and playback to
maximise TRI STUDENT learning.
Successful completion of the final check will enable an application for TRI Rating (simulator
only) to be made. The check is a confirmation that the TRI STUDENT has reached the
required level of competence required for rating issue.
12-04.fm
A380 L F12
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TRANSITION Issue 05 FEB 2009
Upon successful completion of the course, a recommendation will be made to the customer
that the TRI STUDENT can be issued with a TRI rating (simulator), subject to any national
licensing authority requirements. Prior to exercising the privileges of this rating, Airbus will rec-
ommend a period of supervision for the successful TRI STUDENT. This period could be any-
thing from the conduct of 1 simulator session under supervision, to a complete transition
course under supervision. The recommendation will be tailored to meet perceived individual
TRI STUDENT needs.It is not mandatory but recommended.
D. SUPPORT
TRI STUDENTS will be provided with the following support material:
1) Trainee Booklet including the course syllabus

2) All Instructor Media DVD
3) Trainee DVD 1
4) Selected relevant Airport Charts
5) Task sharing and callouts booklet
6) Extract of QRH
7) Course Schedule with relevant contact information
8) A laptop including OIS applications
Using this material, the TRI STUDENT will be expected to start preparing for the simulator
exercises outlined in this syllabus.
The course can be fully customized, in which case items 4 and 6 will be provided by the cus-
tomer
Trainees
The 2 trainees will be role played by the TRI TUTOR/S. They will be:
Trainee A
Captain (tutor first name) Crusty
55 years old. 15,000 flying hours. 6,000 hours flying a B737 300/400/500 or equivalent
Trainee B
First Officer (tutor first name) Green
23 years old. 600 flying hours mainly single and light twin piston. No airline experience.
Completed ELT.
12-04.fm
A380 L F12
E. COURSE TIMETABLE & OVERVIEW

The first day involves facilitated discussions of training techniques in addition to the prepara-
tion of briefing material for the first simulator session. The TRI STUDENTS will be expected to
prepare a short 20-minute presentation on the following subject:
A review of one human factors related Airbus fly by wire accident
The next 4 days follow the format of 2 hours of briefing and classroom work for the 2 TRI
STUDENTS, followed by a 4 hour full flight simulator (FFS) session, and finishing with a one-
hour de-briefing and re-briefing for the following day.
Each TRI STUDENT will in turn, deliver 30 minutes of briefings to the trainee. The main brief-
ing topic should require 20 minutes coverage, with the other topic requiring 10 minutes.
The TRI TUTOR will analyse these briefings and provide feedback to the TRI STUDENT prior
to the Sim session.
Each half of the Sim Session (1:30) will be a practical lesson based on these briefings. The
TRI STUDENT will plan the session and order of events as appropriate. The TRAINEE will fly
the session as briefed; it may be obvious that one or more of the items is causing significant
problems to the TRAINEE, necessitating a demonstration from the TRI STUDENT. The exer-
cises are continued until either the TRAINEE reaches a satisfactory standard, or the TRI
TUTOR decides to terminate that particular item and to move on to the next.
On completion of the simulator exercise, TRI STUDENT will debrief the TRAINEE, before writ-
ing handover notes. The TRI TUTOR will then debrief the TRI STUDENT.
For this, TRI STUDENTS will be provided with mock trainee files.
The emphasis throughout will be on quality of instruction, the accuracy of analysis, and the
relevance of any remedial action recommended by the TRI STUDENT, rather than amount of
material covered.
12-04.fm
A380 L F12
The list below covers the major items to be covered during each simulator session:
Time management, cockpit preparation, taxi, normal takeoff (rotation technique),

derate-climb, flight control law demo including high-speed protection, managed
non precision approach, landing
FFS 1
Reposition to holding point, takeoff, windshear recovery, sidestick logic, take over
methods, autothrust logic, engagement and disengagement conditions, raw data
ILS approach, parking and shutdown checks.
Engine failure at takeoff handling and demonstration, 1 engine out ILS, go

FFS 2
around, landing 2 engines inop, MTOW, RTO, emergency evacuation.
Quick start, engine failure after V1, engine relight, reposition FL350, emergency
descent, HYD G+ Y SYS PRESS LO, flapless landing.
FFS 3 Crosswind takeoff, ELEC EMER CONFIG. Simulator Reset.
Spare time for trainees to review items
FFS 4 Final check including engine-out handling.
F. SIMULATOR SEATING
There will be 2 TRI TUTORS for each day. The role-play will be split with one TRI TUTOR
allocated to each TRAINEE (A or B) The simulator sessions will be divided so that the TRI
TUTOR for the session occupies the PF seat, e.g.
Session FFS 1 IOS IOS supervision PNF PF
1A TRI STUDENT A TUTOR A TRI STUDENT B TUTOR B
1B TRI STUDENT B TUTOR B TRI STUDENT A TUTOR A
For FFS 2, 3 :
The TRI STUDENT conducting the session occupies the IOS.
The other TRI STUDENT occupies the PNF seat
Normally each TRI STUDENT will complete 2 consecutive sessions with one TRAINEE (A OR
B)
Normally the order of events for the TRI STUDENTS will reverse each day, e.g. for FFS 1, TRI
STUDENT A will brief first and act as the TRI for the first part of the session, and B for the sec-
ond. On the following day TRI STUDENT B will brief first and act as TRI for the first part of the
session, and so on.
12-04.fm
A380 L F12
G. ASSESSMENT
TRI STUDENT progress will be continually assessed throughout the course, and he or she
will only be presented for the Final Check if the Course TRI TUTOR is confident that the
required standard will be achieved.
If there is doubt as about successful outcome of the course, the TRI STUDENT will be
advised and any necessary remedial action discussed.
For the Final Check the TRI STUDENT will be asked to construct a simulator session and
briefing based on one of the 4 Test Scenarii. The test will begin with a briefing for the exer-
cises shown on the test scenario. The simulator exercise will last no longer than 1hour 30 min-
utes for each TRI STUDENT. This will be followed by analysis, assessment and feedback of
the trainee’s performance, including recommendations for further training as appropriate.
03 - TYPE SPECIFIC MODULE (TRANSITION) FOOTPRINT
DAY 1 (ground)
• Welcome - administrative 00:45

• Introduction 00:15
• Expectations from the course 00:10
• Explanation of the course 01:00
• Accident presentation 01:30
• Abnormal operations 01:00
• Exercises 01:00
• Briefing guidance 01:00
• Simulator session 01:00
DAY 2 DAY 3

DAY 4 DAY 5

• FFS 3 session 04:00 • FFS 4 session(check) 04:00
12-04.fm
A380 L F12
11.01INTRODUCTION
DAY 1 (Ground)
During introductory discussions ensure the TRI STUDENTS are both prepared to present an
Airbus fly by wire accident
Ensure TRI STUDENTS have all the required materials. Escort them as necessary to obtain
the instructor laptop.
Welcome Briefing (0.30)

TRI students will receive the normal Airbus Welcome Briefing. If the course is to be delivered
in customer facilities the welcome briefing should be adapted accordingly.
Course Introduction (1.00)
TUTOR ONLY
Using the Introduction Section, present a short briefing outlining the content and philosophy of
the course:
Pre-requisites (knowledge and experience)
Talk about assumptions and the need for a high level of technical knowledge
Course Objective
Be concise and tell them the objective is to prepare them so that they can adapt to any sylla-
bus and have the basic tools needed to brief, operate the simulator, observe, teach, demon-
strate and debrief.
JAR-FCL Requirements
Briefly introduce the regulation or adapt to local regulations for TRI
Course Method and the use of role-play
Describe the purpose of role-play, for the TUTOR to control the instruction and ensure TRI
STUDENTS exposure to different types of trainee.
TUTOR ONLY
Describe each role and ensure TRI STUDENTS understand
TUTOR PF
TUTOR IOS
TRI STUDENT
TRAINEE
Captain Crusty/First Officer Green
Facilitate a brief discussion on the relative challenges that each trainee may present use of
video recording and playback.
Explain the purpose and use. Ensure the TRI STUDENTS know the tapes will be destroyed
Video will only be used until briefing skills reach the required standard
day1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
Introduction to the Trainees:

Course Materials
Describe each briefly including usage and resolution of any conflicting information (FCOM is
the primary course).
Format and Timings
Discuss the published programme and outline expectations.
For the first 3 sessions at least, briefings will be de-briefed prior to the simulator session.
There will be a short introduction each day to clarify any outstanding issues.
Instructor competence standard
Outline the purpose of the test but make it clear there will be assessment throughout and TRI
TUTOR ONLY
STUDENTS will not be entered for the test unless there is a high probability of success.
Hopes and concerns
Ask the trainees to write their hopes and concerns (what they do want, what they do not want)
about the course and then collect them explaining that they will be used in the final part of the
course
Hand out post it notes each (2 colours) – (used in final collective debrief)
EFFECTIVE TRAINING
Question to the TRI students:
“Think back to who was a good instructor, have their name in mind. Identify 2 or 3 character-
TUTOR ONLY
Ask 1 TRI student to collate the characteristics on a flip chart.
Do the same exercise, question:
“Think back to who was a poor instructor, have their name in mind. Identify 2 or 3 character-
Ask 1 TRI student to collate the characteristics on a flip chart.
Tell the TRI student that this defines effective instruction/ineffective training and appropriate/
inappropriate behavior.
day1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
ACCIDENT PRESENTATIONS
Student Presentations
TRI Student A will deliver a 20-minute presentation as follows:
A review an human factors related fly-by-wire Airbus accidents. The presentation should not
exceed the allotted time and may include any available tools. e.g:
-White Board
-Flip Chart
-PowerPoint
TUTOR ONLY
Information is available from a variety of sources, including : http://aviation-safety.net.
Presentation material must be prepared solely by the TRI STUDENTS.
The objective of this exercise is to :

Evaluate TRI STUDENT presentation skills and provide for a short subsequent discussion (20
minutes) about potential weaknesses in crew training, in addition to any areas where effective
crew training could have prevented the accident.
TRI STUDENT B to deliver a 20-minute presentation
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
EXERCISE (1:00)
Explain to the TRI STUDENTS that one of the main challenges of training is to take complex
topics and present them in a simple and uncomplicated manner.
TUTOR ONLY
Tell them they have 30 minutes in which to prepare a short 10-minute presentation on one of
the following subjects:
- FBW engine failure above V1, rotation technique, and initial climb.
- FBW crosswind landing technique, or GPWS recovery.
The presentation should be directed towards a pilot with no technical knowledge of the air-
craft, as though he/she is part of a team assessing the potential purchase of a FBW Airbus.
Emphasis should be on practical application and the operational advantages of the sys-
tem, plus detailed information on flying techniques.
Allow them the use of any available material, including extracts from the FCTM.
The briefing should be done on a white board.
day1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12

TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR ONLY
day1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 1
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
TRI STUDENT A
FLT NBR A/L 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL INIT GATE
FFS SAFETY
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT
PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
2 - ENGINE START / AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -7°C 3 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - CLIMB FL 110 v v v
6 - FLIGHT CONTROL LAW DEMO v
TRIP WIND HD 15
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - NON PRECISION APPROACH VOR v v v v
DME (FLS)
385 t 65 t 1:50 9 - LANDING
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
TRI STUDENT B
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 2:10 INIT HOLDING POINT
NOTES 10 - TAKE OFF v v

DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 11 - WINDSHEAR RECOVERY v v
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N) 12 - SIDE STICK LOGIC DEMO v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 13 - AUTOTHRUST LOGIC DEMO v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - ILS RAW DATA v v
3:00 15 - GO AROUND v v v v
E
16 - VISUAL PATTERN - LANDING
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 17 - AFTER LANDING
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 18 - TAXI
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 19 - PARKING
VR 127 v FLEX 58 VR 126 v FLEX 57 E

Briefing Topics
TRI STUDENT A
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR Flight control law and high speed protection
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF TRI STUDENT B

Sidestick logic and ILS Raw data
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1.fm
A380 L F12
ffs1.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
• Use of SOP’s task sharing throughout a normal flight sequence
• Handling techniques at takeoff and landing
• Study of Flight Control Laws including high and low speed protections
• Study of A/THR and side stick logics
• Study of ILS RAW DATA
• Study of visual pattern
• Study of windshear recovery at takeoff
• Non Precision Approach: flying technique below MDA
A. REVIEW :
• Cockpit preparation using aicraft equipments in a real environment.
B. NEW EXERCISES:
• Cockpit preparation
• Seat adjustment, armrest, lights
• Oxygen masks
• Audio: hand mike, headset, RMP, ACP.
• Taxi
• NWS, brake check, flight control check, take off side stick position, rotation technique
• Flight Control Laws
• Sidestick logic
• Auto Thrust logic
• Raw Data ILS approach
• Managed Non Precision Approach
• Windshear
C. SUPPORT / REFERENCES:
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Knowledge of SOP’s.
• Ability to fly managed Non Precision Approach – stabilised followed by a landing or GA.
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE
1 : Aircraft not electrically supplied.
3 : Aircraft component location : use components visualization menu in the reposition-

ning function page to display on visual : gears, engines, wing tips position.
6 : VV design
• Color means

AP OFF- FD ON - A/THR ON
- Level flight: Speed 280 kts
(auto trim)
- Stability in roll
Protections
configuration.
AP OFF - FD ON - A/THR OFF
• From the above ask the pilot to practice 45° bank angle turns
• Ask the pilot to increase bank angle to the maximum (67°)
displayed on SD
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F12

• Emphasize maximum pitch up to 30° reduced to 25° at low speed
normal flight
- High speed: speed around 280kts

• Set a pitch down at 5° and release the side stick
• Increase pitch attitude: explain that at α PROT the auto trim ceases
• Between α PROT and α MAX the α FLOOR engages: disconnect it
• Demonstrate the maximum bank angle
11 : Insert a wind shear after rotation (moderate).
13 : Autothrust.
Disconnect / reengagement FMA - ECAM.
Demonstrate that thrust is available beyond CLB detent.
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F12
ffs1gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
COCKPIT PREPARATION
Detailed information on preparing the cockpit for departure is to be found in FCOM and in the
FCTM. For the first session, the trainees perform a preliminary and a complete cockpit prep-
aration. Initially you can help your trainees when the configuration is incorrect but after a few
sessions they should be able to do it themselves.
Try to focus your attention on the trainees and keep the IOS inputs as simple as possible
Create realism by ensuring the aircraft is on the gate, the cockpit is correctly set, doors are
open.
Set the environment according to the session guide.
Try to simulate the normal sequence of events, e.g. fuel loading, pax boarding, doors closing,
final load information.
Task sharing and areas of responsibility may need to be clear explanation. Encourage ensure
good crew communication and crosschecking.
Listen to the briefing to make sure you understand what is said.
He will be in the loop at all times.
TAKE-OFF AND INITIAL CLIMB

Common error :
• Runway wasted during line-up and initial power setting.

• Aircraft held on the brakes during power application.
• Use of nosewheel steering tiller during take-off roll.
• Not starting the CHRONO.
• FMA callouts incomplete, late, or missed.
• FMA callouts not acknowledged.
• “Thrust set” call missed or made before parameters stabilised and checked.
• “Positive climb” call made without confirming on radio altimeter and VSI.
LANDING
It is an important concept that the aircraft should be aligned with the centreline of the runway
during the landing.
If the trainees have problems landing, check they are looking at the far end of the runway dur-
ing the flare
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
Typical briefing
1- Start on time, room ready

2- Remaining questions from the previous day
3- Objectives of the session and expected performance
4- Session DATA review:
Weather
Airport
Aircraft
5- Performance DATA check: Flaps setting, speeds, Flex Temp…
6- Session global review including key points review for each exercise
7- Answer any questions on the exercises briefed
8- Finish on time (10mn before session)
9- Manage a break before entering the simulator
Typical debriefing
1- Start debriefing after a short break

2- Request trainees feelings
3- Announce first if objectives are reached or not
4- Point out positive items first. Be open-minded
5- Review all exercises, give remedies, answer questions
6- CRM Standards are to be taken into account
7- Prepare next session, syllabus, documentation, next meeting time
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 1 TUTOR NOTES
GENERAL
FFS 1 session is supposed to reflect the first FFS session (normal operation) of a transition
course.
Ensure the TRI STUDENTS have an opportunity to ask questions before starting their brief-
ings, to clear up any uncertainties.
Arrange the video (if used) so you can see the white board and student. Try to make a note of
TUTOR ONLY
any interesting aspects of behaviour or body language. At this stage play close attention to
style and delivery as well as technical content.
Explain to the TRI STUDENTS that taxi, takeoff, visual pattern, landing, windshear, flying
technique below MDA (FLS) exercises are supposed to have been briefed.
The briefing may overrun the planned time of 30 minutes. Allow a small overrun for this ses-
sion but emphasise to the TRI STUDENTS the need for good time management. The stu-
dents will almost certainly be nervous.
Technical knowledge in this area should be good, but the TRI STUDENTS will need to think
carefully about the mechanics of demonstrating FBW protections. They have guidance in the
session preparation notes. If things don’t work perfectly in the simulator, allow them some time
to think around the problem before intervening.
This is an important session for the students to learn the importance of matching their words
to simulator behaviour.
If you suspect a lack of knowledge in what should be familiar areas, probe during the briefing,
TUTOR ONLY
session and debriefing.
If the knowledge is assessed to be poor, remind the TRI STUDENT/S to be very thorough in
their preparation. Tell them that a high level of technical knowledge is expected and it will be
constantly tested particularly in the latter part of the course.

The TRI STUDENTS will deliver a short debrief after the session. Ensure that they identify
the key learning points and test learning and summarise the session.
The TRI TUTOR will then debrief the TRI STUDENTS. Offer advice and encouragement and
keep criticism to a minimum. Try to use open questions to enable self-learning. Remember
that the workload for the TRI STUDENTS is extremely high and they will be feeling consider-
able pressure.
The TRI STUDENTS must begin work on their briefing for the conduct of FFS 2. This session
deals with engines failures.
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 2 consists of Engine Failure procedures, simple ECAM procedures. The TRI STU-
DENTS should be told to assemble their own session to cover the syllabus of instrument
approaches and simple failures, and to consolidate previous lessons. They should have iden-
tified the trainee’s weaknesses and will wish to correct them.
In Trainee role-play, one character is the Captain, reluctant to accept FBW and the Airbus phi-
losophy. The other character is a new inexperienced co-pilot. Both make typical errors. Swap
trainees after FFS 2, this will ensure that the TRI STUDENTS have exposure to both charac-
ters and seats.
TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR ONLY
ffs1_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 330/10 5000 RA OVC 600 8/6 QNH 1010 QFE 981 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
TRI STUDENT B
FLT NBR A/L 102
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL INIT HOLDING POINT
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 1 - COCKPIT SETUP FOR TAKE OFF BY

TRI STUDENT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
2 - TAKE OFF
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -7°C 3 - ENGINE FAILURE AFTER V1 v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - ILS ONE ENG OUT v v
1:10 6 - GO AROUND v v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
7 - 2ND ENGINE FAIL v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - LANDING - TWO ENG OUT
385 t 65 t TRI STUDENT A

GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
2:00 INIT HOLDING POINT
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 9 - TAKE OFF
10 - ENGINE FAILURE AFTER V1 v v v
NOTES 11 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 12 - VOR DME APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1N) 3:10 13 - GO AROUND v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 14 - 2ND ENGINE FAIL v v v
ANTI ICE ON 15 - LANDING - TWO ENG OUT
E
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 MTOW 569 T - ZFW 360 T FOB 209 T
16 - RTO
3:55 17 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA E
Briefing Topics
TRI STUDENT B
V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED Engine failure after V1
ILS approach and GO AROUND one engine out
TRI STUDENT A
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2 engines inop approach
LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 T Rejected takeoff - EMER EVAC
V1 126 v TOGA V1 TOGA
VR 150 FLEX VR FLEX
V2 158 DERATED V2 DERATED
ffs2.fm
A380 L F12
ffs2.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
Study of:
• ILS one engine out and go around
• Two engines out approach and landing
• Rejected take off
• EMER EVAC
A. REVIEW :
• Cockpit preparation
B. NEW EXERCISES :
• One engine out ILS
• One engine out Go around
• One engine out Landing and two engines Inop on same wing
• Rejected take off and emergency evacuation
• FCOM
• FCTM

Ability to handle the aircraft during:
• ILS approach and go around one engine out
• Two engines out approach and landing
• Rejected take off and emergency evacuation
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE
3,10 : Engine failure after V1 (with damage or relight unsuccessful) until acceptable
proficiency. If not, TRI STUDENT demonstration.
7,14 : On downwind, fail 2nd engine on the same wing.
16 : Eng fire at V1-20kt (unextinguishable).
ffs2gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
NON-PRECISION APPROACHES
Common Errors:
- Raw data information not monitored closely throughout approach.
- NAV accuracy not confirmed or checked.
- TO waypoint validity not checked on ND.
- Incomplete or rushed briefing.
- Aircraft descent preparation late.
- Go around altitude set incorrectly.
ENGINE FAILURE OR FIRE AFTER V1

Do not hesitate to freeze the simulator / ENGINE-OUT GO AROUND if an unsafe situation
develops during training.
Do not hesitate to stop exercise and perform a demo if necessary.
Common Errors:
- Over rotation on take off leading to speed below V2.
- FMA changes not announced.
- ß Target not fully centred.
- Not trimming the rudder.
- ECAM non-reversible actions carried out without proper crew confirmation.
- Missed Approach procedure or ATC instructions not accurately followed.
- Poor maintenance and monitoring of required track.
- Lack of task sharing discipline during manual flight (FCU actions).
- Not rotating to correct pitch attitude on go-around.
- Not aware of MSA.
REJECTED TAKE-OFF
Common Errors:
- Disarming of auto brake due to instinctive manual braking.
- ATC and / or Cabin crew not informed.
- Reversers remain engaged after aircraft stop.
- Omitting to set parking brake on.
- Inability to use mechanical seat controls once the aircraft no longer has a source of AC
power.
ffs2_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 2 TUTOR NOTES

FFS 2 session is supposed to reflect the first FFS session (abnormal operation) of a transition
course.
For this session the role-play may develop as the students become more comfortable in the
environment. Respond to the instruction you receive. Give each student a least 2 items to
debrief.
TUTOR ONLY
It is likely that these difficulties will cause disruption to the session. The TRI STUDENTS must
retain control and determine how to overcome the problems. The TRI STUDENTS may be
keen to demonstrate from a seat; allow this if they suggest it. They will need some help in set-
ting the simulator.
Possible errors:
- Late configuration, high on the profile, chasing from above
- Not selecting or monitoring raw data
- Poor visual transition at MDA, FD remain on and ‘ducks under’ the slope
There should be plenty to debrief. Make sure the TRI STUDENTS are prioritising correctly,
and have a clear strategy of the remedial training that may be needed.

The TRI STUDENTS should by now be reasonably confident in the de-brief, and the way they
TUTOR ONLY
handle the trainee. Don’t forget the emphasis on training to proficiency; encourage the TRI
STUDENTS to give praise as well as criticism and to end the debrief on a positive note.
REVIEW
The course tutor/s should review the TRI STUDENTS progress at this point. Be honest about
progress to-date; give praise where appropriate; ensure that where there is doubt about
progress there will be a further review after each day. The course is very time limited and
there is little scope for remedial training.
ffs2_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 3
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 330/10 5000 OVC 500 8/6 QNH 1003 QFE 974 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
TRI STUDENT A
FLT NBR A/L 103
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL INIT HOLDING POINT
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 1 - COCKPIT SETUP FOR TAKE OFF BY

TRI STUDENT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
2 - TAKE OFF
0:20 3 - ENGINE FAILURE AFTER V1 v v v
4 - RELIGHT v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090
INIT FL 350
TRIP WIND HD 15
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 5 - EMERGENCY DESCENT v v v

6 - HYD G+Y SYS PRESS LO v v
385 t 65 t 1:30 7 - LANDING v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 8 - REVIEW TEST ITEMS
320 t TRI STUDENT B

ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
2:00 INIT TAKE OFF
NOTES
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 9 - CROSSWIND TAKE OFF v v
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N) 10 - ELEC EMER CONFIG v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 11 - ILS APPROACH v
ANTI ICE ON 2:50 12 - LANDING
13 - REVIEW TEST ITEMS
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 E
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Briefing Topics
TRI STUDENT A
V1 121 TOGA V1 125 TOGA Emergency descent
HYD G+Y SYS PRESS LO
TRI STUDENT B
V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED Crosswind Takeoff
ELEC EMER CONFIG
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs3.fm
A380 L F12
ffs3.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
• Study of emergency descent
• Study of HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
• Study of ELEC EMER CONFIG
A. REVIEW :
• Crosswind Takeoff
• Engine Relight
• TRI Test items (FFS 4)
B. NEW EXERCISES:
• ELEC EMER CONFIG
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides, Flt Ops Briefing Notes/Landing techniques.
• FCOM
• FCTM

Ability to perform:
- Crosswind takeoff
- Emergency descent
- Landing with no flaps (dual HYD failure)
- EMER ELEC CONFIG (ILS RAW DATA)
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE
TRI STUDENT to prepare the conduct of the session.
5 : At FL 350 insert CAB PRESS EXCESS CAB ALT (Explosive decompression window
blown out).
At FL 100 or MSA, end of exercise.
Restore all systems.
6 : Insert simultaneously HYD G+Y RSVR LVL LOW.
9 : Insert WIND 240 / 20.
11 : Insert WIND 330 / 10.
ffs3gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
COMMON ERRORS
• ECAM HANDLING
- No de-selection of manually selected system page when no longer required.
- Clearing action without crosscheck.
- STATUS page reviewed at the wrong time.
- Oxygen Mask not fitted prior to descent.
- Rushed procedure.
- Communication not established.
- Wrong FCU selections.
- FMA not checked.
- Speed brake not extended.
- Autopilot / Autothrust disengaged.
- Descent below MSA.
- Max / Appropriate speed not achieved.
- Oxygen mask selectors left at 100 %.
- ATC not advised.

- Failure to FLY, NAVIGATE & COMMUNICATE (in that order).
- Incorrect LDG CONF / APPR SPD / LDG DIST corrections.
- Incorrect Vapp inserted in MFD Perf.
ffs3_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 3 TUTOR NOTES
GENERAL
FFS 3 gives the TRI STUDENTS the opportunity to conduct some more complex exercises
that they may not have recent experienced (unlike the normal recurrent training exercises).
In order to successfully brief, conduct, and debrief the Double Hydraulic Failure and Emer-
gency Electrical Configuration the prospective TRI’s will have had to perform significant “self-
study” and briefing preparation.
The briefings should be concise and assume that the trainees have prepared for the session
with self-study. The TRI’s should be encouraged to question the trainees to ascertain their
TUTOR ONLY
technical knowledge.
The simulation should be conducted in a realistic Line Orientated Simulation (LOS), however
it may be appropriate to freeze the simulator during the exercise to enable the trainees to
observe the effects of the failure and its associated procedure.
Sufficient time should be left at the end of the details to review the requirements of the TRI
test (FFS 4).
Prior to releasing the candidate for the test, the Tutor should be confident that they have
reached the required standard to pass. Otherwise additional training may be requested.

TRI STUDENT weaknesses should be apparent by this stage, so any role-play should be tai-
lored to fit the situation. If there are still weaknesses in knowledge, question deeply in your
role as trainee; if there are weaknesses in training technique, show poor understanding as a
trainee in order to get a better explanation from the TRI STUDENT. It is important to focus on
individual needs at this stage, and to develop where necessary to achieve proficiency in the
TUTOR ONLY
final test.
The trainee may fly the session in a reasonably accomplished manner, making only a few
minor mistakes. This will be a surprise to the TRI STUDENTS, given trainee performance to
date, and it will be interesting to see if there is a tendency to over criticise.

The TRI examiner should now alocate the TRI candidates their groups exercices for FFS 4
assessment.
TRI STUDENT PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

Prior to the FFS4 (TRI Test) the TRI STUDENT must have demonstrated:
- Proficient Technical Knowledge.
- Clear and concise briefings/debriefings.
- Accurate report writing.
- Proficiency in operating the IOS whilst observing Students.
- Appropriate Instructional techniques during FFS sessions.
- Correct assessment of CRM Skills.
ffs3_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
FFS 4
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L 104
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
ALTN RTE AIBLYS

CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND HD 15
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
NOTES
ANTI ICE : E
E Briefing Topics
TRI STUDENT A
TRI STUDENT B
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
As required by the TRI Examiner
VR FLEX VR FLEX
Each TRI STUDENT will complete individual lesson plans
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs4.fm
A380 L F12
ffs4.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
• Engine failure between V1 and V2.
• Engine-out ILS approach and go around - manually flown.
• Determined by the TRI (E).
A. REVIEW :
• NIL.
B. NEW EXERCISES:
• FCOM
• FCTM

• Control of the aircraft after engine failure to standard for Skill Test.
• Engine out handling, ILS and Go Around to standard for Skill Test.
• As determined by the TRI (E).
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
FFS 4 SESSION GUIDE
• TEST ITEMS AS BRIEFED BY THE TRI EXAMINER.
• Items will be specifically allocated by the TRI (E) but will include the following (mandatory)
- ENGINE OUT HANDLING either :
• ENGINE FAILURE BETWEEN V1 AND V2,
OR
• ENGINE-OUT ILS APPROACH AND GO AROUND (MANUALLY FLOWN).
ffs4gd.fm
A380 L F12
02.04
FFS 4 - TRI FINAL ASSESSMENT
TEST ITEMS
SCENARIO 1

- non precision approach (FLS)
- High speed protections
- Go around one engine out
SCENARIO 2

- ILS approach one engine and go around
- Dual Hydraulic system failure
- Low speed protections
SCENARIO 3

- Non precision approach (FLS) and go-around
- RTO and evacuation procedures
- Buss demo
SCENARIO 4

- ILS Raw Data to minima and GA
- Flaps failure during retraction, including landing in abnormal configuration
- Rejected take off and evacuation
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
TRI FINAL TEST / TRI SIMULATOR TEST

Brief For Final Assessment
- Each TRI Student briefs his allocated session.
Conduct Final Assessment Session
- TRI Student A conducts first 1hr 30 min session, TRI Student B the second.
De-Brief
- TRI Student A de-briefs the trainee in isolation from TRI Student B,

- TRI Student B then de-briefs,
- TRI students make their assessment as to whether the trainee is suitable for the next
phase of training and write short handover notes.
TRI Examiner De-Brief And Final Assessment
- The TRI Examiner will de-brief the TRI Students and give his final assessment,
- (H = START TIME OF SIM),
- A 4-hour session will be planned for two TRI Students,
- H - 2:00: TRI Examiner briefs students,
- H - 1.45: Briefing for final assessment session.
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
OBJECTIVES
Final assessment
Duties Student Time

Briefing A/B 0:30/0:30
Exercise conducted by A 1:30
B 1:30
De-briefing A 0:30
TUTOR ONLY
B 0:30
SIMULATOR SEATING
Simulator Operator TRI Student A/B,

Pilot Seats Course Tutor + B/A, or the TRI Examiner,
Observer's Seat TRI Examiner unless required to take a pilot seat.
TEST
Examiner's Notes
An approved TRI Examiner will conduct the final test.
Explanations to STUDENTS
TUTOR ONLY
“Your final session will be with two new candidates that you have been asked to train.
They may have the same names as your original candidates, Capt CRUSTY and/or First
Officer GREEN but you have not met them before today”.
“Captain CRUSTY and/or First Officer GREEN had a problem with their last simulator ses-
sion. Although they received a full briefing on Engine Failure at Take-off from their previ-
ous instructor because of a technical problem with the simulator they were unable to fly the
exercise in the simulator. It has taken a few days to find another simulator session to
replace their original session. You are their new instructor for this session”.
“Your task is to brief Captain CRUSTY and First Officer GREEN for the Engine failure
exercise and to conduct this exercise in the simulator. They will not need a full briefing on
engine failures again but they will need a short briefing on this subject to refresh their
memory”.
“In addition, you will be asked to conduct a full briefing on one other subject and con-
duct the associated exercise in the simulator. This subject is new to Captain CRUSTY
and First Officer GREEN, they have not been briefed before today”.
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
Content of assessment
Briefing for the test session notified to the student on the day preceding the test. One of the
subjects to be briefed in full, the other nominated exercises in summary. Briefing period will be
30 minutes plus or minus 10 minutes.
Simulator safety briefing will be required.
A training exercise of approximately 1.30 duration to include teaching demonstrations from a

pilot's seat and teaching from the instructor panel.
TUTOR ONLY
Student de-brief of the session.

Writing of handover notes.
Simulator/briefing time management.
Knowledge of JAR-FCL, F & H.
Note :
The TRI student is to use as the basis of his judgement, the trainee's suitability to be pre-
sented to a TRI/TRE for the final phase of training and testing.
Test exercise lists
The Examiner will select the scenario and advise the TRI Student as to which items he wishes
to be briefed in full and which items may be briefed in summary. In tests conducted by a TRI
examiner with an additional course tutor as the trainee, the examiner should nominate exer-
cises to be poorly flown and those requiring demonstration. The TRI Student should not be
TUTOR ONLY
told which exercises may require demonstration or significant intervention.
Candidate test preparation
- The TRI Students will be required to include in their Test Lesson Plan, Engine failure
between V1 and V2 or Engine out ILS to minima and an Engine-out Go-Around. The TRI
Student will be told to expect to demonstrate one of the selected exercises as a result of
trainee's inability to complete the exercise satisfactorily.
- Where possible the Course Tutor will act as trainee, but the TRI Examiner may also fulfil
this function.
- The TRI Students must have access to all required facilities and material to enable them
to adequately prepare their Lesson Plan.
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
Standard TRI Examiner Briefing
- Invite questions.
- State the purpose of the test.
- State that the whole exercise will be de-briefed by the Examiner.
- Define the schedule of events.
- Efficient time management in both briefing and conduct of the session (max session time
1.30).
- State that the TRI Student should treat the trainee appropriately, and not as a Course
Tutor.
- State that the TRI Student should demonstrate from a pilot's seat any exercises he/she
feels appropriate.
TUTOR ONLY
- State that the TRI Student is to continue with training to proficiency or until will not benefit
from further input.
- State that the other TRI Student is to act as PNF and be competent but passive or oper-
ate the instructor panel as required by the TRI Student under test.
- Brief the candidate to take responsibility for the simulator tech log (DR tool as appropri-
ate) both prior to and after the session.
- Provide a TRI application form.
- Ensure that the TRI Student has the materials and facilities necessary for preparation of
the session.
- Check understanding of the test briefing.
Post Test Action
PASS
TUTOR ONLY
Complete the Test Report and Examiners Certificate on the TRI Application Form. Brief the
student that rating privileges cannot be used.
FAIL
Complete the Test Report and Examiners Certificate on TRI Application and Form 252 as
appropriate.
Notes :
For initial TRI Test, keep in mind the TRI student's likely lack of training experience beyond
the Core and Type Specific courses.
Completion of the engine-out exercise and the 'demonstration' exercise are mandatory; other-
wise there is no requirement to complete all of the exercises. Apply the principle of quality
rather than quantity.
'Errors' will be typical of those made by trainees and the trainee's progress will reflect the
quality of the instruction given.
ffs4_tutor.fm
A380 L F12
For the Test the TRI student will be asked to construct a simulator session and briefing based
on one of the 4 Test scenarii. The TRI Examiner will determine the order and priority of items
and brief the TRI student accordingly. The TRI Examiner will also brief the student on the
trainees background and progress to-date. The test begins with a briefing, during which the
TRI student will brief the trainee for the exercises shown on the test program selected. The
simulator exercise must last no longer than 1hour 30 minutes for each TRI student. This is fol-
lowed by analysis, assessment and feedback of the trainee pilot's performance to the trainee
pilot, and to include recommendations for further training if appropriate.
TUTOR ONLY
TUTOR ONLY
ffs4_tutor.fm

A380 L F13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
13.00
13.02 - CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION FOOTPRINT

13-00.fm
A380 L F13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
13.00
13-00.fm
A380 L F13
INTRODUCTION
13.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
02 - PREREQUISITES
TRI instructor
The objective is to qualify instructors who have already performed an APIC course (Initial or
Transition) on one Airbus Fly by wire and wants to transition to another Airbus Fly by wire
type.
Prior to undertaking the APIC Cross Instructor Qualification, an applicant for the extension of
a TRI (MPA) rating to another type shall have:
type, or a similar type as agreed by the Authority, of which not more than 7 sectors may be
completed in a flight simulator.
3. Completed approved instructor Core Instructor Competencies (Teaching and Learning)
training.
SFI instructor
of a SFI (MPA) authorization to another type shall have:
approved TRTO
5. Successfully completed approved Core Instructor Competencies (Teaching and
Learning) training.
13-01.fm
A380 L F13
INTRODUCTION
03 - CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION FOOTPRINT
Cross Instructor Qualification TRI

Airborne
FFS check
FFS FIF + Flight
1 day
2days
Cross Instructor Qualification Restricted TRI
FFS check FFS FIF

1 day 1 day
Cross Instructor Qualification SFI
FFS check
1 day
• QRH booklet
• Trainee DVD 1
• In the event the laptop is needed, the SFI / TRI will provide their own one
13-01.fm
Trainee s
CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION sticker
A380
A380

SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
FFS check
INTRODUCTION
L F13
Page 5
Issue 04 MAY 2008
13-01.fm
13-01.fm
Trainee s
A380

A380
SATISFACTORY
|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
FFS FIF
|____|____| / |____|____| Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____|____|____|
Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT FIF
L F13

Page 6
Issue 04 MAY 2008

A380 L F13
CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION
13.02CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION
01 - PRE FFS CHECK BRIEFING (03:00)

Briefing performed the day prior the FFS check by an Type Specific Instructor (SFI/TRI).
Including:
- Welcome
- Role play explanation (refer to 11.04 page 2 to 4)
- Documentation review, FCTP, DVD, Airport charts, QRH, OIS, FCOM
- FFS check preparation (refer to 11.04 page 18A to 18D)
- Questions and Answers
02 - FFS CHECK
For all the session contents and details refer to type specific course. This session is strictly
identical to FFS 6 chapter 11.04 page 17.
13-02.fm
A380 L F13
CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION
13-02.fm
LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS 18.00 Page 1

A380 L F18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
18.00
L.V.O. FFS syllabus .................................................................Page 1
18-00.fm
A380 L F18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
18.00
18-00.fm
A380 L F18
INTRODUCTION
18.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
The Low Visibility Operations (L.V.O.) course provides the specific training required to pre-
pare trainees to practice CAT II / III approaches and low visibility take-off as allowed by local
Authorities. The training is based on JAR-OPS 1.450
02 - COURSE DURATION
Training practice Number of session

Standard crew :
(1 Captain + 1 F/O) 3 hours / crew 1 x 3:00 FFS session
Non Standard Crew :

• 2 Captains 2 hours / Captain 1 x 4:00 FFS session
• 2 First Officers 2 hours / First Officer 1 x 4:00 FFS session
The CBT self study is available on the trainee’s DVD and must be completed before the
L.V.O. session. The trainee will sign this sheet and provide it to the instructor during the
briefing.
I, (name)............................... certify I’ve done the L.V.O. self study.
Date :
Signed :
18-01.fm
A380 L F18
INTRODUCTION
18.01
18-01.fm
A380 L F18
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
A. STANDARD CREW
.
DAY 1 DAY 2
CBT : SELF STUDY 3:00 FFS session :

• Training practice 3:00
B. NON STANDARD CREW

.
DAY 1 DAY 2
CBT : SELF STUDY 3:00 FFS session :

• Training practice 4:00
18-02.fm
A380 L F18
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
18.02
18-02.fm
A380 L F18
TRAINING SYLLABI
E
L.V.O. FFS - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER
270°/5 kt Visi/Ceiling : Per syllabus Temp 2 AIRLINE OPERATIONAL MINIMUM :
Dew Point 1 QNH 1020 QFE 991
LOW VISIBILITY TAKE-OFF
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 181 APPROACH : CAT II CAT III
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Approach

Take-off
CPNY RTE - minimum
STANDARD CREW or FIRST CREW MEMBER IF
ALTN RTE AIBLYS NON-STANDARD CREW
1 - SHORT SET UP AND ELECTRONIC START
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP -5°C FOLLOWED BY POSITIONING ON THE
CI 90 TROPO 36090 RUNWAY
2 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY, FOG
TRIP WIND HD 15 PATCHES,
CONTINUE TAKE-OFF WITH YAW BAR
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
3 - FULL BRIEFING, APPROACH, AUTOLAND
385 t 65 t 4 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY
GW FOB 200 ft / 550 m 5 - APPROACH AND DEMO OF VISUAL
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
100 ft / 300 m SEGMENT IN CAT I/II/III WEATHER
50 ft / 200 m
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 20 ft / 125 m
704 000 lb NO DH /
NOTES 75 m
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer Co route 6 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY, ENGINE
FAILURE AT V1. RELIGHT
AIR COND ON
7 - REPOSITIONING ON FINAL AND DEMO OF
ANTI ICE ENG ON
EQUIPMENT FAILURE
E 0 ft / 0 m 8 - APPROACH AND GO AROUND DUE TO
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 AUTOLAND LIGHTS (LOSS OF LOC
TRANS MITTER BELOW 200 FT)
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 100 ft / 9 - APPROACH, BOTH AUTO THRUST FAILURE
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 300 m ABOVE 1 000 FT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 10 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY
11 - APPROACH. NO VISUAL CONTACT AT
MINIMA. ENGINE FAILURE DURING GO
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX AROUND
12 - APPROACH AND LANDING ONE ENGINE OUT.
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 13 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY
14 - APPROACH. NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR BELOW 1 000 FT. GO AROUND
15 - APPROACH. NO FLARE. LANDING
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 16 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY, FOG
PATCHES,
REJECTED TAKE-OFF DUE TO ENGINE
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA FAILURE
17 - TAKE-OFF WITH CM1 INCAPACITATION.
VR FLEX VR FLEX NO CROSSCHECKS CALL BY CM1 AT 100
KT
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED (ONLY FOR FIRST OFFICER)
FFS1.fm
A380 L F18
TRAINING SYLLABI
L.V.O. FFS - TRAINEE 2

WEATHER
270°/5 kt Visi/Ceiling : Per syllabus Temp 2 AIRLINE OPERATIONAL MINIMUM :
Dew Point 1 QNH 1020 QFE 991
LOW VISIBILITY TAKE-OFF
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 181 APPROACH : CAT II CAT III
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Approach

Take-off
CPNY RTE - minimum
SECOND CREW MEMBER ADDITIONAL EXERCISES
ALTN RTE AIBLYS IF NON STANDARD CREW
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP -5°C 18 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY

CI 90 TROPO 36090 19 - FULL BRIEFING, APPROACH, AND AUTOLAND
20 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY
TRIP WIND HD 15 21 - APPROACH. AP1 DISENGAGE BELOW
1 000 FT GO AROUND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - APPROACH. ENGINE FAILURE ABOVE
385 t 65 t 1 000FT. REVERT TO CAT III A OR HIGHER
GW FOB MINIMUM
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
23 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY, FOG PATCHES,
CONTINUE TAKE-OFF WITH YAW BAR
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % ENGINE FAILURE AFTER V1. RELIGHT
704 000 lb 24 - APPROACH. ENGINE FAILURE BELOW
NOTES 100 FT. AUTOLAND
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer Co route 25 - TAKE-OFF LOW VISIBILITY
26 - APPROACH. GO AROUND DUE AUTOLAND
AIR COND ON
LIGHTS (EXCESSIVE DEVIATION)
ANTI ICE ENG ON 100 ft / 27 - APPROACH IN CAT II. AUTOLAND LIGHTS
E 300 m WARNING WHEN IN VISUAL
(LOSS OF G/S AT 150 FT)
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 100 ft / 29 - REPOSITIONING ON FINAL, APPROACH
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 300 m WITH CAT III MINIMA. RA 2 FAULT ABOVE
1000FT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA REVERT TO CAT II MINIMA
VR v FLEX 49 VR v FLEX 31 - APPROACH. LONG FLARE. LANDING
32 - LOW VISIBILITY REJECTED TAKE-OFF DUE
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED TO ENGINE FAILURE
33 - TAKE-OFF WITH CM1 INCAPACITATION. NO
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR CROSSCHECKS CALL BY CM1 AT 100KT
(ONLY FOR FIRST OFFICER)
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
FFS1.fm
LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS 18.03 Page 2A
A380 L F18
TRAINING SYLLABI
18.03
L.V.O. SESSION PREPARATION
• To complete L.V.O. training so that the crew reaches the required level of proficiency for
CAT II / III approaches and low visibility take-off operations.
A. INTRODUCE
• CAT II / III approaches and low visibility take-off training.
B. EXERCICES / REFERENCES :
• AUTOFLIGHT LIMITATIONS
• VISUAL SEGMENT
• TASK SHARING / PRECISION APPROACHES
• REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
C. SUPPORT
• FCOM
• Getting to grips with CAT II / III on DVD 1

• The crew has reached a good level of proficiency so as to operate in low visiblity.
FFS1gd.fm
LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS 18.03 Page 2B
A380 L F18
TRAINING SYLLABI
L.V.O. FFS SESSION GUIDE
The minimum specified on the syllabus are compliant with J.A.A requirements.
For all exercises, the instructor must adapt RVR and cloud base settings to the
Airline operational minimum when they are different. In this case they must be
mentioned on the syllabus page, in the appropriate box.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
1 : - Ensure that the trainee does not waste time in setting-up prior to start
- An appropriate take-off alternate should be inserted in the SEC F/PLAN.
2, 23 : - Brief the crew that visibility will be reduced to zero on the take-off run to illustrate
effectiveness of the YAW-BAR.
(NOTE : YAW-BAR will appear only if the ILS/LOC is available for the same RWY
direction)
- Ask the PF to continue T/O for training purposes, using the YAW-BAR only.
3, 19 : - Ensure that the crew can give a concise CAT II / III approach briefing.
- Stress task sharing, weather minima, crew qualification, alternate planning, fuel
requirements, approach ban, aircraft and airfield serviceability, SOP, flight deck
lighting, etc...
- Check crew seating position
- Autobrake 2 or 3 is recommended
- Check autoland limitations.
- The crew must check autoland function prior to approach (CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE,
CAT 3 DUAL on FMA).
- The crew must acknowledge all FMA changes.
- The crew must call and acknowledge approach STD call-out.
- Check that Go Around ALT is properly set.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
5 : - Select RVR 550 m

- Freeze the approach at DH 200 ft and review visual segment (day and night).
- Ask crew to switch landing lights ON and OFF to show the change in
visual cues.
- Vary the flight deck lighting to illustrate the necessity of low intensity.
- Select RVR 300 m

- Freeze the approach at DH 100 ft and review visual segment (day and night).
- Select RVR 200 m or lower

- Freeze the approach at DH 50 ft and review visual segment (day and night)
- Release simulator and perform autoland.
- Observe FMA sequence.
6, 12, 22: Insert engine failure without damage

Check change of capability
FFS1gd.fm
LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS 18.03 Page 2C
A380 L F18
TRAINING SYLLABI
7 : -Insert G/S then LOC transmitter fault.

• the corresponding index is lost
• the corresponding FD bars flash
• On the ISIS when the LS P/B SW is pushed, the LOC/GLIDE scale without
diamond is displayed
Above 200 ft RA, if the transmitter failure lasts less than 7 seconds, the FMA
retains the LOC and G/S modes (or the LAND mode) and the autopilots are able
to regain these modes. CAUTION : NO RED WARNING.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
If the failure lasts longer than 7 seconds, the APs disengage and the FDs revert to
HDG-V/S or TRK-FPA mode. Below 200 ft RA, the autoland warning will appear.
- Insert loss of ILS receiver.

The PFD and ND (rose ILS mode) display red LOC and G/S flags (if LS
pushbutton has been pressed green). LOC and G/S scales disappear from PFD.
• the APs disengage (only if two receivers failed)
• the FDs revert to HDG-V/S or TRK - FPA mode (only if two receivers failed)
On the ISIS, with the button LS pushed (only for ILS1)
• All the ILS information are removed
• Red flags LOC and G/S appear
18.03
- Explain the AUTOLAND warning
With LAND or FLARE in green on the FMA and at least one AP engaged, the
AUTOLAND red lights appear on the glareshield when the aircraft is below 200 ft
RA and one of the following events occurs :
• the autopilots are lost,
or
• the aircraft gets too far off the beam (LOC and G/S flash on the PFD),
or
• loss of LOC signal above 15 feet, or loss of glide signal above 100 feet
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
(transmitter or receivers),
or
• the difference between both radio altimeter indications is greater than 15 feet.
- Insert excessive deviation beam.

This warning is a flashing of the LOC and G/S scales on the PFD and ND
rose ILS. It occurs whenever :
• G/S deviation is greater than 1dot (above 100 feet RA)
• LOC deviation is greater than ¼ dot (above 15 feet RA)
- Insert warning associated with ILS landing capability.

Any downgrading in the aircraft capability for automatic approach and landing
sounds a triple-click aural warning.
- Insert loss of radio altimeters, SFD (Standby Flight Display) and instrument failures.
8 : - Insert loss of LOC signal below 200 ft and visual minima zero.
- The crew should perform a go around when AUTOLAND warning is flashing
FFS1gd.fm
LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS 18.03 Page 2D
A380 L F18
TRAINING SYLLABI
9 : - Insert auto thrust failures above 1 000ft. Check landing capability on FMA
which revert to CAT 2. Time permitting, crew should confirm capability with the
required equipment for CAT II and CAT III on (ref TBD) and continue approach in
CAT 2 capability.
14 : - Insert NAV ATT discrepancy (pitch or roll) below 1 000 ft.

- Check that PF is performing a manual go around using the STB horizon.
- Attitude warning must be analysed after the go around.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
15 : - Insert NO FLARE at 300 ft.

- In the simulator, if inserted above 400 ft, the LAND green on FMA might not appear
before +/-350 ft which will lead to a go around.
- Review the normal sequence of task sharing (ref TBD)
At 40 ft, PNF should monitor flare on FMA and call FLARE or NO FLARE.
16, 32: During rejected take-off, reduce visibility to zero and ensure that PF is using the
YAW BAR guidance.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS1gd.fm
REFRESHER COURSE
REFRESHER COURSE 23.00 Page 1

A380 L F23
TABLE OF CONTENTS
23.00
REFRESHER FFS 1A syllabus ................................................Page 1

REFRESHER FFS 2A syllabus ................................................Page 3
REFRESHER FFS 1 syllabus ..................................................Page 5
REFRESHER FLIGHT syllabus ...............................................Page 13
23-00.fm
A380 L F23
TABLE OF CONTENTS
23.00
23-00.fm
A380 L F23
INTRODUCTION
23.01INTRODUCTION
01 - REFRESHER POLICY BETWEEN EVALUATION FFS AND BASE TRAINING

INTERRUPTION
A. AFTER TRANSITION COURSE :
Interruption Up to 22 to 43 days 2 to 3 3 to 6 6 to 9 9 to 12
Above
length : 21 days(1) 42 days to 2 months months months months months
Refresher
New Type
course to be None REF # 1(2) REF # 2 REF # 3 REF # 4 REF # 5 REF # 6
Rating
performed :
+ Base Training
B. AFTER CCQ COURSE :
a. Case 1 :
Base aircraft not flown during the following periods (i. e. pilot not current on base
aircraft at time of Base Training) :
Interruption Up to 2 to 3 3 to 6 6 to 9 9 to 12 12 to 18 18 to 24
Above
length : 2 months months months months months months months
Refresher
New Type
course to be None REF # 1(2) REF # 2 REF # 3 REF # 4 REF # 5 REF # 6
Rating
performed :
+ Base Training
(1) The period of 21 days may be extended to a maximum of 1 month by issue of a training
deviation.
(2) Refresher # 1 can be performed in either the simulator or the aircraft ; if performed in
the aircraft, the Training Captain must refer to the Refresher Flight syllabus
23-01.fm
A380 L F23
INTRODUCTION
23.01
01 - REFRESHER POLICY BETWEEN EVALUATION FFS AND BASE TRAINING

INTERRUPTION (END)
B. AFTER CCQ COURSE (END) :
b. Case 2 :
Pilot current on base aircraft at the time of Base Training :
Interruption Up to 6 to 9 9 to 12 12 to 18 18 to 24
Above
length : 6 months months months months months
Refresher
New Type
course to be None REF # 1(1) REF # 2 REF # 3 REF # 4
Rating
performed :
+ Base Training
(1) Refresher # 1 can be performed in either the simulator or the aircraft ; if performed in
the aircraft, the Training Captain must refer to the Refresher Flight syllabus.
02 - REFRESHER POLICY BETWEEN BASE TRAINING AND I.O.E INTERRUPTION
Interruption Up to 1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 6 6 to 9 9 to 12 12 to 18
Above
length : 1 month months months months months months months
Refresher
New Type
course to be None REF # 1 REF # 2 REF # 3 REF # 4 REF # 5 REF # 6
Rating
performed :
03 - REFRESHER POLICY : FLIGHT INTERRUPTION

Unless more restrictive rules are edicted by the Airline or local Authority, a Recurrent Training
is recommended after a 6 month to 9 month flight interruption.
Specific Refresher course is recommended when flight interruption exceeds 9 months.
Interruption Up to 6 to 9 9 to 12 12 to 18 18 to 48
Above
length : 6 months months months months months
Refresher
Recurrent New Type
course to be None REF # 4 REF # 5 REF # 6
Training Rating
performed :
23-01.fm
2.23.02

A380 L F23
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
01 - TRAINING DEVICE TIME SHARING
REFRESHER # 1 1 working day
FFS : 1session........................................................ 4:00

OR
1 flight ..................................................................... At Flight Instructor
Discretion
REFRESHER # 2 2 working days
FFS : 2 sessions ..................................................... 8:00 (2 x 4:00)
CBT : review ........................................................... 6:00
FFS : 3 sessions ..................................................... 12 :00 (3 x 4:00)
CBT : review ........................................................... 9:00
FFS : 4 sessions ..................................................... 16:00 (4 x 4:00)
CBT : review ........................................................... 12:00
FFS : 5 sessions ..................................................... 20:00 (5 x 4:00)
CBT : review ........................................................... 15:00
FFS : 6 sessions ..................................................... 24:00 (6 x 4:00)
23-02.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
23.02
A. REFRESHER # 1
DAY 1
FFS 1
or
Flight
B. REFRESHER # 2
DAY 1 DAY 2
FFS 1A FFS 2
C. REFRESHER # 3
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3
CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00
FFS 1A FFS 1 FFS 2
D. REFRESHER # 4
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3 DAY 4
CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00
FFS 2A FFS 1 FFS 3 FFS 4
E. REFRESHER # 5
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3 DAY 4 DAY 5
CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00
FFS 1A FFS 2A FFS 2 FFS 3 FFS 4
F. REFRESHER # 6
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3 DAY 4 DAY 5 DAY 6
CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00 CBT 3:00
FFS 1A FFS 2A FFS 1 FFS 2 FFS 3 FFS 4

23-02.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 1A - TRAINEE 1
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 240 / 10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
LFLL 270 / 10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A 1 - LFZZ 15L - GW 385 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 201 Co-route AIBLYS
1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBLYS (AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
2 - BEFORE START
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
3 - ENGINE START
00:50 5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - TAKEOFF v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
8 - FMS EXERCISES v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - STAR - NON PRECISION APPROACH
v v v v
(FLS) LFLL 18R
385 t 65 t 10 - GO AROUND - MISSED APPR PROC -
GW FOB v v v
847 000 lb 143 000 lb DIVERT TO DEPARTURE
11 - VOR DME APPR (FLS) LFZZ 33R v v v v
320 t 12 - GO AROUND - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 13 - HOLD v v v
704 000 lb
14 - VOR DME APPR (SELECTED)
NOTES v v v v
LFZZ 33R
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 15 - GO AROUND - CLIMB FL 60 - RADAR
v v v
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1S) VECTORS
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 100 16 - REVIEW OF AP/FD PROTECTION -
v
ANTI ICE OFF SPEED VLS
17 - REVIEW OF AP/FD PROTECTION -
E
v
SPEED VMAX
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 18 - STABILIZE 3000 FT v v v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1A.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 1A - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ 240 / 10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
LFLL 270 / 10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
TRANSFER OF CONTROLS TO TRAINEE 2
FLT NBR A/L ID 201
19 - RADAR VECTORS BACK TO LFZZ v v v
CPNY RTE AIBLYS 20 - VOR - DME APPR (FLS) LFZZ 33R v v v v
ALTN RTE LYSAIB 21 - GO AROUND - MISSED APPR PROC v v v
22 - VOR - DME APPR (SELECTED)
v v v v
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -7°C LFZZ 33R
23 - GO AROUND - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 24 - ILS APPR 33R GS OUT (LOC/FLS) v v v v
25 - GO AROUND - RADAR VECTORS v v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
26 - NBD APPR LFZZ 33 R v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
IF TIME PERMITS :
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 27 - GO AROUND - DIR TO DIRBA v v v
28 - NON PRECISION APPR (FLS)
v v v v
320 t LFLL 18 R
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 29 - GO AROUND v v v
NOTES INIT ILS APPR - LFZZ 33R
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1S) 30 - ILS APPR
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 100 31 - LANDING
ANTI ICE OFF 32 - AFTER LANDING
33 - PARKING
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs1A.fm
REFRESHER COURSE 23.03 Page 2 A
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03
REFRESHER FFS 1A SESSION GUIDE
• To practice non precision approaches in automatic flight and in accordande with SOPs.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• ACRM : Teamwork and communication
• Non precision approaches
• Protections with AP engaged in V/S mode
B. INTRODUCE
NIL

• Good execution of non precision approaches in accordance with SOPs.
6 : Insert an altitude constraint in the SID.
8 : FMS exercise :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Review NAVAID de-selection function
- Use direct to function (DIR TO)
16, 17: Point out that AP maintains VLS (or VMAX) and V/S obtained whatever V/S selected
on FCU.
26 : Approach flown in selected or managed (FLS) mode at trainee discretion.
27 : Flight to LFLL. Insert VOR DME 18 R via TALAR.
FFS1Agd.fm
REFRESHER COURSE 23.03 Page 2 B
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS1Agd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 2A - TRAINEE 1
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
CALM CAVOK 13/10 1013 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 202 INIT GATE A1 - GW 385t
1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT
CPNY RTE AIBKEF PREPARATION
3 - ENGINE START (ABNORMAL STARTS)
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C -- ENGINE 3 - START VALVE FAILS TO
OPEN - (START VALVE MANUAL
CI 90 TROPO 36090 OPERATION)
-- ENGINE 2 - START VALVE FAILS
TRIP WIND TL20 TO CLOSE - Restore
4 - AFTER START
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
5 - TAXI
385 t 65 t 6 - TAKEOFF RWY 33R v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 7 - CLIMB FL 110 v v v
8 - SIDESTICK FAULT - Restore v v
320 t 9 - CLIMB FL 310 v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 10 - CRUISE : PACK 2 OVERHEAT then v v v
704 000 lb
11 - DOOR LEAK (EMERGENCY
NOTES v v v
DESCENT) - Restore at FL 100
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 12 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE - ADJUST
v v v
RWY COND DRY (SID ATN 1N) FUEL 70 T
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 13 - SLATS JAMMED (WTB) v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - ILS APPROACH NO SLATS v v
15 - GO AROUND - Restore
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 INIT FL 100 - GW 385t - ZFW 320t - FOB 65t
16 - ALL GEN FAULT v
17 - REVIEW OF EMER ELEC CONFIG - Restore v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 18 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
19 - PRIM 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 20 - ILS APPR - DIRECT LAW v
21 - GO AROUND - Restore
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs2A.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 2A - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
TRANSFER OF CONTROLS TO
FLT NBR A/L ID 202
TRAINEE 2
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
23 - HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 24 - HOLD then RADAR VECTORS v v
25 - LANDING GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION v v
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C 26 - ILS APPR LFZZ 33R - NO FLAPS v v
27 - GO AROUND - Restore v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND TL20 INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t -
ZFW 320t - FOB 65t - CO RTE PAT 33 R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
385 t 65 t 28 - TAKE OFF v v v
GW FOB 29 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
30 - PRIM 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
31 - ILS APPR - LFZZ 33R v
320 t 32 - GO AROUND - Restore
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
NOTES INIT APPR - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
33 - ILS APPR - LFZZ 33R v v
RWY COND DRY (SID ATN 1N)
34 - LANDING
35 - AFTER LANDING
ANTI ICE OFF 36 - PARKING
E 37 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs2A.fm
REFRESHER COURSE 23.03 Page 4A
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03
REFRESHER FFS 2A SESSION GUIDE
• To review main systems
• To review main failures and related procedure
• To prepare trainees for the recurring FFS sessions
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• Abnormal engine start
• Sidestick fault
• Pressurization problems with emergency descent
• Abnormal slats / flaps procedure and approach
• Electrical emergency configuration and associated procedure
• Dual hydraulic system malfunction and associated procedure
• Triple prim failure
B. INTRODUCE
NIL

• To be able to apply procedural knowledge to the current situation
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
04 - SESSION GUIDE
• According to exercise, insert failure during phase of flight giving the most realistic training.
• Restore failure or malfunction either after procedure completion (single failure) or after go
around (failure which affects handling such as dual hydraulic failure, flight control problems,
etc)
11 : Insert LEAK 1500 ft / mn.

23.03
FFS2Agd.fm
REFRESHER COURSE 23.03 Page 4B
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS2Agd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 204 INIT GATE A1 - GW 385t
1 - PRELIMINARY AND COCKPIT
CPNY RTE PAT33R PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - ENGINE START
3 - AFTER START AND TAXI
CRZ FL 4000ft CRZ TEMP 15°C 4 - TAKEOFF v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - ILS APPROACH LFZZ 33R v v v
7 - WINDSHEAR - GO AROUND - Restore v v v
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - LANDING
385 t 65 t INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t

GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
10 - TAKEOFF - ENGINE 1 FAIL AFTER V1 v v
320 t 11 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 12 - LANDING ONE ENG OUT- Restore
NOTES INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t

RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) 13 - TAKEOFF - FLAPS JAMMED DURING
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 350 v v
RETRACTION
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - ILS APPROACH ( FLAPS LOCKED) -
v v
LANDING - Restore
HASE
INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE 240 / 20
LFZZ 33R / GW 385t LFZZ 33R / GW 385t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 15 - TAKEOFF - CROSSWIND v v
17 - TOUCH AND GO v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
19 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
V2 V2
FLAPS 3 FLAPS 3
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V2 V2
FLAPS FLAPS
ffs1.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 204 INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFZZ
20 - TAKEOFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT33R 21 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 22 - WINDSHEAR - GO AROUND - Restore v v v
CRZ FL 4000ft CRZ TEMP 15°C 24 - LANDING
CI 90 TROPO 36090 INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t

TRIP WIND -
25 - TAKEOFF - ENGINE 2 FIRE AFTER V1 v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 26 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
27 - LANDING ONE ENG OUT - Restore
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
240 / 20
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 28 - TAKEOFF - CROSSWIND v v
NOTES 30 - TOUCH AND GO v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 31 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) 32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 350 33 - AFTER LANDING
ANTI ICE OFF 34 - TAXI
35 - PARKING
EE
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE
LFZZ 33R / GW 385t LFZZ 33R / GW 385t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
V2 V2
FLAPS 3 FLAPS 3
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V2 V2
FLAPS FLAPS
ffs1.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03
REFRESHER FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE
• To train for the required level of proficiency crews having had a flight activity interruption on
A380.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• Cockpit preparation.
• Windshear recovery
• Visual patterns
• Crosswind take-off and landing
• Engine out on take-off
B. INTRODUCE
• Touch and go procedure
Refer to FCTP Base Training chapter “Aircraft Flight Training Briefing”

• To demonstrate the ability to perform maneuvers required by the syllabus using the
correct procedure and technique, according to the standard of accuracy.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS1gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
REFRESHER FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE (END)
04 - SESSION GUIDE
13 : Insert failure (flaps jammed - WTB) when flaps less than 2.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
17, 30: Briefing downwind :

- Spoilers armed
- No use of reversers
- No use of brakes after touchdown
On ground :
- nosewheel down
- maintain centerline
Crew actions (instructor checks) :

1. PNF DISARMS SPOILERS
2. PNF CALLS “STAND UP”
3. PF ADVANCES THRUST 5 cm FWD
4. PNF SETS FLAPS 3
5. PNF RESETS RUDDER TRIM IF NECESSARY
6. PNF CALLS “GO” WHEN CORRECT CONFIG
7. PF : ADVANCES THRUST TO TOGA
8. PNF : CALLS “POWER SET”
9. PNF : “ROTATE” AT VAPP
10. PF : ROTATE TO PITCH TARGET
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS1gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 206 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 24 - MTOW
1 - PRELIMINARY AND
CPNY RTE AIBKEF COCKPIT PREPARATION
3 - ENGINE START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - BEFORE TAKEOFF
7 - TAKEOFF (MTOW) v v v
TRIP WIND HD 20
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - IR 2 FAULT THEN IR 3 v
10 - APPROACH TO STALL T/O AND LDG
569 t 209 t v
GW FOB CONFIG
1 232 000 lb 440 000 lb 11 - TRANSFER CONTROLS TO TRAINEE 2 v
12 - APPROACH TO STALL TAKE OFF AND
v
360 t LDG CONFIG
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
792 000 lb 13 - TRANSFER OF CONTROL TO
v
TRAINEE 1 then restore
NOTES 14 - RADAR VECTORS TO LFZZ v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 15 - HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO v v
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1W) 16 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 480 17 - LANDING NO FLAPS - Restore
ANTI ICE OFF
INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t - ZFW
HASE
320t - FOB 65t
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE 18 - TAKEOFF - ENG 1 STALL AT V1 + 5 KT v v
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 T LFZZ 24 / GW 569 T 19 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA 20 - LANDING 1 ENG OUT - Restore
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V2 V2
FLAPS OPT FLAPS OPT

PERF PAGE PERF PAGE
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 T LFZZ 33R / GW 385 T
V2 135 V2 132
FLAPS 3 FLAPS 3
ffs2.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
EE
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
TRAINEE 2
FLT NBR A/L ID 206
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 24 - MTOW
CPNY RTE - v v
21 - TAKEOFF- CLIMB 4000 FT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 22 - HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP 5°C 24 - LANDING NO FLAPS - Restore
CI 90 TROPO 36090
INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R -GW 385t -
TRIP WIND - ZFW 320t - FOB 65t
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 25 - TAKEOFF - ENG 4 STALL AT V1 + 5 KT v v

569 t 209 t
GW FOB 27 - LANDING 1 ENG OUT- Restore
1 232 000 lb 440 000 lb
INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R -GW 385t
360 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
792 000 lb 28 - TAKEOFF v v
NOTES 29 - PRIM 1+2+3 FAULT v
31 - LANDING - DIRECT LAW - Restore
RWY COND WET PAX NUMBER : 480
AIR COND ON INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R -GW 385t
ANTI ICE OFF
HASE 32 - TAKEOFF - ENG FIRE AT V1 -20 KT v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 33 - REJECTED TAKEOFF - EMERGENCY
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE EVACUATION
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 T LFZZ 24 / GW 569 T
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
V2 V2
FLAPS OPT FLAPS OPT

PERF PAGE PERF PAGE
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 T LFZZ 33R / GW 385 T
V2 135 V2 132
FLAPS 3 FLAPS 3
ffs2.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03
• To practice stall recovery
• To review dual hydraulic failure procedure and handling
• To review one engine out operation
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• Flight control reconfiguration laws
• Approach to stall and recovery
• Dual hydraulic failures
• One engine out pattern
B. INTRODUCE
NIL

• To demonstrate the ability to perform manoeuvers required by the syllabus using the correct
procedure and technique, according to the standard of accuracy
04 - SESSION GUIDE
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
8, 23 : Restore GW < Max landing weight
18, 25: After stall, insert flame out for one and extinguishable fire for the other exercise.
32 : Insert unextinguishable fire.
FFS2gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS2gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
LFLL 270/10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 15L - GW 385t
1 - PRELIMINARY AND
CPNY RTE AIBLYS COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE LYSAIB 2 - BEFORE START
3 - ENGINE START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - TAKEOFF (MAX CROSSWIND) v v
7 - SID CLIMB FL 140 v v v
TRIP WIND -
8 - TCAS (OPTIONAL) TRAFFIC ADVISORY v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - FMS EXERCISES
v v v
(USE STBY NAV - Restore)
385 t 65 t 10 - TCAS (OPTIONAL) RESOLUTION
GW FOB v
847 000 lb 143 000 lb ADVISORY
11 - STAR - ENGINE FIRE v v v
320 t 12 - VOR DME APPR (FLS) LFLL 18R -
v v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 1 ENG OUT
704 000 lb
13 - LANDING 1 ENG OUT - Restore
NOTES
NIGHT and DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
RWY COND WET (SID ONZON 1S)
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 14 - TAKEOFF - WINDSHEAR - Restore v v
ANTI ICE OFF 15 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
16 - ADR 1+2+3 FAULT (BUSS) v
E
17 - LANDING - DIRECT LAW
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

ffs3.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
ATHR
LFLL 270/10 5000 OVC 005 20/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 15L - GW 385t
18 - TAKEOFF (MAX CROSSWIND) v v
CPNY RTE AIBLYS 19 - SID CLIMB FL 110 v v v
ALTN RTE LYSAIB 20 - TCAS (OPTIONAL) RESOLUTION
v
ADVISORY
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -7°C 21 - ADR 3 + 2 FAULT (ALTERNATE LAW) v
22 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 23 - VISUAL APPROACH v
24 - LANDING - ALTN LAW - Restore
TRIP WIND -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
385 t 65 t 25 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE 1 FIRE v v

GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 26 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
27 - VOR DME APPR LFZZ 33R -
v v v v
320 t 1 ENG OUT
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb 28 - LANDING - 1 ENG OUT - Restore
NOTES INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t

NIGHT and DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
RWY COND WET (SID ONZON 1S) 29 - TAKEOFF - WINDSHEAR - Restore v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 30 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
ANTI ICE OFF 31 - ADR 1+2+3 FAULT (BUSS) v
32 - LANDING
E
33 - AFTER LANDING
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 34 - PARKING
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

ffs3.fm
2.23.03

A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03
• To be able to execute normal and abnormal procedures and handling.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• Crosswind take-off procedure
• Engine out non precision approaches
• Windshear recovery
• Dual malfunction
• Landing in direct law
• Engine out visual pattern approaches and landings
• Use of STBY navigation
• Use of BUSS
B. INTRODUCE
• TCAS traffic and resolution advisories

• To demonstrate the ability to perform maneuvers required by the syllabus using the correct
procedure and technique, according to the standard of accuracy.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
04 - SESSION GUIDE
6, 18 : Select 25 kt XWIND for these 2 take-off only, then set 10 kt XWIND for the session.
14, 29: Select windshear after VR.
16, 31: Switch off ADR 1+2+3.
FFS3gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS3gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 1
EE
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ CALM 400m OVC 001 1/1 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R -
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN GW 385t
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 1 - PRELIMINARY AND

COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
2 - BEFORE START
3 - ENGINE START
4 - AFTER START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - TAXI
6 - TAKEOFF (CAT II CONDITIONS) v v
TRIP WIND TL 25 v v v
7 - SID CLIMB FL 310
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - TCAS (OPTIONAL) RESOLUTION
v
ADVISORY
385 t 65 t 9 - SEVERE TURBULENCE EXERCISE v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 10 - STRUCTURAL DAMAGE -
v v v
EMERGENCY DESCENT
320 t 11 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE- Restore v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 12 - HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO v v v
704 000 lb
13 - ILS APPROACH LFZZ 33R v v
NOTES 14 - LANDING NO FLAPS - Restore
NIGHT and DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
RWY COND WET (SID ATN 1N) INIT TAKEOFF LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
ANTI ICE ON 15 - TAKEOFF v v
E 17 - PRIM 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 18 - LANDING DIRECT LAW - Restore
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX
ffs4.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
LFZZ CALM 400m OVC 001 1/1 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 INIT TAKEOFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
19 - TAKEOFF (CAT II CONDITIONS) v v
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 20 - ABNORMAL FLAPS OR SLATS
v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN DURING RETRACTION (WTB)
21 - ILS APPROACH - LFZZ 33R v v
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C 22 - LANDING NO FLAPS OR NO SLATS
Restore
CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND TL 25
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 23 - TAKEOFF v v

24 - ENG 2 FAIL AT V1 + 5 kt v v
385 t 65 t 25 - ILS APP 1 ENG OUT v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 26 - GO AROUND - Restore v v
320 t INIT FL 350

ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
27 - RAPID DECOMPRESSION OR SMOKE v v v
NOTES 28 - EMERGENCY DESCENT - Restore FL 100 v v v
NIGHT and DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 29 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
RWY COND WET (SID ATN 1N) 30 - NON PRECISION APPR (FLS)
v v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE ON 31 - LANDING
E
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 32 - TAKEOFF ENG FIRE BEFORE V1 v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 33 - REJECTED TAKEOFF
34 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION - Restore
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
VR FLEX VR FLEX

EE
ffs4.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03
• To be able to execute abnormal and emergency procedures
• To attain sufficient proficiency for the recurring Evaluation
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
A. REVIEW
• Low visibility during take-off
• Turbulence penetration procedure
• Dual hydraulic malfunction
• Rejected take-off
• Emergency evacuation
B. INTRODUCE
NIL

• To demonstrate the ability to perform maneuvers required by the syllabus using the correct
procedure and technique, according to the standard of accuracy and in accordance with
SOPs.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
04 - SESSION GUIDE
6,19 : After take-off the weather should improve for next landing
9 : Enter severe turbulence and check that the crew reacts accordingly.
32 : Insert unextinguishable fire at V1 -30 kt.
FFS4gd.fm
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS4gd.fm
REFRES
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
23.03 02.08.02
Flight Training Briefing : refer to BASE TRAINING SYLLABI FCTP chapter
REFRESHER FLIGHT LH SEAT RH SEAT
Minimum flight time : 0h45 / pilot
1 - EXTERIOR INSPECTION
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION (1)
3 - ENGINE START (1)
4 - TAXI
5 - TAKE-OFF - EXTENDED DOWNWIND
6 - VISUAL APPROACH (ILS SUPPORTED IF AVAILABLE)
7 - TOUCH AND GO (2)
8 - GO AROUND ALL ENGINES
9 - FULL STOP LANDING ALL REVERSERS (3)
According to AMC FCL 1.261(c)

For multi-pilot aeroplanes where the student pilot (captain and first officer) has more than 500 hours
MPA experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance, Base Training should include at least 4
landings of which at least one should be a full stop landing.
(1) Item to be completed only by the Trainee starting the base training flight
(2) Repeat 'Touch and go' up to proficiency with the following minima :
- each pilot shall complete at least 3 touch and go

- each pilot shall complete 1 circuit in manual thrust
(3) Each pilot shall complete 1 full stop landing
flight.fm
REFRESHER COURSE 02.08.02 Page 14
A380 L F23
TRAINING SYLLABI
02.08.02
flight.fm
HUD COURSE 35.00 Page 1

A380 L F35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
35.00
H.U.D. FAMILIARIZATION FFS syllabus .................................Page 1
H.U.D. TRAINING FFS syllabus ..............................................Page 3
35-00.fm
A380 L F35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
35.00
35-00.fm
A380 L F35
INTRODUCTION
35.01INTRODUCTION
01 - GENERAL
The HUD course provides specific training prior to performing an Operators Proficiency Check
(OPC) with the HUD deployed.
Training consists of CBT followed by FFS training in a HUD equipped level C or D FFS.
A minimum of 4 hours PF per trainee (single or dual HUD) is required to complete the course.
On successful completion of the Skill Test / OPC pilots must:
(a) Accomplish at least 25 HUD assisted take-offs in VMC conditions prior to using the HUD
in IMC conditions.
(b) Accomplish at least 25 manually flown HUD approaches in CAT 1 (or better) conditions
prior to utilizing the HUD in conditions below CAT 1 (550m).
Subject to local Regulatory Authority Approval:
On successful completion of the training course and the Operator's OPC, trainees may
reduce their Take-Off minima to 75m RVR (300 ft RVR for FAA operators)
35-01.fm
A380 L F35
INTRODUCTION
02 - TRAINING DEVICE TIME SHARING
A. Type-rated crew 3 or 4 working days
Crews with recent LVO qualification:

SINGLE HUD training
Standard crew : (captain + F/O)
CBT HUD 1 x 3:00 per trainee 3:00
FFS session: HUD Familiarization + 1 x 4:00 for CAPT as PF 4:00
HUD Training
Non Standard crew: (2 captains)
FFS session: HUD Familiarization 1 x 4:00 per crew 4:00
FFS session: HUD Training 1 x 4:00 per crew 4:00
DUAL HUD training
Standard and Non Standard Crew: (captain + F/O or 2 captains or 2 F/Os)
Crews without current LVO qualification:

SINGLE HUD training
CBT LVO 1 x 3:00 per trainee 3:00
FFS session: HUD Familiarization + 1 x 4:00 for CAPT as PF 4:00
HUD Training
FFS session: LVO 1 x 3:00 per crew 3:00
Non Standard Crew: (2 captains)
DUAL HUD training
Non Standard Crew: (2 captains or 2 F/Os)
35-01.fm
A380 L F35
INTRODUCTION
B. Non-type-rated-crew
One additional HUD familiarization session, in a HUD equipped FFS (or approved FTD), is required prior
to commencing FFS 2 of the Standard Transition course.
Note : The HUD familiarization session is not type related and can be done in any FFS Airbus Fly-by-wire
aircraft type.
The Standard Transition course will then be conducted as per Standard footprint.
A minimum of 5 FFS sessions will be conducted in a HUD equipped FFS.
In all cases, a minimum of 4 hours with the HUD deployed is required prior to the Skill Test / OPC, con-
ducted in a HUD equipped FFS.
The CBT self study is available on the trainee's DVD and must be completed prior to the
HUD familiarization FFS session. The trainee will sign this sheet and provide it to the
instructor during the briefing.
I, (name)............................... certify I’ve done the H.U.D./L.V.O. self study.

* Delete as necessary.
Date :
Signed :
35-01.fm
35-01.fm
HUD COURSE (LF35)
Trainee
A380 sticker
A380
SATISFACTORY

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
HUD
FAMILIARIZATION
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
HUD TRAINING
HUD COURSE
INTRODUCTION
35.01
L F35
Page 4
Issue 05 FEB 2009

A380 L F35
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
35.02
Note: For Type-Rated and non Type-Rated crews

LVO training, as per current FCTP, may be conducted with HUD deployed.
First Officers on aircraft types fitted with a single HUD installation will be required to certify
that they have completed the CBT phase of training.T
RAINING FOOTPRINT
01 - Type-Rated Crews
A. Crews with recent LVO qualification:

SINGLE HUD TRAINING
Standard Crew
.
DAY 1 DAY 2
CBT HUD familiarization +

Training
HUD
FFS
Must be completed prior to 4 hrs FFS with HUD

FFS for CAPT as PF
Non Standard Crew.
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3
CBT HUD familiarization HUD Training
HUD FFS FFS
Must be completed prior to 4 hrs FFS with HUD 4 hrs FFS with HUD
FFS
35-02.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
DUAL HUD TRAINING
Standard Crew and Non Standard Crew

.
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3
CBT HUD familiarization HUD Training
HUD FFS FFS
Must be completed prior to 4 hrs FFS with HUD 4 hrs FFS with HUD
FFS
B. Crews without LVO qualification:

SINGLE HUD TRAINING
Standard Crew
.
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3
CBT HUD familiarization + LVO

Training
HUD / LVO (Standard Course)
FFS
Must be completed 4 hrs FFS with HUD 3 hrs FFS

prior to FFS for CAPT as PF (HUD optional)
Non Standard Crew

.
CBT HUD familiarization HUD Training LVO Training
HUD / LVO FFS FFS (Standard Course)
Must be completed 4 hrs FFS with HUD 4 hrs FFS with HUD 4 hrs FFS
prior to FFS (HUD optional)
35-02.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
DUAL HUD TRAINING
Standard Crew
.
CBT HUD familiarization HUD Training LVO
Non Standard Crew

.
CBT HUD familiarization HUD Training LVO Training
02 - Non Type-Rated Crews

One additional HUD familiarisation session, in a HUD equipped FFS (or approved FTD) is
required prior to commencing FFS 2 of the Standard Transition Course.
The Standard Transition Course will then be conducted as per the Standard Footprint.
A minimum of 5 FFS sessions will be conducted in a HUD equipped FFS.
In all cases, a minimum of 4 hours PF with the HUD deployed is required prior to the Skills
Test/OPC, conducted in a HUD equipped FFS.
35-02.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
35-02.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
HUD FAMILIARIZATION
TRK-FPA
WEATHER
EVENTS
ATHR
Time
HUD
33R 330/10 8000 OVC 008 23/10 1020
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAXI FOR TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R
GW 385 t - CO ROUTE AIBAIB1
FLT NBR HUD 120
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN 1 - SHORT SET UP AND HUD
DEPLOYMENT
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 2 - TAXI v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - TAKE-OFF v v v
CRZ FL 70 CRZ TEMP -2°C 5 - EXERCICES IN LEVEL FLIGHT /
v v
CLIMB / DESCENT
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - FL 100 - NORMAL AND STEEP
0:40 v v
TURNS
TRIP WIND v v
7 - ALPHA FLOOR DEMO
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - DESCENT TO 5000 ft v v v v
0:50 9 - ILS APPR 33R v v v v
GW 385 t FOB 65 t 10 - GO AROUND - CLB 4000 ft v v v v
11 - ILS APPR RWY 33R
v v v
ZFW 320 t ZFWCG 35% CROSSWIND 240 / 15
1:10 12 - LANDING / CROSSWIND v
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer CO ROUTE
AIR COND ON INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
ANTI ICE OFF CO ROUTE PAT 33R - WIND 240 / 15
13 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v v

HASE
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 14 - CLIMB 4000 ft on RWY HDG v v v v
15 - TCAS EVENT v v v v
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE
1:20 16 - RADAR VECTORS TO
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t v v v v
DOWNWIND RWY 33R
V1 124 TOGA V1 127 TOGA 17 - DESCENT TO 2300 ft
v v v
WEATHER CAVOK
v v 18 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
VR 126 FLEX 59 VR 130 FLEX 59
1:30 19 - GO AROUND - CLB 2300 ft v v v
20 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
V2 132 V2 135 1:40 21 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v
FLAPS 3 FLAPS 3 BREAK

PERF PAGE PERF PAGE INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
DUAL HUD TRAINING

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA STANDARD AND NON STANDARD CREW :
REPEAT ITEMS 2-23 WITH F/O or 2nd CAPT
VR FLEX VR FLEX or 2nd F/O
SINGLE HUD TRAINING
V2 V2 IF STANDARD CREW, THE CAPT
CONTINUES WITH ITEMS 1-20 OF HUD
FLAPS FLAPS TRAINING SESSION (DAY 2)
IF NON STANDARD CREW, THE SECOND
CAPT REPEATS ITEMS 2-23
22 - TAXI TO THE GATE

1:50 23 - STOW THE HUD
FFS1.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
FFS1.fm
HUD COURSE 35.03 Page 2A
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
35.0302.04
HUD FAMILIARIZATION SESSION PREPARATION
• To provide trainees with sufficient understanding and practical experience of the HUD in a
dynamic environment prior to either undertaking a Type Rating (APT 2) Course with the
HUD deployed, or dedicated HUD Training.
A. INTRODUCE :
• Taxi
• Take-off (including crosswind)
• Straight and level flgiht, accelerations and decelerations
• Normal and steep turns, climbs and descents
• Alpha Floor and recovery
• TCAS response
• Windshear recognition and recovery
• ILS approach
• Landing (including crosswind)
• Visual Pattern
B. EXERCISES / REFERENCES :
• FCTM - Supplementary Information - Use of HUD
• FCOM
C. SUPPORT :
• CBT
• FCTM
• FCOM

• On completion of the HUD familiarization session the trainee should be familiar with the
basic symbology of the HUD especially the:
- Offset Pitch Symbol (inverted T)
- Radio Altitude display
- MDA/DH display
- Concept of FPV / Total FPA
- Delta speed display (in approach only)
- Flight Path Director (FPD)
- Declutter modes
- Pre-selected Flight Path Angle Target
- Yaw Bar (on ground)
They should also be able to manually fly the FFS, including ILS approaches, without failures,
whilst using the HUD as a primary reference.
FFS1gd.fm
HUD COURSE 35.03 Page 2B
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
35.03
HUD FAMILIARIZATION SESSION GUIDE
The HUD Familiarization FFS is designed to give trainees sufficient exposure to the HUD in a
dynamic environment to consolidate their knowledge gained via the CBT. It is vital therefore
that the trainees have completed the CBT phase of the course prior to the FFS phase.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
The Instructor will need to vary the weather conditions (visibility & cloud base) in order to
achieve realistic approach conditions.
The objective of the familiarization detail is to give the trainee maximum exposure to the HUD
in a dynamic environment - NOT TO CONDUCT TYPE SPECIFIC TRAINING.
1 : The FFS should be setup by the instructor prior to the session, engines running.
HUD stowed, on the taxiway, in the take-off configuration.
The trainee should partially deploy the HUD - “COMBINER UNLOCKED” message is
displayed on the HCU (combiner). Deploy HUD and note correct eye position (box).
2 : Before taxiing, observe Declutter modes on ground:

- Normal mode: Ground Speed, LOC deviation and Inverted T are displayed
- Declutter 1: SPEED, ALT scales and FMA disappear
- X-WIND mode is inhibited during taxi phase
Taxi: Note chevrons move up as soon as aircraft moves forward. Use GS in HCU
3 : Before takeoff, observe the inverted T, offset pitch rotation symbol, which shows
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
12,5° of pitch down all engines running. The visible field of view is limited to around
5° above the horizon.
Takeoff roll: Ask trainee to make deliberate deviations from centreline. Note that the
yaw bar is a “demand instrument”. When the correct input has been applied to the
rudders to regain and maintain the runway centreline, the yaw demand will be at
zero.
During rotation, observe the inverted T moving up to the horizon and disappears at
the end of the rotation, 1 sec after FPD appears.
4 : During climb, reinforce FMA: engaged and armed modes different size. Dashed line.
Airspeed target managed versus selected
5 : Level off at FL 70 : A/P OFF – A/THR OFF - SPEED 250kt

Use HUD as sole reference (PFD minimum brightness)
Show declutter status on the HUD : N for normal, D1 for declutter 1, nothing for
declutter 2. Using selected speed, accelerate / decelerate and observe the relation-
ship of the “chevrons” (total FPA) to the available thrust.
FFS1gd.fm
HUD COURSE 35.03 Page 2C
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
5(end):Climb FL 200: A/P OFF – A/THR OFF – SPEED 250kt

- In OP CLB, observe pitch and chevrons behaviour
- Select V/S 1500ft/mn
Using selected speed, accelerate / decelerate and observe pitch and chevrons
behaviour
Descent to FL 100: A/P OFF – A/THR OFF. SPEED 250 kt
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Repeat same exercise in OP DES, then using V/S 1000 ft/mn.
6 : FL 100: FDs OFF - TRK / FPA ON - Speed 280 kt

- Make 30° turns using HUD as sole reference
- Make 45° to 67°. Observe full bank scale indication is displayed above 35° of bank
angle.
7 : FL 100 : Readjust PFD brightness to normal.

Reduce speed until alpha floor activation A/THR OFF
Recover by reverting to PFD (Head down)
8 : A/P ON – FD ON – A/THR ON. Descent 5000 ft direct to ROA
9 : Use HUD as main reference whilst crosschecking with ND for situation awareness.
Set CAT 2 conditions to initiate a go around.
If ILS pb is not pressed, VOR information is displayed on the HUD, provided VOR
key is selected on either EFIS-CP.
Observe Delta Speed “carot” behaviour whilst configuring.
Show synthetic runway and LOC axis. Show FPA computed by FMS. When the air-
craft is on the G/S beam, the touchdown point is aligned with the FPA symbol.
On final, demonstrate Declutter modes (N, D1 to remove synthetic runway and Loc
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
axis, D2 to reduce speed and altitude scales, remove LOC deviations and FMA).
Show that RA size displayed below the bird is enlarged passing 400 ft.
Show that if N Declutter mode is used, synthetic runway and LOC axis disappear at
400 ft RA.
11 : Weather OVC 800 ft. Visibility 8 km. X -Wind 15 kt

Emphasize :
- Use of D1 when real runway in sight to remove the synthetic runway and LOC axis
- Use of X-Wind mode for better view of the bird as speed and altitude scales are
reduced
- Smooth IMC / VMC transition
12 : X-Wind landing: The PF should flare / decrab the aircraft conventionally whilst look-
ing through the HUD. Stress the use of X-Wind mode.
Note: The HUD does not provide flare guidance but displays arrows that temporarily
pulse on the FPV below 40 ft, as “flare reminders”.
13 : If takeoff with X-Wind mode, X-Wind display is available around 50 ft after lift off.
Windshear recovery: Stress the recovery is Head Down using PFD
FFS1gd.fm
HUD COURSE 35.03 Page 2D
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
15 : TCAS recovery: Observe REVERT TO PFD message appears when TCAS RA is

displayed on the HUD. The message flashes for 9s and then remains steady. Stress
recovery is Head Down using PFD.
Note: REVERT TO PFD also appears when EXCESSIVE ATT appears.
18 : Use HUD as main reference

Demonstrate that the flight crew can select the final FPA – 3° on the FCU and align it
to the touchdown point.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Stress that Declutter 1 at least must be used as soon as runway is in sight.
20 : Use X-Wind mode.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
FFS1gd.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
HUD TRAINING
WEATHER
TRK-FPA
33R 240/10 9999 SCT 030 15/10 1020 Time EVENTS
ATHR
HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR HUD 120 NIGHT VISUAL
GW 385t - CO ROUTE PAT 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN 1 - TAKE OFF v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 2 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
3 - LANDING v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
0:20 INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP -2°C GW 385 t - CO ROUTE PAT 33R -
RVR 75m
CI 90 TROPO 36090
4 - TAKE OFF - ENG FAIL AT 80 kt v
TRIP WIND
INIT TAKEOFF LFZZ 33R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD GW 385 t - CO ROUTE PAT 33R
RVR 75m - WIND 240 / 15
GW 385 t FOB 65 t
5 - TAKE OFF CROSSWIND
v
ENGINE FAIL AT V1 - DAMAGE
ZFW 320 t ZFWCG 35 % 6 - CLB 4000 ft v v v v
NOTES 7 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer CO ROUTE 0:40 8 - ILS APP 33R v v v
9 - GO AROUND - FLAPS JAMMED v v v
AIR COND ON
10 - CLB 4000 ft v v v v
ANTI ICE OFF
12 - VOR DME APPR 33 R - SELECTED v v v v v
13 - LANDING CROSSWIND v
EE
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 1:10 INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R

PERF PAGE PERF PAGE DAY VISUAL
LFZZ 33R / 385 t LFZZ 33R / 385 t RVR 75m (300 ft) - WIND 240 / 10
GW 385 t - CO ROUTE PAT 33R
V1 125 TOGA V1 125 TOGA 14 - TAKE OFF - HUD FAILURE AT 80 kt v
VR 125 v FLEX 57 VR 125 v FLEX 57 INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R

DAY VISUAL
V2 132 V2 132 RVR 75m (300 ft) - WIND 240 / 10
GW 385 t - CO ROUTE PAT 33R
FLAPS 3 FLAPS 3 15 - TAKE OFF - ENG FAIL AT V1 v
16 - ENG RELIGHT v v v v
PERF PAGE PERF PAGE 17 - CLB 4000 FT v v v v
1:30 18 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
19 - ILS APPR 33R v v v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
1:50 20 - LANDING v
VR FLEX VR FLEX
DUAL HUD TRAINING
STANDARD AND NON STANDARD CREW :
V2 V2 REPEAT ITEMS 1-20 WITH F/O or 2nd CAPT
or 2nd F/O
FLAPS FLAPS SINGLE HUD TRAINING
IF NON STANDARD CREW, THE SECOND
CAPT REPEATS ITEMS 1-20
FFS2.fm
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI Issue 05 FEB 2009
FFS2.fm
HUD COURSE 35.03 Page 4A
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
35.0302.04
HUD TRAINING SESSION PREPARATION
• To provide trainees with sufficient training and practical experience of the HUD in a dynamic
environment prior to undertaking an OPC with the HUD deployed.
A. INTRODUCE :
• Night take-off (including crosswind)
• Night visual circuit
• Night Landing
• Manually flown ILS approaches (IMC)
• Go around (IMC)
• Non precision approach
• Declutter modes
• Flaps 3 crosswind landing
• Low visibility take-offs (75m)
• HUD failures
• Engine failure on take-off (before & after V1)
• CAT 1 manual landing
B. EXERCISES / REFERENCES :
• FCTM - Supplementary Information - Use of HUD
• FCOM
C. SUPPORT :
• CBT
• FCTM
• FCOM

• On completion of the HUD Training, the trainee should be able to fly all approaches required
for an OPC with the HUD deployed, including:
- Engine Failure on take-off
- ILS approach and Go Around
- NPA
- Asymmetric approach and landing
- Visual approach, Night and Day
FFS2gd.fm
HUD COURSE 35.03 Page 4B
A380 L F35
TRAINING SYLLABI
35.03
HUD TRAINING SESSION GUIDE
The HUD training FFS is designed to give trainees specific training in order to use the HUD in
Night or Low Visibility conditions - not to conduct type specific training.
It is assumed therefore that the trainees have completed the HUD familiarisation phase of the
course prior to undertaking this FFS training.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
NIGHT VISUAL SCENE
INIT TAKEOFF LFZZ 33R: FFS should be setup by the instructor prior to the session,
engines running, HUD deployed, on the runway, in the takeoff configuration
4 : Insert low speed engine failure.

PF will notice deviation from runway centreline Head Up
PNF will monitor deceleration Head Down, as per SOP
5 : PF uses HUD to:

1 - Maintain runway centreline by zeroing the Yaw bar.
2 - Rotate aircraft until FPD guidance appears (inverted T shows 10°) – soon after
liftoff – then follow SRS using HUD
3 - Zero HUD beta target with rudder input - Show that beta target is also displayed
just below the FPV
4 - Trim rudder and engage A/P as per SOP
Highlight that pitch indication (aircraft symbol) is available around 30ft after liftoff
together with the FPD. Emphasize relationship between FPV and pitch.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY
9 : During go around, after FLAPS 3 selection, insert FLAPS LOCKED by WTB
11 : Insert Weather OVC 800 ft – VISI 8 km
12 : NPA selected. Stress scanning with ND for situation awareness and FCU, for
adjustment of selections.
Show runway is represented dashed as the final path is more than 2° from QFU.
Declutter when runway in sight and use X-Wind mode.
14 : Expect RTO as the regulations authorize takeoff with 75m RVR using the HUD.
Consider rejecting takeoff below 80 kt and continue above 80 kt, recovering Head
Down.
18 : Insert CAT 1 conditions
FFS2gd.fm

FCTP

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FCTP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 1

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Issue 05 FEB 2009

02 - TYPE RATING COURSES

• Standard Transition Course .....................................................L F2S

04 - RECURRENT TRAINING ..........................................................L FC4

11 - AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE (INITIAL)..................L F11

12 - AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE (TRANSITION)........L F12

13 - CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION .................................L F13

18 - LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS.................................................L F18

23 - REFRESHER COURSE...............................................................L F23

35 - HUD TRAINING ...........................................................................L F35

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Issue 04 MAY 2008

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Issue Reason for

STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)

Issue Reason for

CCQ (LFQF/G & LFQE)

A320 to A380 02.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA

Issue Reason for

APIC (LF11 & LF12)

Transition LF12 12.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA

REFRESHER COURSE (LF23)

HUD COURSE (LF35)

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

GENERAL INFORMATION 00.00 Page 1

00.01 - ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

00.02 - LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

00.03 - LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Chapter number - Section number - Page number

2. Course type number (refer to your FCTP’s TABLE OF CONTENTS)

Chapter number and course type number are the same.

06 - COMMENTS - QUESTIONS - SUGGESTIONS

By e.m ail : flightcrew.training-policy@ airbus.com

C hapter / C ourse : Section :

Page : R evision num ber :

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

ENTRY INTO SERVICE

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

FLIGHT CREW TRANSITION COURSE 02.00 Page 1

02.02 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT

02.03 - GROUND PHASE

02.04 - HANDLING PHASE

02.05 - ALOFT (AIRBUS LINE ORIENTED FLIGHT TRAINING)

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

A. PHILOSOPHY OF THE COURSES

• Systematic approach to instruction,

a. Systematic approach to instruction :

b. First Officer Prerequisites :

• Valid and current CPL with IR

02 - TRANSITION COURSES AND FAMILIARIZATION COURSE DESCRIPTION

NOTE : Transition courses are performed on the base aircraft.

A380-800 RR to EA Familiarization Briefing 1:00 of CBT (ATA 70)

Familiarization course is self-study training.

1. CBT (Computer Based Training)

2. MFTD (Maintenance and Flight Training Device)

• The MFTD is used:

Conducting the session :

3. OIS (On board Information System) and PERFORMANCE COURSE

5. SYSTEMS KNOWLEDGE AND PERFORMANCE TESTS

d. Skill Test phase

e. Base training phase

May need extra training** Code ||||

MFTD 7 Name |||||||||||||

May need extra training** Code ||||

May need extra training** Code ||||

Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 ❐3 ❐4 Name |||||||||||||

||||| Code ||||

||| FFS |||||

❐ Remedial ||| / ||| /

❐ Remedial ||| / ||| /

❐ Remedial ||| / ||| /